Tata McGraw-Hill Education-Electrical

 offers a wide variety of online products categorized as Content, Mobile Learning, Course Management Systems/Online
Testing and Multimedia
Content products offer online coursework that complements the textbook. Mobile Learning applications offer tests which help learners test their
understanding of the concepts and preparedness for various examinations. Course management systems/Online testing products focus on how well
students are doing in class. And Multimedia products include interactive study aids that help students learn through animation.
No matter which products our customers choose, they can count on unparalleled service that answers every question through the life of the adoption.
We Publish digital solutions
McGraw-Hill Connect is a web-based
assignment and assessment platform
that gives you the power to create
assignments, practice, tests, and quizzes
online, while saving your time!
connect provides the problems directly
form the end-of-chapter material in your
McGraw-Hill textbook, so you can easily
create assignments and tests and deliver
them to your students. Connect grades
an assignment automatically, provides
instant feedback to sutdents, and
securely stores all student results.
Detailed results let you see at a glance
how each student performs, and easily
track the progress of every student in
your course.
These new and improved sites offer
instructors an instant online presence
with a ready-to-go Website that ties
directly to their book. Students can visit
the site for key terms, Quizzes, exercises,
and more. Instructors can have this
book-Specific contect delivered in
pageOut of other course management
systems like Blackboard or WebCT.
Easy-to-use desktop test generator used for creating paper tests. Create paper tests
from book specific banks or write your own algorithmic questions using simple
question templates. You can also create multiple versions of the same test.
www.mhhe.com/eztest
COURSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS/ONLINE ASSESSMENT & TESTING
CONTENT
E-BOOK LIBRARY
Online Learning Center
EZ Test
1. Business Management
2. Computer Engineering
3. Mechanical Engineering
4. Electrical & Electronics Engineering
5. Civil Engineering
6. First Year Engineering
7. Business & General Reference
8. Science & Mathematics
9. Science & Technology
§ IP based 24x7 access across the campus network
§ the eBooks are available in pdf format
§ eBooks Reader Independent Platform
§ The platform allows every user to create a personalized login to save their searches
& personal notes
§ Personalized Notes
§ Search & Retrieval
§ The users will be able to print and email their notes & saved searches
§ Exhaustive Cross-Referencing Facility
§ The product can be accessed by 50 concurrent users
Disciplines covered
Tata McGraw-Hill now offers Express Library-a library of 500 select e-books in
Engineering, Computing, Technology and related Management areas. The library is
available on Mylibrary platform which offers organizations the ability to acquire and
access digital content on an individual title, publisher-specific or subject collection
basis, based on the unique requirements and re-sources.
Features
press
Tata McGraw- Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
B-4, Sector-63, Dist. Gautam Budh Nagar
Noida, UP-201301
Ph.: +91- 120 4383400
Fax : +91 120 4383401-403
E-mail : vijay_sarathi@mcgraw-hill.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 1
ELECTRONICS
GROB’S BASIC ELECTRONICS
10th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Mitchel E. Schultz, Instructor,
Western Wiscosin Technical College
2006 / 1204 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634329
The tenth edition of GROB’s Basic
Electronics continues its rich tradition as
a text providing complete and
comprehensive coverage of the
fundamentals of electricity and
electronics. The book is written for the
beginner level student who has little or
no knowledge of the fundamentals of
electronics.
PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• 3258 problems given in the book
(solved /unsolved)
• 247 solved problems
• 603 Self test questions
• 1748 unsolved problems
• 77 critical reasoning problems
• 18 troubleshooting problems
• 568 self review and knowledge test
questions.
CONTENTS
1. Electricity 2. Resistors 3. Ohm’s Law
4. Series Circuits 5. Parallel Circuits
6. Series-Parallel Circuits 7. Voltage
Dividers and Current Dividers 8. Analog
and Digital Multimeters 9. Kirchhoff’s
Laws 10 . Network Theorems 11.
Conductors and Insulators 12. Batteries
13. Magnetism 14. Electromagnetism
15. Alternating Voltage and Current 16.
Capacitance 17. Capacitive Reactance
18. Capacitive Circuits 19. Inductance
20. Inductive Reactance 21. Inductive
Circuits 22. RC and L/R Time Constants
23. alternating Current Circuits
24. Complex Numbers for AC Circuits
25. Resonance 26. Filters 27. Diodes
and Diode Applications 28. Bipolar
Junction Transistors 29. Transistor
Amplifiers 30. Field Effect Transistors
31. Power Amplifiers 32. Thyristor 33.
Operational Amplifiers
International Edition
GROB’S BASIC ELECTRONICS
11th Edition
by Mitchel E. Schultz, Western
Wisconsin Technical College
2010 / 1280 Pages
ISBN : 9780071314008 [IE]
Grob’s Basic Electronics, Eleventh
Edition, is written for the beginning
student pursuing a technical degree in
Electronics Technology. In covering the
fundamentals of electricity and
electronics, this text focuses on
essential topics for the technician, and
the all-important development of testing
and troubleshooting skills.
This highly practical approach combines
clear, carefully-laid-out explanations of
key topics with good, worked-out
examples and problems to solve.
Review problems that follow each
section reinforce the material just
completed, making this a very studentfriendly
text.
It is a thoroughly accessible introduction
to basic DC and AC circuits and
electronic devices.
This eleventh edition of this longtime
best-selling text has been refined,
updated and made more student
friendly. The focus on absolutely
essential knowledge for technicians,
and focus on real-world applications of
these basic concepts makes it ideal for
today’s technology students.
CONTENTS
1. Electricity 2. Resistors 3. Ohm’s Law
4. Series Circuits 5. Parallel Circuits
6. Series-Parallel Circuits 7. Voltage
Dividers and Current Dividers 8. Analog
and Digital Multimeters 9. Kirchhoff’s
Laws 10 . Network Theorems 11.
Conductors and Insulators 12. Batteries
13. Magnetism 14. Electromagnetism
15. Alternating Voltage and Current 16.
Capacitance 17. Capacitive Reactance
18. Capacitive Circuits 19. Inductance
20. Inductive Reactance 21. Inductive
Circuits 22. RC and L/R Time Constants
23. alternating Current Circuits
24. Complex Numbers for AC Circuits
25. Resonance 26. Filters 27. Diodes
and Diode Applications 28. Bipolar
Junction Transistors 29. Transistor
Amplifiers 30. Field Effect Transistors
31. Power Amplifiers 32. Thyristor 33.
Operational Amplifiers
ELECTRONIC PRINCIPLES
7TH EDITION [WITH CD]
(Special Indian Edition)
by Albert Malvino, Consultant, SDP –
Smart Windows; J. David Bates,
Western Wiscosin Technical College
2006 / 1040 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634244
The book offers to the students a
definitive overview of the electronic
circuits and devices. Expert knowledge
of electronic devices is presented in a
stimulating, clearly written, conversational
style. It provides with the
essential understanding of the
semiconductor device characteristics,
testing, and practical circuits in which
they are found.
FEATURES
• Provides essential understanding
of semiconductor device
characteristics, testing, and the
practical circuits in which they are
found.
• Chapter end problems and
examples are designed so as to
optimize learning through
application. Practical circuit
examples and troubleshooting
exercises are found throughout.
• Multisim Simulation files for circuit
simulation for the examples and
problems given in text along with
student’s and instructor’s centre on
the CD-ROM.
• Pedagogy Includes
• 2180 problems given in the book
(solved /unsolved /objective
type).
• 274 solved problems
ELECTRONICS
2 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
• 702 multiple-choice problems
• 655 unsolved problems
• 250 critical reasoning problems
• 53 troubleshooting problems
• 273 job focused questions
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Semiconductors
3. Diode Theory 4. Diode Circuits
5. Special-Purpose Diodes 6. Bipolar
Junction Transistors 7. Transistor
Fundamentals 8. Transistor Biasing 9.
AC Models 10. Voltage Amplifiers 11.
CC and CB Amplifiers 12. Power
Amplifiers 13. JFETs 14. MOSFETs 15.
Thyristors 16. Frequency Effects 17.
Differential Amplifiers 18. Operational
Amplifiers 19. Negative Feedback 20.
Linear Op-Amp Circuits 21. Active
Filters 22. Nonlinear Op-Amp Circuits
23. Oscillators 24. Regulated Power
Supplies
PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS IN
BASIC ELECTRONICS
by Albert Malvino, Consultant, SPDSmart
™ windows; David J Bates,
Certification Administrator,International
Society of Certified Electronics
Technicians (ISCET)
2010 / 325 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702752
SALIENT FEATURES
• Over 300 numericals solved for a
wide range of problems on
principles and concepts
• Highly illustrative, step-wise problem
solving approach
• About 150 review numericals
modeled on frequently asked
examination questions provided with
final answers.
• Important concepts enumerated in
Question and Answer format
• Important formulae enlisted with
every chapter
• Exhaustive Question Bank provided,
modeled on previous years’
University examinations and GATE
and IES entrance question patters
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Semiconductors 3.
Diode Theory 4. Diode Circuits 5.
Special-Purpose Diodes 6. Bipolar
Transistor 7. Transistor Fundamentals
8. Transistor Biasing 9. AC Models 10.
Voltage Amplifiers 11. Power Amplifiers
12. Emitter Followers 13. FETs 14.
MOSFETs 15. Thyristors 16. Frequency
Effects 17. Differential Amplifiers 18.
Operational Amplifiers 19. Negative
Feedback 20. Linear Op-Amp Circuits
21. Active Filters 22. Nonlinear op-Amp
Circuits 23. Oscillators 24. Regulated
Power Supplies
U. S. Edition
ELECTRONICS: PRINCIPLES AND
APPLICATIONS, 7th Edition
by Charles Schuler
2008 / 608 pages
ISBN : 9780073316512
Electronics: Principles and Applications
provides a concise, practical introduction
to analog devices, circuits and
systems. Like earlier editions, the
Seventh Edition combines theory with
real-world applications in a well-paced
sequence, introducing students to such
topics as semiconductors, op amps,
linear integrated circuits, switching
power supplies, electronic communications
devices and DSP. The text
prepares students to effectively
diagnose, repair, verify, and install
electronic circuits and systems, without
overwhelming them with excessive
theory. MultiSim examples are included
for optional simulation activities, with
MultiSim circuit files included on a
bound-in CD ROM. Prerequisites are a
command of algebra and an
understanding of fundamental electrical
concepts.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Semiconductors
3. Diodes 4. Power Supplies 5.
Transistors 6. Introduction to Small-
Signal Amplifiers 7. More About Small-
Signal Amplifiers 8. Large-Signal
Amplifiers 9. Operational Amplifiers 10.
Troubleshooting 11. Oscillators 12.
Communications 13. Integrated Circuits
14. Electronic Control Devices and
Circuits 15. Regulated Power Supplies
16. Digital Signal Processing / Appendix
A Soldering / Appendix B Thermionic
Devices / Glossary / Index
BASIC ELECTRONICS & LINEAR
CIRCUITS
by Bhargava, TTTI, Chandigarh
1983 / 504 pages
ISBN : 9780074519653
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Electronics. 2. Current
and Voltage Sources. 3.Semiconductor
Physics. 4. Semiconductor Diode. 5.
Transistor. 6. Vacuum Tubes. 7.
Transistor Biasing and Stabilization of
Operating Point. 8. Small-signal
Amplifiers. 9. Multistage Amplifiers.10.
Power Amplifiers. 11. Tuned-Voltage
Amplifier. 12. Feedback in Amplifiers.
13. Oscillators. 14. Electronic
Instruments.
International Edition
BASIC ELECTRONICS FOR
SCIENTISTS, 5TH Edition
by James J Brophy, University of Utah
1990 / 462 pages
ISBN : 9780071006750
BASIC ELECTRONICS: A TEXT-LAB
MANUAL, 7th Edition
by Paul B. Zbar, Albert P. Malvino &
Michael Miller, Electronic Industries
Association
1994 / 400 Pages
ISBN : 9780074624982
ELECTRONICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 3
INDUSTRIAL
ELECTRONICS
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS
& CONTROL
by Bhattacharya, T T T I,Chandigarh
2001 / 664 pages
ISBN : 9780074624777
CONTENTS
1. Control Systems 2. Magnetic Control
Systems 3. Semiconductor Physics
4. Thyristors and Their Applications
5. Inverters, Choppers, Dual Converters
and Cycloconverters 6. Solid State
Control of d.c. and a.c. Motors 7.
Thyristor Control Circuits 8. Electronic
Control of Heating and Welding 9.
Photoelectric Devices 10. Transducers
11. Amplifiers 12. Ultrasonics 13.
Microprocessors 14. Laboratory
Experiments
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS /
DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
DIGITAL PRINCIPLES AND
APPLICATIONS (SIE), 7th EDITION
Donald P Leach, Santa Clara
University, Albert Paul Malvino,
President, Malvino Inc, & Gautam
Saha, IIT Kharagpur
2010 / 682 Pages
ISBN: 9780070141704
Digital Principles and Applications
continues to build upon its strengths of
being a lucid language, down-to-earth
approach, detailed analysis and readyto-
use book. The new edition has been
revised and restructured extensively to
enhance coverage on existing topics
and introduce new topics such as Error
Detection and Correction, Universal
Shift Register and Content Addressable
Memory. It also includes two innovative
features—problem-solving by multiple
methods and laboratory experiments.
FEATURES
• In-depth coverage of Boolean
algebra, Schmitt Trigger, 555 Timer
Clock and timing circuits, D/A-A/D
conversion, Register, Counters and
Memory, TTL & CMOS Devices and
Pin diagrams
• Practical approach through lab
experiments and various industrial
applications for designing digital
circuits
• Tutorial-based approach through
section-end self test questions and
problem solving through various
methods.
• Rich Pedagogy includes:
• Solved Examples: 181
• Section-end problems: 295
• Chapter-end Problems: 503
CONTENTS
1. Digital Principles 2. Digital Logic 3.
Combinational Logic Circuits 4. Data-
Processing Circuits 5. Number Systems
and Codes 6. Arithmetic Circuits 7.
Clocks and Timing Circuits 8. Flip-Flops
9. Registers 10. Counters 11. Design of
Synchronous and Asynchronous
Sequential Circuits 12. D/A Conversion
and A/D Conversion 13. Memory 14.
Digital Integrated Circuits 15.
Applications 16. A Simple Computer
Design
MODERN DIGITAL ELECTRONICS,
4th Edition
By R P Jain, Director, BM Institute of
Engineering and Technology, Sonepat
2009 / 670 pages
ISBN : 9780070669116
Keeping the basic approach of the
previous edition intact, this fourth edition
incorporates the recent developments in
the design of digital circuits and
systems. Many sections have been
rewritten and new sections have been
added to incorporate the latest
developments as well as the readers’
feedback.
FEATURES
• Provides comprehensive coverage
for CMOS Logic
• Asynchronous and Synchronous
SRAM Devices included
• Coverage of Edge Triggered Flip
Flops enhanced
• Cool Runner-II, a type of CPLD has
been introduced.
• VHDL Codes for Combinational and
Sequential Logic Circuits have been
included
• Pedagogy
• Solved Examples: 148
• Review Questions: 190
• Exercise Problems: 282
• Illustrations: 441
CONTENTS
Preface to the Third Edition V / Preface
to the First Edition IX /Acknowledgements
1. Fundamental Concepts
2. Number Systems and Codes 3.
Semiconductor Devices – Switching
Mode Operation 4. Digital Logic
F a m i l i e s
5. Combinational Logic Design 6.
Combinational Logic Design Using MSI
Circuits 7. FLIPFLOPs 8. Sequential
Logic Design 9. Timing Circuits 10. A/D
and D/A Converters 11. Semiconductor
Memories 12. Programmable Logic
Devices 13. Fundamentals of
Microprocessors 14. Computer-Aided
Design of Digital Systems
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS :
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
by S.K.Mandal, Asst. Professor, Dept of
Electrical Engg, National Technical
Teachers’ Training and Research,
Kolkata
2010 / 724 pages
ISBN: 9780070153820
This book on Digital Electronics is an
introductory level text on the subject. It
has been designed to primarily target
the Undergraduate students of
Engineering Streams (like CS, IT, EEE,
ECE, EI, etc.) and can also be used by
BSc./MSc., BCA/ MCA, Diploma and
Polytechnic level courses.
The book begins with discussion on the
fundamental concepts of digital
electronics such as number systems,
Boolean algebra, logic families followed
by topics (like combinational and
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS • DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
4 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
sequential logic, multivibrators, A/D
conversion and Memories) related to
design and analysis of digital systems
and finally covers fundamentals of
digital design using VHDL and Verilog
HDL.
The concepts are concisely explained
and supported with numerous
examples, illustrations and circuit
diagrams. The book provides objective,
theoretical and numerical problems for
testing and enhancing one’s subject
related knowledge and understandings.
The objective questions would be also
helpful in the preparation for competitive
examinations.
FEATURES
• Provides to-the-point explanations
along with numerous examples
illustrations and circuits diagrams.
• Lays emphasis on the design
aspects by discussing VHDL and
CAD tools in a separate chapter
• Widespread coverage for topics like
logic families, Flip-Flops, Registers
and Counters.
• Combinational Logic and Design
has been covered exhaustively.
• Arithmetic Circuits has been
emphasized - Covered in a separate
chapter.
• Discussion on Memories and PLDs
has been provided in a separate
chapter for better understanding of
designing complex circuits.
• Design and analysis of Sequential
Circuits covers discussion on State
Diagrams and Design Procedures
and Algorithmic State Machines
• Follows Step-wise methodology for
explaining solved examples.
• Contains Objective Questions and
Glossary terms.
• Strong Pedagogy Includes:
• Solved Examples : 179
• MCQs : 283
• Review Questions (theoretical
and numerical): 352
• Lab experiments: 15
CONTENTS
1. Number system 2. Boolean Algebra
and Logic Gates 3. Digital Logic Family
4. Combinational logic 5. Combinational
logic design 6. Arithmetic Logic Circuits
7. Flip- Flops 8. Sequential Circuits 9.
Sequential Circuits Design 10.
Multivibrators 11. Analog Digital
Conversion 12. Semiconductor
Memories 13. Programmable Logic
Devices 14. Computer Aided Digital
System Design 15. Laboratory
Experiments / Appendix-A IEEE Logic
Symbols / Appendix-B Symbols of Logic
Gates / Appendix-C Glossary /
Appendix-D Answer of multiple choose
questions / Appendix-E Answer of
selected review questions
DIGITAL CIRCUITS & SYSTEMS
K R Venugopal, Principal and Dean,
Faculty of Engineering, Department of
Computer Science and Engineering,
University Visvesvaraya College of
Engineering, Bangalore University,
Bangalore; K Shaila, Assistant
Professor, Department of Electronics
and Communication Engineering,
Vivekananda Institute of Technology,
Bangalore
2011 / 900 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072700
This book discusses the fundamentals
of Digital Circuits and Systems in a
concise, lucid and simple style, aptly
supported by numerous examples,
illustrations and circuit diagrams. The
design of hardware circuits using
software platform has been highlighted.
In all, this is an indispensable book for
the students of Electrical, Electronics
and Communication & Telecommunication
Engineering as well as Computer
Science and Information Science.
FEATURES
• Provides to-the-point explanations
along with numerous examples
illustrations and circuits diagrams.
• Lays emphasis on the design
aspects by discussing HDL-VHDL
separate chapters
• Exhaustive coverage of Logic Gates
and Families.
• In depth coverage of Combinational
and Sequential Circuits
• Fundamental concepts discussed in
depth - separate chapters on Data
processors, Routers
• Contains numerous step wise
solved examples, along with
alternative ways of solving the same
problem.
• Strong Pedagogy - Includes:
• Solved Examples : 500+
• Exercise Questions: 400+
• Figures: 750
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Number System 3.
Logic Gates 4. Boolean Algebra 5.
Combinational Circuits Using K-Maps 6.
Combinational Circuits Using Tabulation
and MEV Techniques 7. Basic Logic
Families 8. Transistor Logic 9. Field
Effect Transistor Family 10. Digital
Arithmetic Operations 11. Logic Circuit
Design 12. Codes and Coding Circuits
13. Data Processor 14. Routers 15.
Memory Elements 16. Shift Registers
17. Counters 18. Synchronous
Sequential Circuits 19. Asynchronous
Sequential Circuits 20. Timing Circuits
21. Memory Devices 22. Interfacing of
Digital Systems 23. VHDL—Basics
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC
WITH VHDL DESIGN, 3rd Edition
by Stephen Brown, University of
Toronto Zvonko Vranesic, University of
Toronto
2012 / 960 Pages
ISBN : 9781259025976
Fundamentals of Digital Logic with
VHDL Design, Third Edition provides a
modern approach for teaching the
design of logic circuits. It combines the
classical treatment of circuits with the
techniques that exploit the advantages
of automation. Basic concepts are
introduced using simple logic circuits,
which are designed by using both
manual and modern CAD-tool-based
methods. Having established the
fundamental concepts, more complex,
realistic circuits are then designed using
the CAD tools.
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 5
FEATURES
• Numerous detailed examples,
ranging from circuits with only a few
basic logic elements to digital
systems such as a simple processor
such as a simple processor.
• An in-depth presentation of modern
digital circuit technology, with
emphasis on Programmable Logic
Devices (FPGAs and CPLDs).
• The IEEE standard VHDL language
is and integral part of design
techniques used throughout the
book. The language is introduced
gradually in a way that is easily
understood by beginning designers.
• Altera’s Quartus II CAD system (on
a CD-ROM) and a series of stepbystep
tutorials are included. The
CD-ROM also contains all VHDL
examples presented in the book.
CONTENTS
1. Design Concepts 2. Introduction to
Logic Circuits 3. Implementation
Technology 4. Optimized
Implementation of Logic Functions 5.
Number Representation and Arithmetic
Circuits 6. Combinational-Circuit
Building Blocks 7. Flip-Flop, Registers,
Counters, and a Simple Processor 8.
Synchronous Sequential Circuits 9.
Asynchronous Sequential Circuits 10.
Digital System Design 11. Testing of
Logic Circuits 12. Computer Aided
Design Tools Appendix A Verilog
Reference B Tutorial 1-Using Quartus II
CAD Software C Tutorial 2-
Implementing Circuits in Altera Devices
D Tutorial 3-Physical Implementation in
a FPGA E Commercial Devices
INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC AND
COMPUTER DESIGN
(Special Indian Edition)
by Alan B. Marcovitz, Florida Atlantic
University
2007 / 684 pages
ISBN : 9780070667143
Introduction to Logic and Computer
Design is intended as an introductory
book for students of computer science,
computer engineering and electrical
engineering branches. Presence of
several chapters on computer design
makes the book fit for fundamentalsoriented
logic design course.
FEATURES
• Design oriented approach-The book
is divided into two parts-logic design
and computer design.
• Design Languages- VHDL covered
in Ch4, Verilog in Ch 7 and DDL in
Ch 9.
• MODEL: A Sample Computer-A
separate chapter on design of
computer. Chapter 10
• Test Yourself-Designed to help
students measure their
comprehension of key material, are
included at the end of chapters.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction Part I: Logic Design 2.
Combination Systems 3. The Karnaugh
Map 4. Designing Combinational
Systems 5. Analysis of Sequential
Systems 6. The Design of Sequential
Systems 7. SSolving Larger Sequential
Problems Part II: Computer Design 8.
Computer Organization 9. Computer
Design Fundamentals 10. The Design of
a Central Processing Unit 11. Beyond the
Central Processing Unit. / Appendix A:
Summary of MODEL Controller Design
/ Appendix B: Answers to Selected
Exercises / Appendix C: Chapter Test
Answers / Index
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO
LOGIC DESIGN, 3RD EDITION
by Alan B. Marcovitz,Florida Atlantic
University-Boca Raton
2008 / 672 pages
ISBN : 9780070164901
Introduction to Logic Design by Alan
Marcovitz is intended for the first course
in logic design, taken by computer
science, computer engineering, and
electrical engineering students. As with
the previous editions, this edition has a
clear presentation of fundamentals and
an exceptional collection of examples,
solved problems and exercises.
The text integrates laboratory
experiences, both hardware and
computer simulation, while not making
them mandatory for following the main
flow of the chapters. Design is
emphasized throughout, and switching
algebra is developed as a tool for
analyzing and implementing digital
systems. The presentation includes
excellent coverage of minimization of
combinational circuits, including multiple
output ones, using the Karnaugh map
and iterated consensus. There are a
number of examples of the design of
larger systems, both combinational and
sequential, using medium scale
integrated circuits and programmable
logic devices.
The third edition features two chapters
on sequential systems. The first chapter
covers analysis of sequential systems
and the second covers design.
Complete coverage of the analysis and
design of synchronous sequential
systems adds to the comprehensive
nature of the text. The derivation of state
tables from word problems further
emphasizes the practical
implementation of the material being
presented.
FEATURES
• All of the K-Map (Karnaugh map)
coverage is resented in one chapter
(chapter 3) instead of coverage
appearing in two chapters.
For the third edition, Chapter 9 will
be posted on the website. This
allows for additional coverage of
other topics without increasing the
length of the text.
• Additional experiments have been
added to Appendix D to allow
students the opportunity to perform
a variety of experiments.
• New Appendix A (Relating the
Algebra to the Karnaugh Map) ties
algebra coverage and K-Map
coverage together.
• New problems have been added in
Appendix E for both combinatorial
and sequential systems which go
from word problem to circuit all in
one place.
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
6 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Combinational
Systems 3. The Karnaugh Map 4.
Function Minimization Algorithms 5.
Designing Combinational Systems
6. Analysis of Sequential Systems
7. The Design of Sequential Systems
8. Solving Larger Sequential Problems
9. Simplification of Sequential Circuits /
Appendix A Relating the Algebra to the
Karnaugh Map / Appendix B Answers to
Selected Exercises / Appendix C
Chapter Tests Answers / Appendix D
Laboratory Experiments / Appendix E
Complete Examples
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC
DESIGN WITH VHDL, 2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Stephen Brown & Zvonko
Vranesic, University of Toronto
2006 / 670 Pages
ISBN : 9780070647756
This book is intended for an introductory
course in Digital Logic Design, which is
a basic course in Electrical & Computer
Engineering programs. It provides a
desirable balance between teaching the
basic concepts and practical application
through CAD tools. Fundamental
concepts are illustrated by using small
examples, then a modular approach is
used to show how larger circuits are
designed.
CONTENTS
1. Design Concepts 2. Introduction to
Logic Circuits 3. Implementation
Technology 4. Optimized
Implementation of Logic Functions 5.
Number Representation And Arithmetic
Circuits 6. Combinational-Circuit
Building Blocks 7. Flip Flops, Registers,
Counters, And
A Simple Processor 8. Synchronous
Sequential Circuits 9. Asynchronous
Sequential Circuits 10. Digital System
Design 11. Testing of Logic Circuits 12.
Computer Aided Design Tools /
Appendix A: VHDL Reference /
Appendix B: Commercial Devices
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC
WITH VHDL DESIGN, 3rd Edition
By Stephen Brown, University of
Toronto, Canada, and Zvonko
Vranesic, University of Toronto, Canada
2008
ISBN : 9780070260450
Fundamentals of Digital Logic with
VHDL Design teaches the basic design
techniques for logic circuits. It
emphasizes the synthesis of circuits
and explains how circuits are
implemented in real chips. Fundamental
concepts are illustrated by
using small examples, which are easy
to understand. Then, a modular
approach is used to show how larger
circuits are designed. VHDL is used to
demonstrate how the basic building
blocks and larger systems are defined
in a hardware description language,
producing designs that can be
implemented with modern CAD tools.
The book emphasizes CAD through the
use of Altera's Quartus II CAD software,
a state-of-the-art digital circuit design
package. This software produces
automatic mapping of designs written
in VHDL into Field Programmable Gate
Arrays (FPGAs) and Complex
Programmable Logic Devices
(CPLDs)."
FEATURES
• The book emphasizes the concepts
that should be covered in an
introductory course on logic design,
focusing on: Logic functions, gates,
and rules of Boolean algebra.
• Circuit synthesis and optimization
techniques.
• Number representation and
arithmetic circuits.
• Combinational-circuit building
blocks, such as multiplexers,
decoders, encoders, and code
converters.
• Sequential-circuit building blocks,
such as flip-flops, registers, and
counters.
• Design of synchronous sequential
circuits.
• Use of the basic building blocks in
designing larger systems."
CONTENTS
1. Design Concepts 2. Introduction to
Logic Circuits 3. Implementation
Technology 4. Optimized Implementation
of Logic Functions 5. Number
Representation and Arithmetic Circuits
6. Combinational-Circuit Building Blocks
7. Flip Flops, Registers, Counters, and
a Simple Processor 8. Synchronous
Sequential Circuits 9. Asynchronous
Sequential Circuits 10. Digital System
Design 11. Testing of Logic Circuits 12.
Computer Aided Design Tools
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC
WITH VERILOG DESIGN, (SIE),
2nd Edition
by Stephen Brown, Associate
Professor, Dept. of Electrical &
Computer Engineering, University
of Toronto; Zvonko Vranesic,
Professor, Dept. of Electrical &
Computer Engineering, University
of Toronto
2007 / 885 pages
ISBN : 9780070667242
Intended for a course on Digital
Principles and Logic Design at the UG
level, this title aims to teach students
the fundamental concepts in classic
manual digital design and illustrate the
way in which digital circuits are designed
using CAD tools in modern times. Basic
concepts are presented by examples
that involve simple circuit design using
both manual techniques and modern
CAD-tool-based methods.
FEATURES
• Emphasis is on Programmable
Logic Devices, using FPGA and
CPLD- the most appropriate
technology in use today.
• Altera Quartus II software, which
provides automatic mapping of a
design into Altera CPLDs and
FPGAs, has been included in the
text.
• IEEE Standard Verilog HDL
language and its use has been
discussed in great detail.
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 7
• Number of design examples in the
book which can complement a lab
course.
• Solved Examples: 173
• Problems: 356
• Illustrations: 687
CONTENTS
1. Design Concepts 2. Introduction to
Logic Circuits 3. Implementation
Technology 4. Optimized Implementation
of Logic Functions 5. Number
Representation and Arithmetic Circuits
6. Combinational-Circuit Building Blocks
7. Flip Flops, Registers, Counters, and a
Simple Processor 8. Synchronous
Sequential Circuits 9. Asynchronous
Sequential Circuits 10. Digital System
Design 11. Testing of Logic Circuits
12. Computer Aided Design Tools /
Appendix A: Verilog Reference /
Appendix B: Commercial Devices
DIGITAL COMPUTER
FUNDAMENTALS
by Dr. S. Poornachandra,Professor
and Head, Department of ECE, RMD
Engineering College, Chennai
2009 / 224 pages
ISBN : 9780070671867
Digital Computer Fundamentals,
designed for the undergraduate
students of all engineering disciplines is
a well written, simple book. Clear
presentation with numerous exercises
makes the book very student friendly.
PEDAGOGY
• Solved Examples: 150
• Review Questions: 200
CONTENTS
1. Digital Concepts 2. Number System
3. Logic Gates 4. Hardware and
Software 5. Networking Fundamental
U.S. Edition
SCHAUM ’S OUTLINE OF
INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL
SYSTEMS
by James Palmer, Rochester Institute
of Technology; David Perlman,
Rochester Institute of Technology
1993 / 400 pages
ISBN : 9780070484399
CONTENTS
1. Numbers and the Binary System 2.
Design of Combinational Logic I 3.
Design of Combinational Logic IIManipulation
4. Hardware and the
Mixed-Logic Convention 5. MSI and
LSI Elements 6. Timing Diagrams 7.
The Flip-Flop/8 Combinations of Flip-
Flops 9. Application Specific Devices
10. Design of Simple State Machines
11. Electronically Programmable
Functions
Appendixes A: Basic Boolean
Theorems and Identities / B: Standard
Logic Symbols / C: Some Comments
on Digital Logic Simulation
DIGITAL PRINCIPLES AND
DESIGN WITH CD-ROM
by Donald Givone, SUNY— Buffalo
2003 / 832 pages
ISBN : 9780070529069
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Number Systems,
Arithmetic, and Codes. 3. Boolean
Algebra and Combinational Networks.
4. Simplification of Boolean Expressions.
5. Logic Design with MSI
Components and Programmable Logic
Devices. 6. Flip-Flops and Simple Flip-
Flop Applications. 7. Synchronous
Sequential Networks. 8. Algorithmic
State Machines. 9. Asnynchronous
Sequential Networks / Appendix A:
Digital Circuits. / Appendix B: TBD
DIGITAL COMPUTER
ELECTRONICS: AN INTRODUCTION
TO MICROCOMPUTERS
3rd Edition
by Alberto Paul Malvino, President,
Malvino Inc.
2001 / 522 pages
ISBN : 9780074622353
CONTENTS
Part I : Digital Principles 1. Number
Systems and Codes 2. Gates 3. More
Logic Gates 4. TTL Circuits 5. Boolean
Algebra and Karnaugh Maps 6.
Arithmetic-Logic Units 7. Flip-Flops 8.
Registers and Counters 9. Memories
Part II : SAP (Simple-as-Possible)
Computers 10. SAP- 1, 11. SAP- 2, 12.
SAP- 3 Part III : Programming
Popular Micro-processors 13.
Introduction to Microprocessors 14.
Programming and Languages 15.
System Overview 16. Data Transfer
Instructions 17. Addressing Modes- I 18.
Arithmetic and Flags 19. Logical
Instructions 20. Shift and Rotate
Instructions 21. Addressing Modes- II
22. Branching and Loops 23. Subroutine
and Stack Instructions Part IV :
Microprocessor Instruction Set
Tables, Appendices, Answers to Odd-
Numbered Problems, Index
VERILOG DIGITAL
SYSTEM DESIGN, 2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Zainalabedin Navabi, Professor of
Electrical and Computer Engineering,
Northeastern University.
2008 / 400 Pages
ISBN : 9780070252219
This rigorous text shows electronics
designers and students how to deploy
Verilog in sophisticated digital systems
design.The Second Edition is
completely updated -- along with the
many worked examples -- for Verilog
2001, new synthesis standards and
coverage of the new OVI verification
library.
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
8 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
1. Design Automation with Verilog
2. Register Transfer Level Design with
Verilog 3.Verilog Language Concepts /
4. Combinational Circuit Description
5. Sequential Circuit Description
6. Component Test and Verification 7.
Detailed Modeling 8. RT Level Design
and Test / Appendix A: List of Keywords
/ Appendix B: Frequently Used Sysytem
Tasks and Functions / Appendix C:
Compiler Directives / Appendix D:
Verilog Formal Syntax Definition /
Appendix E: Verilog Assertion Monitors
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS,
(WITH CD), 6TH EDITION
by Roger L Tokheim
2004 / 448 pages
ISBN : 9780070587908
Digital Electronics: Principles &
Applications, Sixth Edition is designed
to be used as an introductory text for
students who are new to the field of
electronics. This edition includes
numerous changes and improve-ments.
Most chapters have added questions
and problems. The textbook continues
its strong coverage of not only the
basics of digital circuits but stresses the
interfacing with a variety of simple input
and output devices
CONTENTS
1. Digital Electronics 2. Numbers We
Use in Digital Electro-nics 3. Logic
Gates 4. Combining Logic Gates 5. IC
Specifications and Simple Interfacing 6.
Encoding, Decoding, and Seven-
Segment Displays 7. Flip-Flops 8.
Counters 9. Shift Registers 10.
Arithmetic Circuits 11. Memories 12.
Digital Systems 13. Connecting with
Analog Devices
International Edition
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS:
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS,
7th Edition
by Roger L. Tokheim
2008 / 534 Pages
ISBN : 9780071108508
Digital Electronics: Principles and
Applications is a concise and practical
text that prepares students for entrylevel
electronics jobs. Its level and
approach are ideal for both electronics
and electricity programs looking for a
relatively short, applied book. The
seventh edition has been updated, with
new coverage of microcontrollers,
memory, and interfacing.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Interfacing has been updated and
expanded, especially in chapter 5
and chapter 14.
• Memory concepts and examples
have been updated in chapter 11.
CONTENTS
1. Digital Electronics. 2. Numbers We
Use in Digital Electronics. 3. Logic Gates.
4. Combining Logic Gates. 5. 1C
Specifications and Simple Interfacing. 6.
Encoding, Decoding, and Seven-
Segment Displays. 7. Flip-Flops. 8.
Counters. 9. Shift Registers. 10.
Arithmetic circuits. 11. Memory and
Storage. 12. Digital Systems. 13.
Computer Systems. 14. Connecting with
Analog Devices
DIGITAL COMPUTER
FUNDAMENTALS, 6th Edition
by Thomas Bartee
2001 / 610 Pages
ISBN : 9780074604007
CONTENTS
1. Computer Operation 2. Number
Systems 3. Boolean Algebra and Gate
Networks 4. Logic Design 5. The
Arithmetic-Logic Unit 6. The Memory
Element 7. Input-Output Devices 8.
Buses and Interfaces 9. The Control
Unit 10. Computer Organization
Appendixes Index
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS:
CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS
by V.K. Puri
2001 / 446 Pages
ISBN : 9780074633175
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS,
MICROPROCESSORS PROBLEMS &
SOLUTIONS
by R.P. Jain, B M Institute of
Engineering & Tech. Sonepat
1987 / 534 pages
ISBN : 9780074517017
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
DEMYSTIFIED: A SELF-TEACHING
GUIDE
by Predko
2005 / 370 pages
ISBN : 9780070601444
2000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
(SIGMA SERIES)
by S.P. Bali, Former Faculty
Member Military College of
Electronics & Mechanical Engineering,
Secunderabad
2004
ISBN : 9780070588318
CONTENTS
1. Digital Concepts 2. Number Systems
3. Codes and Parity 4. Logic Gates
5. Boolean Algebra 6. Reduction
Techniques 7. Pulse and Switching
Devices 8. Wave Shaping 9. Logic
Families 10. Arithmetic Circuits 11.
Combinational Logic Circuits 12. Flip-
Flips 13. Registers and Counters 14.
Sequential Machines 15. Memory 16.
Programmable Logic Devices 17.
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 9
Interfacing 18. Microprocessor Basics,
Appendices, Glossary, Bibliography /
Index.
COMPLETE DIGITAL DESIGN
by Balch
2005 / 460 pages
ISBN : 9780070601420
VHDL / VERILOG
VHDL PROGRAMMING BY
EXAMPLE, 4th Edition
by Douglas Perry, Synopsis Inc.,
2002 / 496 pages
ISBN : 9780070499447
Teaches VHDL by example - Includes
tools for simulation and synthesis - CDROM
containing Code/Design examples
and a working demo of ModelSIM
CONTENTS
Foreword,Preface. Acknowledgments.
1. Introduction to VHDL. 2. Behavioral
Modeling. 3. Sequential Processing. 4.
Data Types. 5. Subprograms and
Packages. 6. Predefined Attributes. 7.
Configurations. 8. Advanced Topics. 9.
Synthesis. 10. VHDL Systems. 11.
High Level Design Flow. 12. Top-Level
System Design. 13. CPU: Synthesis
Description. 14. CPU: RTL Simulation.
15. CPU Design: Synthesis Results.
16. Place and Route. 17. CPU: VITAL
Simulation. 18. At Speed Debugging
Techniques. Appendix A: Standard
Logic Package. Appendix B: VHDL
Reference Tables. Appendix C:
Reading VHDL BNF. Appendix D:
VHDL93 Updates. Index.
VHDL-A DESIGN ORIENTED
APPROACH
by S.S. Limaye, Principal, RKN Engg
College and Professor of Electronics
2007 / 324 pages
ISBN : 9780070648258
Intended for a course on VHDL
Programming this text can also be used
Digital Systems Design courses having
a portion on VHDL. The text follows a
bottom-up approach, whereby
Language Fundamentals have been
discussed followed by various styles of
Description and Design Examples.
FEATURES
• Based on the latest IEEE Std 1076-
1993. IEEE libraries have been
given sufficient coverage.
• Data flow description is discussed
using examples of Multiplexer,
Demultiplexer, Priority Encoder and
Barrel Shifter with Synthesis Effects.
• Separate chapter on Writing Test
Benches.
• Discussion on designing of a 16-Bit
RISC Microcomputer included.
• Guide to implement projects using
Xilinx ISE.
• Tutorial on Modelsim Simulator
provided.
• Facilitates better comprehension
with numerous Review Questions,
Programming Exercises, and
Debugging Exercises.
• Illustrations: 78
• Review Questions: 57
• Programming Exercises: 43
• Debugging Exercises: 29
• Answers to Selected Problems
• Numerous examples and exercises
of synthesizable code are provided,
which can be run in a lab.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Language
fundamentals 3. Behavioral and RTL
style of description 4. Dataflow style of
description 5. Structural style of
description 6. Writing test benches 7.
Design examples 8. Synthesis with
XILINX ISE / Appendix A: Design of 16-
bit RISC microcomputer / Appendix B:
VHDL syntax / Appendix C: STD package
functions / Appendix D: IEEE library
functions
VHDL: MODULAR DESIGN AND
SYNTHESIS OF CORES AND
SYSTEMS, 3rd Edition
by Zainalabedin Navabi Northeastern
University, Boston
2008 / 531 pages
ISBN : 9780070223516
This cutting-edge resource explores the
design of RT level components, the
application of these components in a
core-based design, and the
development of a complete processor
design with its hardware and software
as a core in a system-on-a-chip [SoC]
"Filled over 150 illustrations, this edition
features.
FEATURES
• An entire toolkit for register-transfer
level digital system design
• Testbench development techniques
• New to this edition: Coverage of the
latest users of VHDL for digital
system design, design of IP cores,
interactive and self-checking
testbench development, and VHDL’s
new libraries and packages.
CONTENTS
1. Digital System Design Automation
with VHDL 2. RTL with VHDL 3. VHDL
Constructs for Structure and Hierarchy
Descriptions 4. Concurrent Constructs
for RT Level Descriptions 5. Sequential
Constructs for RT Level Descriptions 6.
VHDL Language Utilities and Packages
7. VHDL Signal Model 8. Hardware
Cores and Models 9. Core Design and
Testability 10. Design, Test and
Application of a Processor Core"
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN • VHDL / VERILOG
10 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
BASIC ELECTRICAL
ENGINEERING
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
(SIE)
5th Edition
by Giorgio Rizzoni, The Ohio State
University
2010 / 694 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072496
Principles and Applications of Electrical
Engineering encompasses a
combination of analytical and
computational tools to present the
subject to those taking a course of
Basic Electrical Engineering. This book
is designed to impart interactive and
creative understanding. The content has
been categorized under Circuits,
Electronics and Electromechanics to
facilitate modular teaching and learning.
FEATURES
• Extensive use of practical and
interesting applications from all
areas of engineering to illustrate
principles
• Principles of electrical engineering
presented with a combination of
analytical and computational tools
• Pedagogy:
• Exercises: 731
• Solved Examples: 163
• Check your understanding
problems: 141
• Illustrations: 934
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Electrical Engineering
PART I CIRCUITS 2. Fundamentals of
Electric Circuits 3. Resistive Network
Analysis 4. AC Network Analysis 5.
Transient Analysis 6. Frequency
Response and System Concepts 7. AC
Power PART II ELECTRONICS 8.
Electronic Instrumentation and
Measurements PART III
ELECTROMECHANICS 9. Principles of
Electromechanics 10. Introduction to
Electric Machines 11. Special-Purpose
Electric Machines / Appendices
Appendix A – Linear Algebra and
Complex Numbers / Appendix B – The
Laplace Transform / Appendix C –
Fundamentals of Engineering (FE)
Examination / Appendix D – Answers to
Selected Problems
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING,
3rd Edition
by D. P. Kothari, Director, Vindhya
Group of Institutions, Indore; I J
Nagrath, Adjunct Prof. Birla Institute of
Technology and Science, Pilani
2009 / 682 pages
ISBN : 9780070146112
Basic Electrical Engineering, a hallmark
text by the renowned authors in the field
has already proved its potential. The
book has been revised extensively to
bring in several new topics to cover the
complete undergraduate syllabus on
Basic Electrical Engineering while taking
an account of the content as per current
technological development.
FEATURES
• New chapters on ‘Domestic Wiring’
and ‘Power System’.
• Rich pool of pedagogy of 785 solved
problems and students’ practice
problems needed by practicing
engineers.
• Exhaustive OLC
CONTENTS
1. Elementary concepts and definitions
2. Fundamentals of Resistive Circuits 3.
Fundamentals of Reactive Circuits 4.
Steady State Analysis for Sinusoidal
Excitation 5. Frequency Response 6.
Three-Phase Circuits 7. Magnetic
Circuits 8. Transformers 9. EMF and
Torque in Electric Machines 10. DC
Machines 11.Synchronous Machine 12.
Induction Motor 13. Fractional-kW
Motors 14. Measurement Techniques
and Electric and Electronic
Instrumentation 15. Power Systems 16.
Domestic Wiring
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
5th Edtion
2009 / 956 Pages
ISBN: 9780070682566
by A E Fitzgerald, Deceased; David
Higginbotham, Deceased; Arvin
Grabel, Northeastern University
Meant for the course on Basic Electrical
Engineering, this classic text provides a
comprehensive exposure to the subject.
Enriched with rich pedagogy, this book
is a useful tool for both students and
teachers alike.
FEATURES
• Excellent coverage on electrical
circuits
• A plethora of examples are included
to explain each concept as it is
introduced
• Includes chapters on
Semiconductor Devices, Signal
Processing and Electromechanical
Energy Conversion
CONTENTS
1. The Physical Foundations of Electric
Circuits 2. Circuit Analysis-Resistive
Networks 3. Sinusoidal Steady –state
Circuits Analysis 4. The Response of
Simple Networks 5. The Laplace
Transform 6. Frequency Response and
Representation of Systems 7. The
Physical Foundations of
Semiconductor Devices 8. Elementary
Amplifier Stages 9. Multistage
Amplifiers 10. Analog Signal
Processing 11. Processing Discrete
Signals 12. Digital Commputation 13.
Magnetic Circuits, Transformers, and
Three-phase Circuits 14.
Electromechanical Energy Conversion
15. Direct-current Machines 16.
Alternating-current Machines 17.
Control Systems and Solid-state Power
Processing
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 11
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
by Abhijit Chakrabarti, Bengal
Engineering and Science University,
West Bengal; Sudipta Nath, Netaji
Subhash Engineering College, West
Bengal; Chandan Kumar Chanda,
Bengal Engineering and Science
University, West Bengal
2008 / 1052 pages
ISBN : 9780070669307
This book on Basic Electrical
Engineering, meant for the
undergraduate students of all
disciplines, encompasses every detail
about the required topics in a lucid and
very student friendly manner. Wide
variety of problems with the right
theoretical depth makes this book a
perfect offering on the subject.
FEATURES
• Exhaustive coverage of Power
Transmission, Transformers and DC
Machines
• Step-by-step problem solving
methodology
• Quality illustrations to aid
understanding of the subject in
easier way
• Rich Pedagogy
• 774 Solved examples
• 359 Review questions
CONTENTS
1. Fundamentals 2. Electrostatics
3. Electro-magnetism and Magnetic
Circuts 4. DC Network Analysis 5.
Steady State Analysis of AC Circuit 6.
Network Analysis 7. Three -Phase
Circuits 8. Transformers 9. DC
Machines 10. Three -Phase Induction
Motors 11. Synchronous Machines 12.
Single- Phase Induction Motors 13.
Electrical Measuring Instruments 14.
Review Problems 15. Multiple Choice
Questions
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Revised First Edition
by D C Kulshreshtha, Professor of
Electronics and Communication
Engineering, Jaypee University of
Information Technology, Solan,
Himachal Pradesh
2011 / 904 Pages
ISBN: 9780071328968
Kulshreshtha’s Basic Electrical
Engineering provides and solid
overview of electrical engineering
principles geared for both electrical as
well as non-electrical engineering
students. With the liberal use of
practical illustrations and numerous
exercises, it offers an unparalleled
exposure to Electricity Fundamentals,
Network Theory, Electromagnetism,
Electric Machines, Transformers, and
Measuring Instruments.
FEATURES
• Covers entire spectrum of Basic
Electrical Engineering from the
fundamentals to measuring
instruments in a single volume.
• 16 Lab experiments included.
• Step-by-step and tutorial approach
for solved examples.
• Pedagogy:
• Solved examples: 540
• Review exercises: 530
• Objective type questions: 425
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Ohm’s Law 3. Network
Analysis 4. Network Theorems 5.
Electromagnetism 6. Magnetic Circuits
7. Self and Mutual Inductances 8. DC
Transients 9. Alternating Voltage and
Current 10. AC Circuits 11. Resonance
in AC Circuits 12. Three Phase Circuits
and Systems 13. Transformers 14.
Alternators and Synchronous Motors 15.
Induction Motors 16. DC Machines 17.
Fractional Horsepower Motors 18.
Electrical Measuring Instruments 19.
Electrical Installation and Illumination
BASIC ELECTRICAL
AND ELECTRONICS
ENGINEERING
by R. Muthusubramanian, SRM
Engineering College, SRM University,
Kancheepuram; S. Salivahanan,
Principal, SSN Engineering College,
Chennai; K. A. Muraleedharan,
Tandem Institute of Computer
Technology, Thiruananthpuram
2009 / 564 pages
ISBN : 9780070146129
This book is written with the objective of
providing a single text covering the
syllabus on Basic Electrical and
Electronics Engineering offered to the
first year engineering students. Lucid
writing style, rich pedagogy and
exhaustive web supplement will prove to
be useful to students as well as
practioners.
FEATURES
• Includes material on Constatn
Voltage Transformer, Isolation
Transformer, Manufacturing Process
of Monolithic ICs, Display Devices,
Power Stability Equipment etc.
• Chapter on Communication
Systems covering Pulse Digital
Modulation, Microwave
Communication, Radar System,
ISDN, etc.
• Numerous solved examples and
review questions to test learning and
reinforce important concepts.
CONTENTS
1. Fundamentals of Electricity and DC
Circuits 2. Magnetic Circuits 3.
Electromagnetic Induction 4. AC
Fundamentals 5. Single Phase AC
Circuits 6. Electrical Machines 7.
Measuring Instruments 8. House Wiring
9. Transmission and Distribution of
Electrical Power 10. Passive Circuits
Components 11. Transducers 12.
Semiconductor Devices 13. Integrated
Circuits 14. Communication Systems
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
12 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
BASIC ELECTRICAL &
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
by Ravish R. Singh, Vice-Principal &
Head, Electronics and Telecomm Dept.,
Thakur College of Engineering &
Technology, Mumbai
2009 / 440 Pages
ISBN: 9780070146136
Basic Electrical & Electronics
Engineering is meant for the students of
all engineering disciplines who are to
take up the course in their first year. The
book will be useful to students pursuing
diploma courses in EEE and ECE. Lucid
writing style and rich pedagogy are the
USP of this book.
FEATURES
• Lucid writing style supported by
step-by-step solutions to all
problems!
• Questions from University Question
papers interspersed within the text
throughout!
• Rich pedagogy:
• Solved Problems: 289
• Practice Problems: 244
• Objective-type questions: 145
CONTENTS
1. Basic Circuit Concepts 2. DC
Circuits 3. AC Circuits 4. Three-Phase
Circuits 5. Single-Phase Transformer
6.Electrical Machines 7.
Semiconductor Devices and Rectifiers
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING,
3rd Edition
(Schaum’s Outline Series)
(Special Indian Edition)
by J. J. Cathey, Professor of Electrical
Engineering, University of Kentucky,
Lexington; S. A. Nasar, Professor of
Electrical Engineering, University of
Kentucky Adapted by: Prabhat Kumar,
Chairman, Department of Electronics
Engineering, Aligarh Muslim University,
Aligarh
2010 / 364 Pages
ISBN: 9780070681804
This Schaum’s Outline Series book on
Basic Electrical Engineering gives a
complete overview of the subject.
Emphasis is placed on the basic laws,
theorems and problem-solving
approach. The revision has further
elaborated and enhanced the worth of
the book by including more solved
example and OTQs which has made
more examination oriented.
FEATURES
• Complete topical coverage of first
year paper on ‘Basic Electrical
Engineering’
• Elaborated topics like; Power
Transfer Theorem, Measurement of
Three Phase Power and Basic
Measurement Instrumentation as
per Indian examination pattern.
• Addition of Solved Problems from
university question papers
• Addition of 50 Solved Problems and
60 Objective Type Questions
• Rich pool of pedagogy of more than
700 solved problems and students’
practice problems given in the book.
CONTENTS
1. Circuit Elements and Laws 2.
Analysis of Resistive Circuits 3. AC
Circuits under Steady State 4. Transient
Circuit Analysis 5. Special Forcing
Functions and Laplace Transforms 6.
State-Variable Circuit Analysis 7. Diodes
8. Bipolar Junction Transistors 9. Field-
Effect Transistors 10. Operational
Amplifiers 11. Switching Logic Circuits
12. Digital Logic Applications 13.
Transformers 14. Electromechanics and
Electric Machines 15. Concepts of
Control Transfer Function 16. Block
Diagrams and Signal Flow Graphs 17.
Control Criteria and Response 18. Basic
Measuring Instruments
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
2nd Edition
V N Mittle, Formerly Dean,
Administration & Prof, Dept. of Electrical
Engineering, Maulana Azad National
Institute of Technology, Bhopal; Arvind
Mittal, Asst. Professor, Dept. of
Electrical Engineering, Maulana Azad
National Institute of Technology, Bhopal
2005 / 828 Pages
ISBN : 9780070593572
FEATURES
• Transformers Discussed In Detail.
• Thoroughly Revised Chapters On
Single And Three-Phases Induction
Motors.
• New Chapter On:
• Three-Phase Alternator
• Electromechanical Energy
Conversion
• Testing Of DC Machines
• Pedagogy Includes:
• 877 Review Questions
• 344 Exercises Problems
• 220 Solved Problems
CONTENTS
PART-I FUNDAMENTALS OF
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 1. DC
Circuit 2. Electrostatics 3.
Electromagnetism 4. Magnetic Circuit 5.
Electromagnetic Induction 6.
Fundamentals of Alternating Current 7.
AC Series Circuit 8. AC Parallel Circuit
9. Three Phase Systems 10. Measuring
Instruments 11. Fundamentals of
Electrical Installation PART-II
TRANSFORMERS Chapter 12 Basic
Material Used In Electrical Machines
Chapter 13 Temperature Rise And
Ventilation In Electrical Machines
Chapter 14 Single Phase Transformers
Chapter 15 Three Phase Transformers
PART-III DC MACHINES Chapter 16
Electromechanical Energy Conversion
Chapter 17 Fundamentals of DC
Machines 18. DC Generators 19. DC
Motors 20. Testing of DC Machine
PART-IV 21. Three-Phase Alternators
22. Synchronous Motors 23. Three
Phase Induction Motors 24. Single
Phase Induction Motors
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 13
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING,
VOL.-1
by P. S. Dhogal, Directorate of Training
and Technical Education
2001 / 270 pages
ISBN : 9780074515860
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Wires, Cables and
General Electrical Accessories. 3.
Nature of Electricity and its
Fundamental Laws. 4. Work, Power and
Energy. 5. Chemical and Heating
Effects of Electric Current. 6.
Magnetism, Electromagnetism and
Electromagnetic Induction. 7. DC
Generators. 8. DC Motors. 9. Cells and
Batteries. 10. Wiring System. 11.
Single-Phase AC Circuits. 12. Poly-
Phase System.
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING,
VOL. 2
by P. S. Dhogal, Directorate of Training
and Technical Education
2001 / 218 pages
ISBN : 9780074515877
CONTENTS
1. Alternator. 2. Transformer. 3. Three-
Phase Induction Motors. 4. Synchronous
Motors. 5. Single-Phase Motors. 6.
Armature Winding. 7. Electrical
Measuring Instruments. 8. Illumination.
9. Automobile Electrical System. 10.
Fundamentals of Electronics. 11.
Conversion of AC to DC. 12.
Generation, Transmission and
distribution of Electricity.
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRICAL
ENGINEERING
By Giorgio Rizzoni, Ohio State
University
2008 / 736 pages
ISBN : 9780071299506
Rizzoni's Fundamentals of Electrical
Engineering provides a solid overview of
the electrical engineering discipline that
is especially geared toward the many
non-electrical engineering students who
take this course. The book was
developed to fit the growing trend of the
Intro to EE course morphing into a
briefer, less comprehensive course. The
hallmark feature of this text is its liberal
use of practical applications to illustrate
important principles. The applications
come from every field of engineering
and feature exciting technologies. The
appeal to non-engineering students are
the special features such as Focus on
Measurement sections, Focus on
Methodology sections, and Make the
Connections sidebars.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Electrical Engineering
2. Fundamentals of Electric Circuits
3. Resistive Network Analysis 4. AC
Network Analysis 5. Transient Analysis
6. Frequency Response and System
Concepts 7. AC Power 8. Operational
Amplifiers 9. Semiconductors and
Diodes 10. Bipolar Junction Transistors:
Operation, Circuit Models, and
Application 11. Field-Effect Transistors:
Operation, Circuit Models, and
Application 12. Digital Logic Circuits 13.
Principles of Electro-mechanics 14.
Introduction to Electric Machines /
Appendix A Linear Algebra and Complex
Numbers / Appendix B The Laplace
Transform /Appendix C Fundamentals
of Engineering (FE) Examination /
Appendix D Answers to Selected
Problems
International Edition
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
5th Edition
by Giorgio Rizzoni, Ohio State
University
2007 / 1056 Pages
ISBN : 9780071254441
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Electrical Engineering
Part I – Circuits 2. Fundamentals of
Electric Circuits 3. Resistive Network
Analysis 4. AC Network Analysis 5.
Transient Analysis 6. Frequency
Response and System Concepts 7. AC
Power Part II – Electronics 8.
Operational Amplifiers 9.
Semiconductors and Diodes 10. Bipolar
Junction Transistors: Operation, Circuit
Models, and Applications 11. Field-
Effect Transistors: Operation, Circuit
Models, and Applications 12. Power
Electronics 13. Digital Logic Circuits 14.
Digital Systems Part III–
Instrumentation and Comm-unication
Systems 15. Electronic Instrumentation
and Measurements 16. Analog
Communication Systems 17. Digital
Communications Part IV –
Electromechanics 18. Principles of
Electromechanics 19. Introduction to
Electric Machines 20. Special-Purpose
Electric Machines / Appendices
Appendix A – Linear Algebra and
Complex Numbers / Appendix B – The
Laplace Transform / Appendix C –
Fundamentals of Engineering (FE)
Examination / Appendix D – Answers to
Selected
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
14 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL
ENGINEERING
by Late M.S. Naidu, Indian Institute of
Science, Bangalore
2004 / 762 Pages
ISBN : 9780074622926
CONTENTS
1. Fundamental Concepts of Electricity
2. Electrostatic Fields 3. Batteries 4.
Electric Circuits with a DC Charge 5.
Magnetic Circuits 6. Magnetic Forces 7.
Introduction to Alternating Current and
EMF 8. Resistance, Inductance, and
Capacitance in a Single Phase AC
Circuits 9. AC Series and Parallel
Circuits containing more than one
element 10. Polyphase AC Circuits 11.
DC Generators 12. DC Motors 13.
Single Phase Transformer 14. Induction
Motors 15. Synchronous Machines 16.
Semiconductor Materials and Devices
17. Electrical and Electronic Measuring
Instruments
ELECTRICITY
International Edition
BASIC ELECTRICITY
A TEXT- LAB MANUAL, 7th Edition
by Paul B. Zbar & Joseph Sloop,
Gordon Rockmaker, Electronic
Industries Association
2000 / 460 Pages
ISBN : 9780071202848
CONTENTS
Introduction to Experiments. • Resistor
Color Code and Measurement of
Resistance. • Measurement of Voltage.
Conductors and Insulators. • Switches
and Switching Circuits. • Measurement
of Direct Current. • Ohm’s Law. • Series
Circuits. • Designing Series Circuit.
• Voltage-Divider Circuits unloaded).
• Current in a Parallel Circuit. •
Resistance of a Parallel Circuit. •
Designing Parallel Circuits. • Resistance
of Series- Parallel Circuits. • Direct-
Current Meters (shunts and multipliers).
• Kirchhoff’s Voltage Law (one source).•
Kirchhoff’s Current Law . • Voltage-
Divider Circuits (loaded). • Designing
Voltage and Current-Divider Circuits. •
Troubles-hooting Electric Circuits using
Voltage, Current, and Resistance
Measurement. • Maximum Power
Transfer. • Solving Circuits using Mesh
Currents. • Balanced-Bridge Circuit. •
Superposition Theorem.
• Thevenin’s Theorem. • Norton’s
Theorem. • Millman’s Theorem. •
Magnetic Field Associated with Current
in a Wire. • Inducing Voltage in a Coil. •
Applications of the DC Relay. •
Oscilloscope Operation. • Oscilloscope
Voltage and Frequency Measurement. •
Peak, RMS, and Average Values of AC.
• Characteristics of Inductance. •
Transformers. Inductances in Series
and Parallel. • RC Time Constants. •
Reactance of a Capacitor (XC). •
Capacitors in Series and Parallel. • The
Capacitive Voltage Divider. • Impedance
of a Series RL Circuit. • Voltage
Relationships in a Series RL Circuit
Impedance of a Series RC Circuit. •
Voltage Relationships in a Series RC
Circuit. • Power in AC Circuits.
• Frequency Response of a Reactive
Circuit. • Impedance of a Series RLC
Circuit. • Effects of Changes in
Frequency on Impedance and Current
in a Series RLC Circuit. • Impedance of
Parallel RL and RC Circuits. •
Impedance of a Parralles RLC Circuit. •
Resonant Frequency and Frequency
Response of a Series RLC Circuit. •
Effect of Q on Frequency Response and
Bandwidth of a Series Resonant Circuit.
Characteristics of Parallel Resonant
Circuits. • Low-Pass and High-Pass
Filters. • RC Bandpass and Bandstop
Filters. • Nonlinear Resistors -
Thermistors. • Nonlinear Resistors -
Varistors (VDRS). / Appendices. A:
Wiring Methods / B: Familiarization with
Hand Tools Used in Electronics / C:
Soldering Techniques.
U S Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BASIC
ELECTRICITY, 2nd Edition
by Milton Gussow, Johns Hopkins
University
2009 / 480 Pages
ISBN:9780071635288
CONTENTS
1. The Nature of Electricity 2. Electrical
Standards and Conventions 3. OHM's
Law and Power 4. Direct-Current Series
Circuits 5. Direct-Current Parallel
Circuits 6. Batteries 7. Kirchhoff's Laws
8. Determinant Solutions for DC
Networks 9. Network Calculations 10.
Magnetism and Electromagnetism 11.
Direct-Current Generators and Motors
12. Principles of Alternating Current 13.
Inductance, Inductive Reactance, and
Inductive Circuits 14. Capacitance,
Capacitive, Reactance, and Capacitive
Circuits 15. Single-Phase Circuits 16.
Alternating-Current Generators and
Motors 17. Complex Numbers and
Complex Impedance for Series AC
Circuits 18. AC Circuit Analysis with
Complex Numbers 19. Transformers 20.
Three-Phase Systems 21. Series and
Parallel Resonance 22. Waveforms and
Time Constants / Tables / Index /
Electrical Engineering
International Edition
ELECTRICITY: PRINCIPLES AND
APPLICATIONS, 7th Edition
by Richard J. Fowler, President,
Nugget Software Inc.
2008
ISBN : 9780071285933
This widely-used text prepares students
for entry-level jobs in electronics,
electrical trades and related fields. Its
level and approach are ideal for both
electronics and electricity programs
looking for a relatively short, applied
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING • ELECTRICITY
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 15
book covering DC/AC circuits. Additional
chapters on topics such as safety,
transformers, motors, instrumentation,
and residential wiring are also included.
No prior knowledge of electricity is
assumed; the only prerequisites are
arithmetic and basic algebra. Practical
skills are emphasized throughout the
text, and supported in the hands-on
work provided in the companion
Experiments Manual. MultiSim circuit
files are provided, on a bound-in CD
ROM, for those who want to bring
software simulation work into their
classes and labs.
FEATURES
• Practical, easy-to-understand
explanation of DC and AC circuits;
students with limited math
background will find the book
readable and accessible.
• Experiments Manual for Electricity:
Principles and Applications
correlates with the text and helps
students gain practical, hands-on
experience and troubleshooting
skills. MultiSim files are available for
those who integrate simulation with
their lab experiments.
CONTENTS
1. Basic Concepts. 2. Electrical
Quantities and Units. 3. Basic Circuits,
Laws, and Measurements.4. Circuit
Components. 5. Multiple-Load Circuits.
6. Complex-Circuit Analysis. 7.
Magnetism and Electromagnetism. 8.
Alternating Current and Voltage. 9.
Power in AC Circuits. 10. Capacitance.
11. Inductance. 12. Transformers. 13. R,
C, and L Circuits. 14. Electric Motors.15.
Instruments and Measurements. 16.
Residential Wiring Concepts./ Glossary
of Terms and Symbols. / Appendix A
Common Tools. / Appendix B Soldering
and the Soldering Process. / Appendix
C Formulas and Conversions. / Appendix
D Cooper Wire Table. / Appendix E
Resistivity of Metals and Alloys. /
Appendix F Temperature Coefficients of
Resistance. / Appendix G Trigonometric
Functions. / Appendix H Capacitor Codes
and Color Codes. / Appendix I The
Oscilloscope. Appendix) Basics of
Cramer’s Rule. Index
International Edition
ELECTRICITY/ ELECTRONICS
FUNDAMENTALS: A TEXT-LAB
MANUAL, 4th Edition
by Paul B. Zbar & Joseph Sloop,
Gordon Rockmaker, Electronic
Industries Association
1993 / 384 pages
ISBN : 9780071137805
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
MATERIALS
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
MATERIALS
by R. K. Shukla, Associate Professor,
Department of Physics, HBTI, Kanpur
Archana Singh, Assistant Professor,
Department of Electrical Engineering,
HBTI, Kanpur
2012 / 504 Pages
ISBN : 9781259006203
Advancement in technology depends
significantly on the availability of
materials with desired specifications. In
the book Electrical Engineering
Materials, the authors have delved into
the physics of materials, carefully
explaining material behaviour and
reaction under a variety of conditions.
Upon reading, the user will develop a
holistic understanding of the properties,
characteristics, applications and
limitations of various engineering
materials.
FEATURES
• Physics of materials discussed to
explain material formation and
characteristics
• Applications of materials drawn from
their inherent properties
• Conceptual treatment of subject
matter followed by mathematical
derivations
• Examination-oriented pedagogical
features with numerous illustrations
• Diagrams: 308
• Solved Examples: 130
• Objective-Type Questions: 250
• Numerical Problems: 99
• Exercises: 150
• Fill in the Blanks: 100
• Self-Quiz: 110
CONTENTS
1. Crystal Structure, Bonding and
Defects in Solids 2. Band Theory of
Solids 3. Magnetic Properties of
Materials 4. Behaviour of Dielectric
Materials in ac and dc Fields 5.
Conductivity of Metals and
Superconductivity 6. Electrical
Conducting and Insulating Materials 7.
Junction Rectifi er, Transistors and
Devices 8. Mechanism of Conduction in
Semiconductors 9. Mechanical
Properties of Materials 10. Optical
Properties of Materials 11. Special-
Purpose Materials and Modern
Techniques of Material Studies
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
MATERIALS
by TTTI Madras
2001 / 128 Pages
ISBN : 9780074604205
CONTENTS
1. Materials for Conductors and
Resistors. 2. Semiconductors. 3.
Dilectric Materials. 4. Insulating
Materials. 5. Insulating Waxes,
Varnishes and Coolants. 6. Magnetic
Materials. 7. Special Purpose Materials
and Processes.
ELECTRICITY • ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS
16 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS
ENGINEERING CIRCUIT ANALYSIS,
7th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by William H. Hayt, Jr. (Late),
Professor, Purdue University, Indiana,
USA; Jack E. Kemmerly (Late),
Professor, Faculty of Electrical Engineering,
California State University,
Fullerton, USA; Steven M. Durbin,
Professor, Department of Electrical
Engineering, University of Canterbury,
Christchurch, New Zealand
2010 / 740 Pages
ISBN : 9780070153851
This classic text has a long tradition of
helping students develop a strong
intuitive understanding of circuit analysis
concepts. Throughout the text, the
exposition of topics is delivered in an
informal way. The key terms are clearly
defined and fundamental concepts are
explained for easy learning. Practice
problems with a range of difficulty level
appear throughout the book for students
to self assess their progress. The topics
are explored through appropriate design
examples and computer aided analysis.
The rich pedagogy supports and
encourages the students by offering tips
and warnings, carefully drawn figures
and step by step solved examples.
FEATURES
• New chapters on Network
Theorems, Network Topology
• Emphasizes on problem solving
methodology.
• Step-by-step technique used for
solved examples.
• Practical Application throughout the
book connect material to real-world
situations.
• PSpice & MATLAB examples are
included in relevant chapters
• Design oriented questions help
students grasp the complexities of
design process
• Total problems: 1587
• Solved examples: 172
• Practice questions: 1415
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Basic Components
and Electric Circuits 3. Voltage and
Current Laws 4. Basic Nodal and Mesh
Analysis 5. Network Topology 6.
Network Theorems & Useful Circuit
Analysis Techniques 7. Capacitors and
Inductors. 8. Basic RL and RC Circuits
9. The RLC Circuit 10. Sinusoidal
Steady-State Analysis 11. AC Circuit
Power Analysis 12. Polyphase Circuits
13. Magnetically Coupled Circuits 14.
Complex Frequency and The Laplace
Transform 15. Circuit Analysis in the s –
Domain 16. Frequency Response 17.
Two – Port Networks 18. Fourier Circuit
Analysis,
CIRCUITS AND NETWORKS:
ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS
4th Edition
By A. Sudhakar, Principal, RVR & JC,
College of Engineering, Guntur;
Shyammohan S. Palli, Professor and
Head, Deptartmentof Electrical and
Electronics Engineering; Sir CR Reddy ,
College of Engineering,Eluru
2010 / 972 Pages
ISBN : 9780070699724
This book caters to a course on Circuits
and Networks with coverage of both
Analysis and Synthesis. Lucid language,
fundamental discussions and illustrative
examples are some of the excellent
features of this text. There are
numerous solved examples employing
the step wise problem solving approach
which helps in easy grasping of the
concepts by the students. The
numericals employ both AC and DC
methods of analysis. Multiple Choice
Questions and Practice problems have
been provided in plenty and are of
graded challenge levels, helping the
students to prepare for competitive
examinations. PSpice problems have
been incorporated to help in simulation.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of Fourier
Method of Waveform Analysis with
focus on presenting the concepts of
Fouriers in a simple, student friendly
manner.
• Coverage of Active Filters with focus
on the design of Active Filters-
Butterworth & Chebyshev filters
(Appendix A)
• Key topics “Two-port networks” and
“Laplace Transform” dealt with in
details
• Concepts exemplified through over
500 solved numericals with step
wise problem solving approach
• Numericals with coverage of both
AC and DC analysis techniques.
• 350 refreshed practice problems
with graded challenge levels and
answers provided to select practice
problems.
CONTENTS
1. Circuit Elements and Kirchoff’s Laws
2. Methods of Analysing Circuits 3.
Useful Theorems in Circuit Analysis 4.
Introduction to Alternating Currents and
Voltages 5. Complex Impedance 6.
Power and Power Factor 7. Steady
State AC Analysis 8. Resonance 9.
Polyphase Circuits 10. Coupled Circuits
11. Transients 12. Fourier Method of
Waveform Analysis 13. Introduction to
the Laplace Transform 14. Application
of the Laplace Transform in Circuit
Analysis 15. S-Domain Analysis 16.
Two-Port Networks 17. Filters and
Attenuators 18. Elements of
Realizability and Synthesis of One-Port
Networks 19. An introduction to PSpice
NETWORK ANALYSIS
AND SYNTHESIS
1st Edition
by S P Ghosh, Asst Professor,
Department of Electrical Engineering,
College of Enginnering & Management,
Kolaghat; A K Chakraborty Professor,
Department of Electrical Engineering,
College of Enginnering &
Management,Kolaghat
2009 / 988 Pages
ISBN : 9780070144781
This text aims to provide simple
understanding of Network Analysis in
brief theory and large pool of problems
which helps the students hone their
problem solving skills and develop an
intuitive grasp of the contents. Covering
both analysis & synthesis of networks,
this text also gives an account on
PSPICE and its applications in Circuits
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 17
& Networks. Questions from several
competitive examinations like GATE,
UPSC, AMIE, IETE, etc have been
added for further value addition.
FEATURES
• Covers both analysis and synthesis
of networks.
• More than 550 problems fully
solved.
• 450 Practice problems with answer.
• 150 Objective type questions
• 100 Short answer type questions.
• Chapter on PSPICE aids solving
circuits problems using PSPICE
tools.
• Network Theorems presented
through Statement Proof Points to
be noted for easy derivation.
• Large number of problems of
competitive examinations like
GATE, UPSC, AMIE, IETE, etc also
included.
CONTENTS
1. Different Types of Systems and
Networks 2. Network Analysis 3. Graph
Theory 4. Network Theorems 5.
Laplace Transformations 6. Two Port
Networks 7. Fourier Series and Fourier
Transform 8. Op-Amp & Active Filters
9. SPICE 10. Indefinite Admittance
Matrix (IAM) 11. Resonance 12. Three
Phase Circuits 13. Sinusoidal Steady
State Analysis 14. Magnetically
Coupled Circuits 15. Network Functions
16. Network Synthesis
ELECTRICAL NETWORKS
by Ravish R Singh, Vice-Principal,
Thakur College of Engineering and
Technology, Kandivali, Mumbai
2008 / 672 pages
ISBN : 9780070260962
This book attempts to provide lucid
explanation of the concepts of Electrical
Networks with brief theory and large
number of problems. Numerous
examples and exercises are included to
help the reader to inculcate an intuitive
grasp of the contents.
FEATURES
• Covers both analysis and synthesis
of networks
• In-depth coverage of DC circuits
with dependent and independent
sources
• Separate chapter on Graph Theory
EXCELLENT PEDAGOGY
• 500 Solved examples
• 225 Exercise problems with
answers
• 120 Objective type questions with
answers
CONTENTS
1. Basic Circuit Concepts 2.
Elementary Network Theorems 3. AC
Fundamentals 4. AC Circuits 5. Steady
State Ac Analysis 6. Three Phase
Circuits 7. Graph Theory 8. Transient
Analysis 9. Laplace Transform and It’s
Applications 10. Network Functions 11.
Two Port Networks 12. Network
Synthesis
PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS IN
CIRCUIT ANALYSIS (SIE)
by William H Hayt, Late Emiretus,
Professor, Purdue Univ, USA”
Jack Kemmerly
2012 / 332 Pages
ISBN : 9780071333030
This book aims to simplify the
mathematical rigour of the original text
by Hayt. The aim is to provide solutions
to the most commonly asked numerical
questions and to present the theory
involved, in brief question & answer
format. Added to this are questions from
various Universities and entrance
exams. This book will be used to
enhance the understanding of the
original text or as an independent
source of quality problems in the subject
of Circuit Analysis.
FEATURES
• Over 450 numericals solved for a
wide range of problems on
principles and concepts
• Highly illustrative, step-wise problem
solving approach
• About 150 review numericals
modeled on University examination
papers and competitive examination
question patterns
• Important concepts enumerated in
Question and Answer format
• Important formulae enlisted with
every chapter
• Content developed by extremely
experienced faculty and thorough
accuracy check conducted by
subject experts
CONTENTS
1. Vector Analysis 2. Coulomb's Law
and Electric Field Intensity 3. Electric
Flux Density, Gauss's Law and
Divergence 4. Energy and Potential 5.
Conductors, Dielectrics and
Capacitance 6. Experimental Mapping
Methods 7. Poisson's and Laplace's
Equation 8. The Steady Magnetic Field
9. Magnetic Forces, Materials and
Inductance 10. Time-Varying Fields and
Maxwell's Equations 11. The Uniform
Plane Wave 12. Transmission Lines 13.
Several Other Applications of Maxwell's
Equation
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS
5th Edition
(SCHAUM'S OUTLINE SERIES)
(Special Indian Edition)
by Mahmood Nahvi, Professor of
Electrical Engineering California
Polytechnic State University;
Joseph A. Edminister, Professor
Emeritus of Electrical Engineeirng, The
University of Akron;
K. Uma Rao, Professor and Head, Dept
of Electrical Enginieeirng RNS Institute
of Technology, Bangalore
2009 / 660 Pages
ISBN : 9780070151437
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Circuit Concepts
3. Network Topology 4. Circuit Analysis
5. Network Theorems 6. Waveform and
Signals 7. First-Order Circuits
8. Higher-Order Circuits and Complex
Frequency 9. Sinusodial Steady-State
Circuit Analysis 10. AC Power 11.
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS
18 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Polyphase Circuits 12. Frequency
Response, Filters, and Resonance 13.
Two-Port Networks 14. Mutual
Inductance and Transformers 15. The
Laplace Transform Method 16. Fourier
Method of Waveform Analysis 17.
Network Synthesis 18. Circuit Analysis
using SPICE and PSPICE
BASIC CIRCUIT THEORY
by Charles A Desoer, Department of
Electrical Engineering and Computer
Science, University of California,
Berkeley; Ernest S Kuh, Department of
Electrical Engineering and Computer
Science, University of California,
Berkeley
2009 / 896 Pages
ISBN: 9780070682573
Meant for the undergraduate students
taking the course on Circuit Theory, this
book provides a comprehensive
exposure to the subject. Enriched with
rich pedagogy, this book is a useful tool
for both students and teachers alike.
FEATURES
• Novel formulation of lumped-circuit
theory which accommodates linear
ad non-linear, time-variant and timevarying,
and passive and active
circuits
• Includes appendices on Matrices,
Determinants and Differential
Equations
CONTENTS
1. Lumped Circuits and Kirchhoff’s Law
2. Circuit Elements 3. Simple Circuits 4.
First-order Circuits 5. Second-order
Circuits 6. Introduction to Linear Timeinvariant
Circuits 7. Sinusoidal Steadystate
Analysis 8. Coupling Elements and
Coupled Circuits 9. Network Graphs and
Tellegen’s Theorem 10. Node and Mesh
Analysis 11. Loop and Cut-set Analysis
12. State Equations 13. Laplace
Transforms 14. Natural Frequencies 15.
Network Functions 16. Network
Theorems 17. Two-ports 18. Resistive
Networks 19. Energy and Passivity 20.
Function and Linearity / Appendix A
:Matrices and Determinants / Appendix
B:Differential Equations
FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRIC
CIRCUITS, (SIE)
3rd Edition
by Alexander K. Charles, Dean, Fenn
College of Enginering, Cleveland State
University, USA; Mathew N. O. Sadiku,
Department of Electrical Engineering,
Prairie View A&M University, USA
2007 / 1004 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648036
FEATURES
• Organization of the book:
1. Part 1: Chapters 1-8 cover DC
circuits. The fundamental laws and
theorems, circuits techniques,
passive and active elements are
covered in this segment.
2. Part 2: chapters 9 to 14 deal with
Ac circuits. It introduces phasors,
sinusoidal steady-state analysis, ac
power, three phase systems, and
frequency response.
3. Part 3: chapters 15-19 discuss
the advance techniques for Network
Analysis.
• Six step problem solving
methodology
• Comprehensive application oriented
problems
• Applications of PSPICE and
MATLAB throughout the book.
CONTENTS
Part 1: DC Circuits 1. Basic Concepts
2. Basic Laws 3. Methods of Analysis 4.
Circuit Theorems 5. Operational
Amplifiers 6. Capacitors and Inductors
7. First-Order Circuits 8. Second-Order
Circuits Part 2: AC Circuits 9.
Sinusoids and Phasors 10. Sinusoidal
Steady-State Analysis 11. AC Power
Analysis 12. Three-Phase Circuits 13.
Magnetically Coupled Circuits 14.
Frequency Response Part 3: Advanced
Circuit Analysis 15. Introduction to the
Laplace Transform 16. Applications of
the Laplace Transform 17. The Fourier
Series 18. Fourier Transform 19. Two-
Port Networks/ Appendix A:
Simultaneous Equations and Matrix
Inversion / Appendix B: Complex
Numbers / Appndix C: Mathematical
Formulas / Appendix D: KCIDE for
Circuits / Appendix E: Answers to Odd-
Numbered Problems
International Edition
Fundamentals of Electric Circuits,
4th Edition
By Alexander K. Charles, Cleveland
State University, USA; Mathew N. O.
Sadiku, Prairie View A&M University ,
USA
2009 / 1056 pages
ISBN : 9780071272384 [IE]
Alexander and Sadiku’s fourth edition of
Fundamentals of Electric Circuits
continues in the spirit of its successful
previous editions, with the objective of
presenting circuit analysis in a manner
that is clearer, more interesting, and
easier to understand than other, more
traditional texts. Students are introduced
to the sound, six-step problem solving
methodology in chapter one, and are
consistently made to apply and practice
these steps in practice problems and
homework problems throughout the text.
A balance of theory, worked examples
and extended examples, practice
problems, and real-world applications,
combined with over 350 new homework
problems for the fourth edition and
robust media offerings, renders the
fourth edition the most comprehensive
and student-friendly approach to linear
circuit analysis.
This edition adds the Design a
Problem feature which helps students
develop their design skills by having the
student develop the question as well as
the solution. There are over 100 Design
a Problem exercises integrated into the
problem sets in the book.
New to this edition
• The new Design a Problem feature
helps students enhance their design
skills by not only solving the
problem but asking them to design
it! This helps the student more
deeply learn the theory while they
learn through teaching.
• Over 350 new homework problems
have been added to this edition,
including 121 Design a Problem
exercises, and there are now more
than 2,400 problems provided in the
text.
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 19
FEATURES
• The six-step problem solving
methodology is introduced in
chapter one and carried throughout
the text and media supplements to
promote sound problem-solving
practices.
• Each illustrative example is
immediately followed by a practice
problem and answer to test
understanding of the preceding
example.
• “Enhancing Your Skills” and
“Enhancing Your Career” chapter
openers provide discussions about
how to enhance skills that contribute
to successful problem-solving, and
career-oriented talks on a
subdiscipline of electrical
engineering to give students a
sense of the real-world applications
of electrical engineering.
• Knowledge Capturing Integrated
Design Environment (KCIDE)
software provided on the bookspecific
web site leads students
through end of chapter problems
using the six-step problem solving
method, and keeps a record for
how problems are solved so
students can share and check their
work. An appendix on KCIDE has
been added to the text.
• Extended examples in each chapter
show an example problem worked
using a detailed outline of the sixstep
method so students can see
how to practice this technique.
• PSpice and MATLAB® are
integrated thoughout the text, with
tutorials included in the appendix.
Icons mark end of chapter
homework problems that can be
solved using PSpice or MATLAB®.
CONTENTS
Part 1 DC Circuits 1. Basic Concepts
2. Basic Laws 3. Methods of Analysis
4. Circuit Theorems 5. Operational
Amplifiers 6. Capacitors and Inductors
7. First-Order Circuits 8. Second-Order
Circuits Part 2 AC Circuits 9.
Sinusoids and Phasors 10. Sinusoidal
Steady-State Analysis 11. AC Power
Analysis 12. Three-Phase Circuits 13.
Magnetically Coupled Circuits 14.
Frequency Response Part 3 Advanced
Circuit Analysis 15. Introduction to the
Laplace Transform 16. Applications of
the Laplace Transform 17. The Fourier
Series 18. Fourier Transform 19. Two-
Port Networks / Appendix A
Simultaneous Equations and Matrix
Inversion / Appendix B Complex
Numbers / Appendix C Mathematical
Formulas / Appendix D PSpice for
Windows / Appendix E MATLAB /
Appendix F KCIDE / Appendix G
Answers to Odd-Numbered Problems
International Edition
SCHAUM’S SOLVED PROBLEMS IN
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS, BOOK 1
by Syed Nasar, University of Kentucky
1989
ISBN : 9780070991903
US Edition
CIRCUIT ANALYSIS DEMYSTIFIED
by David McMahon
2008 / 288 pages
ISBN : 9780071488983
CONTENTS
Preface / Acknowledgments / 1. An
Introduction to Circuit Analysis / 2.
Kirchhoff's Laws and Resistance / 3.
Thevenin's and Norton's Theorems / 4.
Network Theorems / 5. Delta-Wye
Transformations and Bridge Circuits / 6.
Capacitance and Inductance / 7. The
Phasor Transform / 8. Frequency
Response / 9. Operational Amplifiers /
10. Sinusoidal Steady-State Power / 11.
Transformers / 12. Three-Phase Circuits
/ 13. Network Analysis Using Laplace
Transforms / 14. Circuit Stability 15.
Bode Plots and Butterworth Filters /
Final Exam / Quiz and Exam Solutions /
References / Index
International Edition
PSPICE FOR BASIC CIRCUIT
ANALYSIS, 2nd Edition
by Joseph G Tront, Virginia Polytech
Institute & State University
2008 / 128 Pages
ISBN : 9780071258883
This practical PSpice manual, updated
to support the latest release of OrCAD
Pspice introduces students to the
fundamental uses of this book in
support of basic circuit analysis. The
organization allows readers to advance
quickly to solving a variety of circuit
analysis problems. The modular
approach allows this hand-on reference
to be used with any introductory circuits
text.
CONTENTS
Preface / 1. Introduction 2. Getting
Started 3. Simple DC Circuits 4. Other
DC Analyses 5. Operational Amplifiers
6. Time Domain Analysis 7. Frequency
Domain Analysis 8. Fourier Series 9.
Mutual Inductance and Transformers
10. Conclusion / Appendix I: Converting
OrCAD Version 9.X Files to Version
10.0"
International Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BASIC
CIRCUIT ANALYSIS
2ND REVISED EDITION
By John O’Malley,
University of Florida
2011 / 432 pages
ISBN : 9780071756433
CONTENTS
1. Basic Concepts 2. Resistance 3.
Series and Parallel DC Circuits 4. DC
Circuit Analysis 5. DC Equivalent
Circuits, Network Theorems, and Bridge
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS
20 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Circuits 6. Operational-Amplifier Circuits
7. Pspice DC Circuit Analysis 8.
Capacitors and Capacitance 9.
Inductors, Inductance, and Pspice
Transient Analysis 10. Sinusoidal
Alternating Voltage and Current 11.
Complex Algebra and Phasors 12. Basic
AC Circuit Analysis, Impedance, and
Admittance 13. Mesh, Loop, Nodal, and
Pspice Analyses of AC Circuits 14. AC
Equivalent Circuits, Network Theorems,
and Bridge Circuits 15. Power in AC
Circuits 16. Transformers 17. Three-
Phase Circuits
ELECTRICAL
MACHINES
ELECTRIC MACHINES, 4th Edition
by D P Kothari, Director General,
Vindhya Group of Institutions, Indore;
I J Nagrath,Adjunct Professor, Former
Deputy & Deputy Director (Retd.), Birla
Institute of Technology & Science, Pilani
2010 / 796 Pages
ISBN : 9780070699670
The text provides an excellent
foundation to the theory of
electromechanical devices with
emphasis on rotating electric machines.
Extensive coverage on the systematic
development of circuit model equivalent
of both transformers and machines is
given in the text. It covers all the
essential ingredients for knowledge on
Electric Machines. The theory and
applications of various machines are
treated at appropriate places in the
book. Number of solved examples and
practice questions are spread
throughout the text. MATLAB examples
are given in the book to facilitate
problem solving skills.
FEATURES
• New! Chapter on ‘Generalized
Theory of Electric Machines’
• Exhaustive treatment of rotating
electric machines in easy language.
• Clear explanation of basic
principles, construction, circuit
modeling and performance
evaluation of electric machines.
• Detailed description of
Transformers, DC Machines,
Induction Machines and
Synchronous Machines.
• Enhanced coverage of Permanent
Magnet Materials and their
applications.
• Discussion on Silicon Controlled
Rectifier (SCR), Insulated Gate
Bipolar Transistor (IGBT), MOS Turn
off Thyristor (MTO) and Emitter Turn
off Thyristor (ETO) to cover new
trends.
• Good pedagogy including solved
problems, practice questions and
objective type questions.
• MATLAB examples to facilitate
problem solving skills. Total
problems: 746
• Solved examples: 230
• Practice questions: 301
• Review questions: 145
• Objective type questions: 60
• MATLAB Examples: 10
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Magnetic Circuits &
Induction 3. Transformers 4. Principles
of Electromagnetic Energy Conversion
5. Basic Concepts in Rotating
Machines 6. Armature Windings 7. DC
Machines 8. Synchronous Machines 9.
Induction Machine 10. Fractional
Kilowatt Motors 11. Generalized Theory
of Electric Machines 12. Motor Control
by Static Power Converters
ELECTRICAL MACHINES
3rd Edition
by S K Bhattacharya, Shaheed Udham
Singh College of Engineering and
Technology, Mohali
2008 / 560 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669215
This book attempts to provide lucid
explanation of the concepts of Electrical
Machines with exhaustive theory and
large number of problems. Numerous
examples and exercises are included to
help the reader to inculcate an intuitive
grasp of the contents.
FEATURES
• Speed control of single phase
induction motor
• Stepper motors
• Tachometers
• Servo Motors
RICH PEDAGOGY
• 123 Solved examples
• 251 Exercise problems with
answers
• 91 Objective-type-questions
CONTENTS
Part I - Generalised Treatment, DC
Machinesand Transformers 1.
Generalised Treatment of Electrical
Machines 2. Direct Current Machines 3.
Transformers Part II - Induction
Machines, Synchronous Machines,
Fractional Kilowatt Motors and Power
Converters 4. Three-Phase Induction
Machines 5. Three-Phase Synchronous
Machines 6. Single-Phase Motors 7.
Power Converters
ELECTRICAL MACHINES
(SIGMA SERIES)
by D. P. Kothari, Director, Vindhya
Group of Institutions, Indore and I. J.
Nagrath, Adjunct Former Deputy
Director (Retd.) BITS Pilani
2006 / 384 Pages
ISBN : 9780070616660
This Sigma Series book on Electrical
Machines gives a complete overview of
the subject. Emphasis is placed on the
basic concepts, theorems and problemsolving
techniques. Its advantage is the
objective type scheming and 1640
solved & unsolved problems. It will
prove to be an excellent book for the
undergraduate engineering students, for
practicing problem solving, revising the
course just before the examination.
RICH PEDAGOGY
• 192 Solved problems
• 146 Unsolved problems
• 288 Review questions
• 388 Objective type questions
• 258 Fill in the blanks
• 367 True-false
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Electric Machines
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS • ELECTRICAL MACHINES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 21
2. Magnetic Circuits and Induction
3. Transformers 4. Principles of
Electromechanical Energy Conversion
5. Basic Concepts in Rotating Machines
6. Armature Windings 7. DC Machines
8. Synchronous Machines 9. Induction
Machine 10. Fractional-Kilowatt Motors
11. Motors Control by Static Power
Converters Appendix I-Answers to
Objective-Type Questions Appendix IIAnswers
to Supplementary Problems
Appendix III-A Quick Revision for
Answering Vivas and Interviews
Appendix IV-Constructional Features of
Electric Machines and Transformers
ELECTRIC MACHINERY, 6th Edition
by A. E. Fitzgerald, deceased; Charles
Kingsley, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology; Stephen Umans, Sc.D.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
2003 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780070530393
CONTENTS
1. Magnetic Circuits and Magnetic
Materials. 2. Transformers. 3. Multi-
Winding Transformers. 4. Introduction to
Rotating Machines. 5. Synchronous
Machines. 6. Polyphase Induction
Machines. 7. DC Machines. 8. Variable-
Reluctance Machines and Stepping
Motors. 9. Single- and Two-Phase
Motors. 10. Introduction to Power
Electronics. 11. Speed and Torque
Control. Appendix A. Three-phase
circuits. Appendix B. Voltages, Magnetic
Fields and Inductances of Distributed
AC Windings. Appendix C. Engineering
Aspects of Practical Electric-Machine
Performance and Operation. Appendix
D. The dq0 Transformation. Appendix E.
Table of Constants and Conversion
Factors for SI Units
ELECTRIC MACHINERY
FUNDAMENTALS, 4th Edition
by Stephen J Chapman, BAE
Systems, Australia
2010 / 746 pages
ISBN : 9780071070522
Electric Machinery Fundamentals
continues to be a best-selling machinery
text due to its accessible, studentfriendly
coverage of the important topics
in the field. Chapman’s clear writing
persists in being one of the top features
of the book. Although not a book on
MATLAB, the use of MATLAB has been
enhanced in the fourth edition.
Additionally, many new problems have
been added and remaining ones
modified. Electric Machinery
Fundamentals is also accompanied by a
website the provides solutions for
instructors, as well as source code,
MATLAB tools, and links to important
sites for students.
FEATURES
• AC machine emphasis over DC
machines (throughout the text).
• Flexible topic coverage allows either
AC or DC material to be covered
first.
• MATLAB is incorporated in
examples, sample problems, and
homework problems.
• Revised homework problems.
• Comprehensive coverage of topics
not found in other texts.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Machinery Principles.
2. Transformers. 3. Introduction to
Power Electronics. 4. AC Machinery
Fundamentals. 5. Synchronous
Generators. 6 Synchronous Motors. 7.
Induction Motors. 8. DC Machinery
Fundamentals. 9. DC Motors and
Generators. 10. Single-Phase and
Special-Purpose Motors. / Appendix A
Review of Three-Phase Circuits./
Appendix B Coil Pitch and Distributed
Windings. / Appendix C Salient-Pole
Theory of Synchronous Machines./
Appendix D Tables of Constants and
Conversion Factors.
International Edition
ELECTRIC MACHINERY
FUNDAMENTALS
5th Edition
By Stephen J Chapman, JBAE
Systems, Australia
2011 / 768 pages
ISBN : 9780071086172 [IE]
Electric Machinery Fundamentals
continues to be a best-selling machinery
text due to its accessible, studentfriendly
coverage of the important topics
in the field. In the fifth edition, the use of
MATLAB® continues to be incorporated
in examples and problems, where
applicable. The targeted and thoughtprovoking
problems you’ve come to
appreciate have been retained in this
edition.
Chapman continues to share his up-todate
knowledge and experiences in the
field in an engaging and understandable
style.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Updated Coverage of major topics
and increased coverage of induction
motors in this edition.
• Revised Problems and Examples
are included in the fifth edition.
• More Student-Friendly Style
Learning objectives have been
added to each chapter.
• Companion Website includes
COSMOS the Complete Online
Solutions Manual Organization
System, an online tool that will help
professors easily build assignments.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Machinery Principles
2. Transformers 3. AC Machinery
Fundamentals 4. Synchronous
Generators 5. Synchronous Motors 6.
Induction Motors 7. DC Machinery
Fundamentals 8. DC Motors and
Generators 9. Single-Phase and
Special-Purpose Motors / Appendix A
Three-Phase Circuits / Appendix B Coil
ELECTRICAL MACHINES
22 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Pitch and Distributed Windings /
Appendix C Salient-Pole Theory of
Synchronous Machines / Appendix D
Tables of Contents and Conversion
Factors
International Edition
ELECTRIC MACHINERY AND
POWER SYSTEMS FUNDAMENTALS
by Stephen J. Chapman, BAE
Systems Australia
2002 / 696 Pages
ISBN : 9780071226202
CONTENTS
Part 1 Introduction. 1 Mechanical
and Electromagnetic Fundamentals. 2
Three-Phase Circuits. Part 2 Power
Systems Components. 3 Transformers.
4 AC Machinery Fundamentals. 5
Synchronous Generators. 6
Synchronous Motors. 7 Induction
Motors. 8 Transmission Lines. Part 3
Power Systems. 9 Power System
Representation and Equations. 10
Introduction to Power-Flow Studies. 11
Symmetrical Faults. 12 Asymmetrical
Faults
US Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ELECTRIC
MACHINES AND
ELECTROMECHANICS
2nd Edition
by Syed A. Nasar, University of
Kentucky
1998 / 208 pages
ISBN : 9780070459946
ELECTRIC ENERGY SYSTEMS
THEORY, 2nd Edition
by Elgerd, (Deceased) Formaly with
University of Florida
2001 / 533 pages
ISBN : 9780070992863
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Fundamental
Concepts of Electric Energy Systems
Engineering 3. Symmetrical Three-
Phase Systems 4. The Three phase
Synchronous Generator 5. The Power
Transformer 6. The Power Transmission
line 7. The Energy System In Its Normal
State-System Modelling and Power-
Flow Analysis 8. Optimum Operating
Strategies 9. The Energy System in
Steady State-The Control Problem 10.
Energy System Transients-Surge
Phenomena and Symmetrical Fault
Analysis 11. Unbalanced System
analysis 12. Emergency Control,
Appendices, Index
TRANSFORMERS, 2ND EDITION
by B.H.E.L., India
2003 / 628 pages
ISBN : 9780070483156
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Principles of
Transformers 3. Materials Used in
Transformers 4. Magnetic Circuit 5.
Windings and Insulation 6. Voltage
Regulation and Tap-changer 7.
Electromagnetic Forces in Power
Transformers 8. Cooling Arrangements
9. Design Procedure 10. Structural
Design of Transformer Tank 11.
Transformer Auxiliaries and Oil
Preservation Systems 12. Manufacturing
and Assembly 13. Drying and
Impregnation 14. Testing of
Transformers and Reactors 15.
Standards on Power Transformers 16.
Loading and Life of Transformers 17.
Erection and Commissioning 18.
Transformer Protection 19. Reactors 20.
Traction Transformers 21. Rectifier
Transformers 22. Converter
Transformers for HVDC Systems 23.
Controlled Shunt Reactor 24. Designing
and Manufacturing - A Short Circuit
Proof Transformer 25. High Voltage
Condenser Bushings 26.
Computerisation - A Tool to Enhance
Engineering Productivity 27. Condition
Monitoring, Residual Life Assessment
and Refurbishment of Transformers 28.
Transformers: An Overview
DESIGN OF TRANSFORMERS
by I. Dasgupta
2001
ISBN : 9780070436404
HANDBOOK OF ELECTRICAL
MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEMS
by Eswar, Tenko Products, Bangalore
2001 / 200 pages
ISBN : 9780074601112
CONTROL SYSTEMS
CONTROL SYSTEMS: PRINCIPLES
AND DESIGN, 4th Edition
by M. Gopal, IIT, Delhi
2012 / 904 pages
ISBN : 9780071333269
This book offers a comprehensive
treatment of control engineering with a
strong balance of analysis and design,
mathematics and practice, and theory
and hardware; written in a user-friendly
style that has ushered in a refreshing
excitement in the teaching and learning
of the subject. For a first course at the
introductory level, it provides a solid
foundation of frequency-domain design
methods for analysis and design of
continuous time control systems, which
form the essentials for industrial
practice.
FEATURES
• Strong emphasis on development of
models for practical control systems
design; knowledge of
approximations made in modeling is
crucial in investigation of robustness
of the design.
ELECTRICAL MACHINES • CONTROL SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 23
• Thorough introduction to PID
Control, the basic building block of
industrial controllers.
• Frequency response models
introduced early in the text to mirror
their importance in industrial
practice.
• Abundance of solved examples,
review examples, review questions,
multiple-choice questions, and
problems with final answers, to give
the reader enough and graded
practice.
• MATLAB/Simulink based problem
solving integrated with pen-andpaper
practice through sixteen
chapter-wise MATLAB Modules
given in web supplements of the
book
CONTENTS
1. Introduction To The Control Problem
2. System Models And Response:
Transfer Function, Block Diagram,
Signal Flow Graph 3. Development Of
Models For Industrial Control Devices
And Systems 4. Use Of Feedback For
Control Of Uncertain Systems 5.
Concepts Of Stability And The Routh
Stability Criterion 6. Performance
Specifications On System Time
Response 7. Pid Control 8. Root Locus
Plots And System Stability 9.
Compensator Design Using Root Locus
Plots 10. Nyquist/Bode Frequency
Response Plots And System Stability
11. Performance Specifications On
System Frequency Response 12.
Compensator Design Using Bode Plots
13. Digital Control Systems 14. Control
System Analysis Using State Variable
Methods 15. Control System Design
Using State Variable Methods 16.
Nonlinear Systems Analysis
CONTROL SYSTEMS
by Manjita Srivastava, Late Professor
of Electronics and Telecommunication
Engineering, MGM College of
Engineering and Technology, Noida; M
C Srivastava, Professor of Electronics
and Communication Engineering,
Jaypee Institute of Information
Technology, Noida; Smriti Bhatnagar,
Sr. Lecturer of Electronics and
Communication Engineering, Jaypee
Institute of Information Technology,
Noida
2008 / 420 pages
ISBN : 9780070087644
This book, intended to serve as a
comprehensive text on Control
Systems, provides necessary contents
for undergraduate program in Electrical,
Electronics and Communication,
Instrumentation and other allied
engineering disciplines. Numerous
examples and MATLAB based
exercises have been included to help
the reader develop an intuitive grasp of
the contents
FEATURES
• Coverage of Continuous-time,
Digital and Nonlinear Systems
• Integrated approach to stability with
classical stability criteria and
Lyapunov concepts
• Concentrates on design both in time
domain and frequency domain of
continuous time systems
• Crisp presentation of modern control
concepts like adaptive and optimal
control
• Provides detailed steps in
derivations and problems helping
the reader develop an intuitive grasp
of the contents.
• Useful MATLAB tutorial helps
students to solve numerical
problems
RICH PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• 215 Solved examples
• 210 Exercise problems
• 112 Review questions
• 81 Analysis and Design problems
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. System Modeling and
Mathematical Representation of
Systems 3. Time Domain Analysis and
Design: Input–Output Approach 4. State
Variable Approach to Time Domain
Analysis 5. Integrated Approach to
Stability Analysis 6. Root-Locus
Technique and Design in Time Domain
7. Frequency Response Analysis and
Design 8. Design of Digital Control
Systems 9. State Feedback Systems
Design 10. Nonlinear Dynamical
Systems 11. Optimal and Adaptive
Control Systems
CONTROL SYSTEMS:
PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
by K R Varmah, Head, Department of
Electrical & Electronics Engineering,
Rajagiri School Of Engineering &
Technology, Cochin, Kerala
2010 / 812 Pages
ISBN : 9780070678750
Targeted at the undergraduate level, this
text is specially crafted to make the
study of Control Systems easy. The
theory is brief, to-the-point, the
presentation is clear, user-friendly. Each
topic is fortified by large pool of
pedagogy. As many as 700 graded, fully
solved examples have been presented
in easy, step-by-step method. There are
plenty of practice questions, numerical
problems, short answer type questions
and objective type problems available
for self-assessment.
FEATURES
• Chapter organization and coverage
in sync with basic control systems
course.
• Brief, to-the-point theory supported
by large pool of class room tested
problems
• Total 1050 Problems:
• 700 fully solved problems step by
step with varied levels of difficulty –
easy to advanced
• 200 numerical problems with
answers given at the end of each
problem.
• 100 objective type questions & 50
short answer type questions for self
assessment.
CONTENTS
1. Basic Concepts of Control Systems
2. Modelling of Physical Systems 3.
Block Diagram Reduction 4. Signal Flow
Graphs 5. Time Response
CONTROL SYSTEMS
24 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Specifications 6. Stability 7. Steady
State Response 8. Frequency
Response 9. Basic Control Actions 10.
Root Locus Techniques 11. Nyquist
Diagram 12. Bode Plots 13.
Compensation 14. State Varaible
Models
DIGITAL CONTROL AND STATE
VARIABLE METHODS, 4th Edition
by M Gopal, Indian Institute of
Technology, Delhi
2012 / 928 pages
ISBN : 9780071333276
The book provides an Equal weightage
on both control of Continuous-Time &
Discrete- ime linear systems, based on
frequency-domain & state space
methods of design.This edition
introduces detailed coverage on
Intelligent Control with Neural Networks/
Support Vector Machines, Fuzzy Logic
and Neuro-Fuzzy Systems and
Optimization with Genetic Algorithm for
better comprehension of the subject.
FEATURES
• Full coverage, given in Parts I and II,
for a course on digital control
systems; dealing with both the
frequency-domain, and state-space
analysis and design methods.
• Full coverage, given in Part II, for a
course on linear system theory;
dealing with statespace analysis and
design methods for continuous-time
and discrete-time systems.
• Partial/full coverage, given in Part
III, for courses on nonlinear control
systems and intelligent control
systems; with the option of
designing a single course?
Nonlinear Control Systems:
Conventional and Intelligent.
• Flexible organization to allow
structuring of different advanced
courses in control engineering at
senior undergraduate level.
• Abundance of solved examples,
review examples, and problems with
final answers, to give the reader
enough and graded practice.
• MATLAB/Simulink support for both
conventional and intelligent control,
given in web supplements of the
book.
CONTENTS
Part I Digital Control: Principles And
Design In Transform Domain 1 1.
Introduction 2. Signal Processing In
Digital Control 3. Models Of Digital
Control Devices And Systems 4. Design
Of Digital Control Algorithms Part Ii
State Variable Methods In Automatic
Control: Continuous-time And Sampleddata
Systems 5. Control System
Analysis Using State Variable Methods
6. State Variable Analysis Of Digital
Control Systems 7. Pole-placement
Design And State Observers 8. Linear
Quadratic Optimal Control Through
Lyapunov Synthesis Part Iii Nonlinear
Control Systems: Conventional And
Intelligent 9. Nonlinear Systems
Analysis 10. Nonlinear Control
Structures 11. Intelligent Control With
Neural Networks/Support Vector
Machines 12. Fuzzy Logic And Neurofuzzy
Systems 13. Optimization With
Genetic Algorithms 14. Intelligent
Control With Reinforcement Learning
CONTROL SYSTEMS
ENGINEERING
2nd Edition
by Dr. S Palani, Dean and Professor,
Dept. of Electronics and Communication
Engineering Sudharsan
Engineering. College, Pudukkottai
2009 / 750 Pages
ISBN : 9780070671935
This book presents clear theoretical
concepts supplemented/reinforced by
worked out numerical examples. The
book includes topics on Nyquist Stability
Criterion, Signal Flow Graph, Root
Locus Technique and comprehensive
coverage on Control system
components.
FEATURES
• Discusses Routh-Hurwtiz Stability
Criterion, Time domain approach
and Frequency domain approach
with variety of examples.
• Clear exposition of applications of
Mason’s gain formula and design of
PID Controllers.
• Provides a step-by-step approach to
solving problems
• Includes Illustrative examples for
easy understanding.
PEDAGOGICAL FEATURES
INCLUDE
• More than 500 example problems
• Summary at the end of each
chapter for quick reference.
• University exam problems
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Mathematical
Modeling of Physical Systems 3.
Electrical Analogue 4. Block Diagram
Reduction Technique and Signal Flow
Graph 5. Time Response of Feedback
Control Systems 6. Frequency Domain
Analysis of Control Systems 7. Stability
of Linear Control Systems 8. Root
Locus Technique 9. Design of Control
Systems in Time and Frequency
Domains 10. Control System
Components
CONTROL SYSTEMS
(Sigma Series)
by Ashok Kumar, Additional Chief
Engineer, Electrical Design, Nuclear
Power Corporation of India Ltd., Mumbai
2006 / 328 Pages
ISBN : 9780070606470
Control Systems being a highly
mathematical subject, our book is aimed
at honing the problem solving skills of
the students with the help of more than
1000 problems, accompanied by the
essential theory.
FEATURES
• Focuses on the undergraduate
syllabus.
• Root Locus and Bode plots are
represented using graduated graphs
that help understand the concepts
better.
INCLUDES
• 304 Solved problems
• 285 Problems with answers and
• 343 Objective questions
CONTROL SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 25
CONTENTS
1. Laplace Transforms & Applications 2.
Modeling of Control Systems 3. Time
Response 4. Stability and Frequency
Response 5. Root Locus 6. State
Variable Analysis of Control Systems 7.
Design of Control Systems 8.Controllers
CONTROL SYSTEMS
3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
(Schaum’s Outline Series)
2010 / 716 Pages
ISBN : 9780070681200
by Distefano. J Joseph, Dept. of
Computer, Science & Medicine,
University of California, Los Angeles;
Stubberud, Allen R., Dept. of Electrical
and Computer Engineering,University of
California; Ivan Williams , Ivan J,
Space and Technology Group,TRW
Inc.; Mandal, Sanjoy, Dept. of
Electrical Engineering, Indian School of
Mines University, Dhanbad
The book is intended to present
concise, yet comprehensive treatment
of the fundamentals of control system
theory and application. The necessary
mathematical tools have been
developed through illustrative examples
for better understanding of the
concepts. This adapted revised edition
contains additional topics on State
Variable Analysis, Time Response of
First Order and Second Order Systems
and Discrete State Space Analysis for
up-to date coverage. Numerous solved
examples and practice questions are
given in the book for practice. MATLAB
examples are included in the book to
help students in solving problems.
FEATURES
• New topics added on ‘State Variable
Analysis,’ ‘Time Response of First
Order & Second Order’ and
‘Discrete State Space Analysis’
• Unified exposition of continuous
time and discrete time control
systems concepts
Separate chapter on ‘Advanced
Topics in Control Systems’ and
‘Nonlinear Control Systems’ for
complete coverage of control
systems.
• Total 1370 problems. MATLAB
exercises included .
• Total 1370 problems
• 329 Solved examples
• 489 Solved problems
• 222 Practice questions
• 270 Objective type questions
• 70 MATLAB examples
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Control System
Terminology 3. Differential Equations,
Difference Equations and Linear
Systems Ch 4: Laplace Transform and
Z-Transform 5. Transfer Functions 6.
Block Diagram Algebra and Transfer
Functions of Systems Ch 7: Signal
Flow Graphs 8. System Sensitivity
Measures and Classification of
Feedback Systems Ch 9: Stability 10.
Analysis and Design of Feedback
Control Systems : Objectives &
Methods Ch 11: Root Locus Analysis
12. Nyquist Analysis 13. Nyquist
Design 14. Root Locus Design 15.
Bode Analysis 16. Bode Design 17.
Nichols Chart Analysis 18. Nichols
Chart Design 19. Introduction to
Nonlinear Control Systems 20.
Introduction to Advanced Topics in
Control Systems
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC
CONTROLLERS, 3rd Edition
by Frank D. Petruzella
2010 / 480 pages
ISBN : 9780071067386
This outstanding text for the first course
in programmable logic controllers
(PLCs) focuses on how PLCs work and
gives students practical information
about installing, programming, and
maintaining PLC systems.
CONTENTS
1. Programmable Logic Controls
(PLCs): An Overview 2. PLC Hardware
Components 3. Number Systems and
Codes 4. Fundamentals of Logic 5.
Basics of PLC Programming 6.
Fundamental PLC Wiring Diagrams and
Ladder Logic Programs 7. Programming
Timers 8. Programming Counters 9.
Program Control Instructions 10. Data
Manipulation Instructions 11. Math
Instructions 12. Sequencer and Shift
Register Instructions 13. PLC
Installation Practices, Editing, and
Troubleshooting 14. Process Control
and Data Acquisition Systems 15.
Computer-Controlled Machines and
Processes
International Edition
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC
CONTROLLERS
4th Edition
By Frank D Petruzella
2011 / 416 pages
ISBN : 9780071221351 [IE]
This fourth edition of Programmable
Logic Controllers continues to provide
an up-to-date introduction to all aspects
of PLC programming, installation, and
maintaining procedures. No previous
knowledge of PLC systems or
programming is assumed. As one
reviewer of this edition put it “I honestly
believe that someone with little or no
background to PLC systems could take
this book and teach themselves PLCs”.
New to this edition
• Representation of I/O Field Devices
To help with recognition, in addition
to symbols, drawing and photos of
real world field input and output
devices have been include.
• How Programs Operate When the
operation of a program is called for,
a bulleted list is used to summarize
its execution. The list is used in
place of lengthy paragraphs and is
especially helpful when explaining
the different steps in the execution
of a program.
• Real World Applications Numerous
example problems have been added
to help students understand the
purpose of each instruction.
• Industrial Networks Additional
coverage of communications and
control networks such as Ethernet,
ControlNet and DeviceNet.
CONTROL SYSTEMS
26 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
• Human Machine Interfaces (HMIs)
Practical introduction to how HMIs fit
into an overall PLC system.
• Extensive Coverage of the CLX
Controller The new ControlLogix
chapter contains all you need to get
started programming using tags and
structures. Use as a standalone unit
of study or in conjunction with the
other chapters.
• Function Block Programming
Overview of the function block
programming language and how it
can be used to program a
ControlLogix Controllers.
CONTENTS
1. Programmable Logic Controllers
(PLCs): An Overview 2. PLC Hardware
Components 3. Number Systems and
Codes 4. Fundamentals of Logic 5.
Basics of PLC Programming 6.
Developing Fundamental PLC Wiring
Diagrams and Ladder Logic Programs
7. Programming Timers 8. Programming
Counters 9. Program Control
Instructions 10. Data Manipulation
Instructions 11. Math Instructions 12.
Sequencer and Shift Register
Instructions 13. PLC Installation
Practices, Editing, and Troubleshooting
14. Process Control, Network Systems,
and SCADA 15. ControlLogix
Controllers
US EDITION
PRACTICAL CONTROL
ENGINEERING: GUIDE FOR
ENGINEERS, MANAGERS, AND
PRACTITIONERS
by David M. Koenig (A Professional
Reference Title)
2009 / 508 Pages
ISBN: 9780071606134
Understand the day-to-day procedures
of today’s control engineer with the
pragmatic insights and techniques
contained in this unique resource.
Written in clear, concise language,
Practical Control Engineering shows,
step-by-step, how engineers simulate
real-world phenomena using dynamic
models and algorithms. Learn how to
handle single and multiple-staged
systems, implement error-free
feedback control, eliminate anomalies,
and work in the frequency and discretetime
domains. Extensive appendices
cover basic calculus, differential
equations, vector math, Laplace and Ztransforms,
and Matlab basics.
CONTENTS
1. Qualitative Concepts in Control
Engineering and Process Analysis 2.
Introduction to Developing Control
Algorithms 3. Basic Concepts in
Process Analysis 4. A New Domain and
More Process Models 5. Matrices and
Higher Order Process Models 6. An
Underdamped Process 7. Distributed
Processes 8. Stochastic Process
Disturbances and the Discrete Time
Domain 9. The Discrete Time Domain
and the Z-Transform 10. Estimating the
State and Using It for Control 11. A
review of Control Algorithms /
Appendix A: Rudimentary Calculus /
Appendix B: Complex Numbers /
Appendix C: Spectral Analysis /
Appendix D: Infinite and Taylor’s
Series / Appendix E: Application of the
Exponential Function to Differential
Equations / Appendix F: The Laplace
Transform / Appendix G: Vectors and
Matrices / Appendix H: Solving the
State-Space Equation / Appendix I:
The Z-Transform
Appendix J: A Brief Exposure to
Matlab, Index
POWER SYSTEMS
POWER SYSTEM ENGINEERING
2nd Edition
by D. P. Kothari, Director General,
Vindhya Group of Institutions, Indore;
Nagrath, I. J., Adjunct Professor,
Former Deputy & Deputy Director
(Retd.), BITS Pilani
2007 / 1050 Pages
ISBN : 9780070647916
This hallmark text on “Power System
Engineering” has been revised
extensively to bring in several new
topics and update the contents with the
latest technological developments. The
book now covers the complete
undergraduate syllabus of Power
System Engineering course. All topics
are supported with examples employing
two/three/four bus structures.
NEW CHAPTERS ON
• Voltage Stability
• Underground Cables
• Insulators for Overhead Lines
• Mechanical Design of Transmission
Lines
• Neutral Grounding
• Corona
• High Voltage DC (HVDC)
Transmisson
• New Topics on
• Maintenance scheduling(Chapter 7)
• AGC of restructured power (Chapter
8)
• Power Transformer (Chapter 4)
• Midline Boosters (Chapter 5)
• New Appendices on
• Appendix on MATLab and
SIMULINK – programs for power
system analysis
• Appendix on Power Quality
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Inductance and
Resistance of Transmission Lines
3. Capacitance of Transmission Lines 4.
Representation of Power System
Components 5. Characteristics and
Performance of Power Transmission
Lines 6. Load Flow Studies 7. Optimal
System Operation 8. Automatic
Generation and Voltage Control 9.
Symmetrical Fault Analysis 10.
Symmetrical Components 11.
Unsymmetrical Fault Analysis 12. Power
System Stability
13. Power System Transients 14. Circuit
Breakers 15. Power System Protection
16. Underground Cables 17. Insulators
for Overhead Lines 18. Mechanical
Design of Transmission Lines 19.
Corona 20. High Voltage DC (HVDC)
Transmission 21. Distribution Systems
22. Voltage Stability / Appendix A:
Introduction to Vector and Matrix
Algebra / Appendix B: Generalized
Circuit Constants / Appendix C:
Triangular Factorization and Optimal
Ordering / Appendix D: Elements of
Power System Jacobian Matrix /
Appendix E: Kuhn-Tucker Theorem /
Appendix F: Real-time Computer
Control of Power Systems / Appendix G:
CONTROL SYSTEMS • POWER SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 27
Introduction to Matlab and Simulink /
Appendix H: Sub-Stations / Appendix I:
Convergence of Load Flow Methods
MODERN POWER SYSTEM
ANALYSIS
4th Edition
By D P Kothari, Director General,
Vindhya Group of Institutions, Indore; I J
Nagrath, Adjunct Professor & Former
Deputy Director, Birla Institute of
Technology and Sciences, Pilani
2011 / 800 Pages
ISBN : 9780071077750
Power Systems Analysis is a
compulsory course taken generally
in the sixth semester by an
undergraduate student of EEE / EE.
This book has been designed to
provide an in-depth study of the Power
Systems Analysis and Stability course
which will not only be useful for an
undergraduate course but is also
updated to be helpful for a related Post
Graduate course. In the 4e, the text has
been updated to include recent trends to
help the reader develop a holistic
perception of the power sector
FEATURES
• Exhaustive coverage of Power
Systems Analysis and Analysis and
Stability course
• Recent trends included to serve a
higher course in Power Systems
Analysis
• New to the edition
• Chapters on Voltage Stability
and HVDC Transmission
• Appendices on Power System
Restructuring and Deregulation,
Reliability Studies, Smart Grid
etc
• Enhanced coverage of Analysis
by inclusion of System
Modelling, Wave equation,
FACTS etc.
• Amongst many other subtopical
additions
• Objective Type Questions
Enhanced and refreshed
pedagogy
• Updated OLC with detailed
Instructors’ Manual and Web
Supplements for students
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Inductance and
Resistance of Transmission Lines 3.
Capacitance of Transmission Lines 4.
Representation of Power System
Components 5. Characteristics and
Performance of Power Transmission
Lines 6. Load Flow Studies 7. Optimal
System Operation 8. Automatic
Generation and Voltage Control 9.
Symmetrical Fault Analysis 10.
Symmetrical Components 11.
Unsymmetrical Fault Analysis 12. Power
System Stability 13. Power System
Transients 14. High Voltage DC
Transmission 15. Power System
Security 16. Voltage Stability 17. An
Introduction to State Estimation of
Power Systems 18. Compensation in
Power Systems 19. Load Forecasting
Techniques
ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEMS,
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
(Schaum Outline Series)
by Syed A. Nasar, Professor,
Department of Electrical Engineering,
University of Kentucky, Lexington; USA,
K. Uma Rao, Head, Department of
Electrical Engineering, RNS Institute of
Technology, Bangalore
2010 / 284 pages
ISBN : 9780070701977
The book is intended to present an
overview of key concepts of Electric
Power Systems. This revised edition
contains discussion on important topics
like Insulators, Earthing & Grounding,
Real & Reactive Powers, Fast
Decoupled Load Flow (FDLF) for up-to
date coverage. Main objective of this
book is to help students in developing
problem solving skills. Numerous solved
examples, practice questions, and
objective type questions are given in the
book to get a grasp of the subject.
FEATURES
• New topics on ‘Insulators’ , ‘Earthing
& Grounding’, ‘Real & Reactive
Powers’, and Fast Decoupled Load
Flow (FDLF)
• Easy to follow chapters on
Transmission Lines, Fault
Calculations and Power System
Stability.
• Emphasis on problem solving skills
to get a grasp over the concepts.
• Provides useful methods to perform
calculations for real world power
systems.
• 650 solved and unsolved
problems.
• Total Problems: 650
• 246 Solved examples.
• 254 Practice questions with
answers.
• 150 Objective type questions.
CONTENTS
1. Fundamentals of Electric Power
Systems 2. Power System
Representation 3. Transmission Line
Parameters 4. Transmission Line
Calculations 5. Underground Cables 6.
Fault Calculations 7. General Methods
for Network Calculations 8. Power Flow
Studies 9. Power System Operation
and Control 10. Power System Stability
11. Power System Protection
POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS
by John Grainger, North Carolina State
University; William Stevenson, Jr., late
professor, North Carolina State
University
2003 / 784 Pages
ISBN : 9780070585157
CONTENTS
1 Basic Concepts/2 Transformers/3 The
Synchronous Machine/4 Series
Impedance of Transmission Lines/5
Capacitance of Transmission Lines/6
Current and Voltage Relations on a
Transmission Line/7 The Admittance
Model and Network Calculations/8 The
Impedance Model and Network
Calculations/ 9 Power Flow Solutions/10
Symmetrical Faults/ 11 Symmetrical
Components and Sequence Networks/
12 Unsymmetrical Faults/13 Economic
Operation of Power Systems/14 Zbus
Methods in Contingency Analysis/15
State Estimation of Power Systems/16
Power System Stability
POWER SYSTEMS
28 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
International Edition
ELEMENTS OF POWER SYSTEM
ANALYSIS, 4th Edition
by William Stevenson, Jr.,
North Carolina State University
1982 / 436 Pages
ISBN : 9780070665842
COMPUTER TECHNIQUES
IN POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS
2nd Edition
by M.A. Pai, Indian Institute of
Technology, Kanpur
2005 / 272 Pages
ISBN : 9780070593633
The analysis of large scale power
systems is invariably done with a digital
computer which uses software based on
numerical methods drawn from the
computer science field. In this book
emphasis is laid on proper modeling of
components which constitute the power
system, their interconnection resulting in
a composite model needed for system
studies. The book imparts a firm
understanding of the different aspects of
power system planning studies.
SALIENT FEATURES
• Proper coverage of topics like
Topological Analysis of Power
Networks
• Short Circuit Studies
• Power Flow Studies and Transient
Stability Studies.
• Mathematical models of different
power system components such as
Transmission lines, Transformers
(on-load tap changing, off nominal
turns ratio, phase shifting and 3
winding),loads and generators is
adequately covered.
• The system data of different Test
systems helps in having a useful
reference for performing simulation
studies.
• Pedagogy Includes: More than 120
solved/unsolved problems
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Power System
Components 3. Topological Analysis of
Power Networks 4. Bus Impedance
Algorithm 5. Short Circuit Studies 6.
Power Flow Studies 7. Stability Studies
Appendix A: Matrix Algebra Appendix
B: Numerical Solution of System of
Equations Appendix C: Numerical
Solution of Ordinary Differential
Equations Appendix D: Test System
Data
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
DESIGN
by M. Deshpande
2001 / 380 pages
ISBN : 9780074515754
CONTENTS
1. Constants of Overhead Transmission
Lines. 2. Characteristics and
Performance of Transmission Line. 3.
Design of Transmission Lines. 4. Power
System Operation and Analysis. 5.
Switchgear. 6. Design of EHV
Transmission Lines. 7. High Voltage DC
Transmission Lines. 8. Design of Power
System. 9. Power-System Control and
Line-Compensation. 10. Design of
Distribution Systems. 11. Economics of
Distribution Systems. 12. Power System
Improvement. 13. Power System
Planning.
POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION &
SWITCHGEAR
by Bhuvanesh Oza, Professor,
Department of Electrical Engineering;
BVM Engineering College, Anand,
Gujarat; Nirmal Kumar C. Nair, Senior
Lecturer, University of Auckland, New
Zealand; Rashesh Mehta, Senior
Lecturer,Department of Electrical
Engineering, BVM Engineering College,
Anand, Gujarat; Vijay Kumar
Makwana, Lecturer , Department of
Electrical Engineering, G H Patel
College of Engineering & Technology
Anand, Gujarat
2010 / 504 Pages
ISBN : 9780070671188
The book offers a blend of application
practices and theoretical concepts to
comprehend the subject of power
system protection. Theoretical support
and mathematical background is given
in the text to support key concepts. It
provides an insight into the philosophy
and requirements of relaying systems.
The fundamentals and protective
schemes for Generator, Transformer,
Transmission Lines, Bus Zone and
Induction Motor are discussed in detail
in the book. Digital relays are introduced
in the book for up to date coverage.
Numerous solved examples, practice
questions and objective type questions
are given in the book for easy
understanding of topics.
FEATURES
• Detailed coverage of Apparatus
Protection (Transformer, Generator,
Motor & Buszone Protection)
• Discussion on Circuit Breaking
Fundamentals, Constructional
Aspects and Testing of Circuit
Breakers.
• Detailed treatment of Switchgears
for wider coverage
• Chapter on Digital Relay using
Microprocessor and Digital Signal
Processors for up to date coverage
• Real field data and system
conditions given for relay setting
calculations
• Profusely illustrated with line
drawings following international
relay numbering conventions
POWER SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 29
• Numerous solved examples,
practice questions and objective
type questions to enhance the
understanding of the subject
• Total 417 problems:
• Solved examples: 24
• Practice questions: 308
• Objective type questions: 85
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and Philosophy of
Protective Relaying Systems 2.
Electromagnetic Relays 3. Static
Relays 4. Micrpprocessor Based Digital
Protection 5. Generator Protection 6.
Transformer Protection 7. Protection of
Transmission Lines by Overcurrent
Relays 8. Protection of Transmission
Lines by Distance Relays 9. Carrier
Current Protection of Transmission
Lines 10. Buszone Protection 11.
Induction Motor Protection 12.Testing,
Commissioning and Maintenance of
Relays 13. Protective Current and
Potential Transformers 14. Circuit
Breaking Fundamentals 15. Electrical
Switchgear 16. Short-Circuit Testing of
Circuit Breakers 17. Lightning
Overvoltage Protection
POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION
AND SWITCHGEAR
2nd Edition
By Badri Ram, Dept. of Electrical
Engineering, Bihar College of Engg.,
Patna; D N Vishwakarma, Dept. of
Electrical Engineering, Institute of
Technology, Banaras Hindu University,
Varanasi
2011 / 700 Pages
ISBN : 9780071077743
The revised edition of Power System
Protection and Switchgear is a more
updated and market oriented version of
its predecessor while maintaining the
trademark style of simplicity in
presentation. The book comes with a
new look and includes the various
developments that has occurred in this
field of study. The revision offers
enhanced course coverage and
refreshed pedagogy. Fundamental
topics of the subject have been revisited
and elaborated upon to help the student
master the fundamentals while enjoying
the study of the latest trends
• New Chapters on:
a) Current and Voltage
Transformers
b) Fault Analysis
c) Differential Protection
d) Modern Trends in Power
System Protection
• Topical additions on:
a) Gas Actuated Relays
b) Motor Protection
• Enhanced coverage on application
of Microprocessors and Artificial
Intelligence in Protection
• Additional solved examples (OLC)
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Relay Construction
and Operating Principles 3. Current and
Voltage Transformers 4. Fault Analysis
5. Overcurrent Protection 6. Distance
Protection 7. Pilot Relaying Schemes 8.
Differential Protection 9. Rotating
Machines Protection 10. Transformer
and Bus Zone Protection 11. Numerical
Protection 12. Microprocessor based
Numerical Relays 13. Artificial
Intelligence based Numerical Protection
14. Circuit Breakers 15. Fuses 16.
Protection against Overvoltages 17.
Modern Trends in Power System
Protection
POWER SYSTEM STABILITY
AND CONTROL
by Kundur
2005 / 228 Pages
ISBN : 9780070635159
ELECTRICAL POWER
SUPPLY QUALITY
by Roger C. Dugan, Senior consultant,
Electrotek Concepts, Inc.; Mark F.
McGranaghan Vice president of sales
and marketing,Electrotek Concepts, Inc.
2008 / 544 Pages
ISBN: 9780070264625
Written in a highly readable, easily
accessible style – minus the heavy-duty
math, this much-needed resource
discusses every essential aspect of
basic power quality and methods used
to protect electronic systems.
COVERAGE INCLUDES
• How to protect against voltage sags
and interruptions
• The principles of harmonics and
filtering
• Common wiring and grounding
problems, along with solutions
• Transient overvoltages due to
lightning and switching
• The technical impact of problems on
various load equipment
• Utility and end-user strategies for
improved power qualities
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Maintaining power quality in
distributed generation systems
• Benchmarking power quality
• Power quality in electric wiring
• And much more
CONTENTS
1. Basic Concepts of Measurements 2.
Transducer Classification 3.
Performance Characteristics of an
Instrumentation System 4.
Displacement 5. Strain 6. Vibration 7.
Pressure 8. Flow 9. Temperature 10.
Force and Torque 11. Instrumentation
Amplifiers 12. Signal Generation and
Processing 13. Filtering and Signal
Analysis 14. Data Acquisition and
Conversion 15. Digital Signal
Transmission and Processing 16. Microprocessors
17. Microcontrollers and PCBased
Data Acquisition Systems 18.
Input Output Devices and Displays 19.
General Purpose Electronic Text
Equipment
POWER SYSTEMS
30 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
ELECTRIC POWER DISTRIBUTION,
6th Edition
by A S Pabla, Former Chief Engineer
with the Punjab State Electricity Board
2011 / 1032 Pages
ISBN : 9780070144552
The electricity sector is currently
experiencing many changes, such as
the impact of high-end technologies,
privatization of the power utilities, rising
tariffs, power shortages. The sector is
reinventing itself to overcome these
challenges and is anticipating growth
with the institution of electricity reforms
and the entry of private companies.
FEATURES
• Inclusion of two new chapters—
Meter, Billing and Collection and
Natural Distribution System
• Revision of all the existing chapters
in view of the Electricity Act, 2003
• Addition of solved and unsolved
problems in most of the existing
chapters
CONTENTS
1. Power System 2. Electricity
Forecasting 3. System Planning 4.
Design and Operation 5. Distribution
Automation 6. Optimization 7. Reliability
and Quality 8. Consumer Services 9.
Metering, Billing and Collection 10.
Tariffs and Market 11. Earthing 12.
Overhead Lines 13. Underground
Cables 14. System Overvoltages 15.
Rural Supply 16. Power Capacitors 17.
Insulation Measurements 18. System
Protection 19. System Maintenance 20.
Electrical Services 21. Natural Electric
Distribution
ELECTRICAL POWER
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
by V.Kamaraju, Retired Professor in
Electrical Engineering & Principal,
J.N.T.U College of Engineering,
Kakinada, Andhra Pradesh
2010 / 504 Pages
ISBN : 9780070151413
This book on ‘Electrical Power
Distribution Systems’ provides an indepth
exposition of all important
concepts with the help of practical data
and rich pedagogy.
FEATURES
• In-depth coverage on Load
Characteristics, Distribution
Feeders, and Substations
• Detailed explanation on Fault
Calculations and Protection, and
Voltage Control
• Includes latest topic on Gas
Insulated Substations
• Separate chapter on ‘Metering,
Instrumentation and Tariffs’
• Practical data given in tabular
format to support key concepts
• Pedagogy
• 55 Solved examples
• 195 Exercise questions
• 125 Objective-type questions
CONTENTS
1. Supply System and Distribution
Practices 2. Load Characteristics and
Load Modelling 3. Overhead Lines and
Cables 4. Distribution Feeders 5.
Primary and Secondary Distribution
Networks 6. Voltage Drop and Power
Calculations 7. Reactive Power
Compensation and Applications of
Capacitors 8. Substations Equipment,
Location and Grounding 9. Faults and
Over Voltages in Distribution Systems
10. Protection 11. Metering,
Instrumentation and Tariffs 12. Voltage
Control: System Planning and
Automation
HVDC TRANSMISSION,
1st Edition
by S Kamakshaiah, Technical Advisor,
Krishna Chaitanya Institute
of Technology & Sciences,
Devarajugattu, Andhra Pradesh;
V Kamaraju, Retd. Professor &
Principal, JNTU College of Engineering,
Kakinada, Andhra Pradesh
2011 / 428 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072533
The text is meant for the senior
Undergraduate or Postgraduate student
of Electrical or Electrical and Electronics
Engineering who has opted for a course
on HVDC Transmission (also known as
HVDC Engineering). The book
discusses the state-of-the art in HVDC
Transmission systems in details. Written
in simple and pedagogical manner, the
content provides a holistic
understanding to the interested reader
of the inception, working principles,
advantages and disadvantages of
HVDC transmission and the
transmission systems. A dedicated
chapter on “Grounding and Ground
Electrodes” has been provided to
highlight the ability of HVDC
transmission systems to transmit power
by using the ground as return conductor.
FEATURES
• Includes modern trends and list of
HVDC projects from over the world
• Details of the longest Bipolar HVDC
Transmission line in the world, from
Talcher (Orissa) to Kolar
(Bangalore) present
• Dedicated chapter on Ground
Electrodes
• Pedagogically enhanced text written
in simple language
• Total pedagogy count is 350
• a) Worked Examples- 40
• b) Questions- 125
• c) Problems- 35
• d) MCQs- 150
POWER SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 31
CONTENTS
1. Economics and Development in
HVDC Systems 2. HVDC Converters 3.
Converter Operation and Analysis 4.
Control of HVDC Converter and
Systems 5. Harmonics in HVDC
systems 6. Suppression and Control of
Harmonics - Filters 7. Grounding and
Ground Electrodes for HVDC Systems
8. Faults and Protection schemes in
HVDC systems 9. Over Voltages and
Insulation Co-ordination in HVDC
Systems 10. Multi-terminal HVDC
systems 11. Parallel AC & DC systems
US Edition
TRANSIENTS IN ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS : ANALYSIS,
RECOGNITION, AND MITIGATION
2010 / 928 pages
ISBN : 9780071622486
by J.C. Das
Written by a senior consultant for a
major power utility corporation, this
professional reference explains how to
identify the origin of disturbances in
electrical systems and analyze them for
effective mitigation and control. The
book contains case studies of
simulations on EMTP, a globally
recognized software used to analyze
transients. Solved examples and
problems are included at the end of
each chapter. This comprehensive
reference will help power electrical
engineers create stable system
operations.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Transients in
Electrical Systems 2. Transients in
Lumped Circuits 3. Control Systems-
Analysis, Operation and Stability 4.
Transmission Lines, Wave Propagation
5. Lighting Strokes on Transmission
Lines, Shielding 6. Capacitor Switching
Transients 7. Transmission Lines,
Switching Transients 8. Interruption of
AC Currents 9. Short-Circuit Transients
10. Transient Behavior of Synchronous
Generators 11. Transient behavior of
Synchronous and Induction Motors 12.
Power System Stability 13. Excitation
Systems and Power System Stabilizers
14. transient Response of
Transformers and Windings 15. Very
Fast Transients-Gas Insulated
Substations 16. Transients in Power
Electronic Equipment 17. Flicker, Auto
Bus Transfer and Other Transients 18.
Insulation Coordination 19. Surge
Protection of Low Voltage Systems 20.
Application of Surge Arresters 21.
Grounding Systems and Transients 22.
Lightning Protection of Structures 23.
Transients in DC Systems
US Edition
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY
DESIGN, 3rd Edition
by Abraham Pressman, Power supply
consultant; Keith Billings, Practicing
engineer
2009 / 744 Pages
ISBN : 9780071482721
Recognized worldwide as the definitive
guide to power supply design for over
25 years, Switching Power Supply
Design has been updated to cover the
latest innovations in technology,
materials, and components. This Third
Edition presents basic principles of all
the commonly used topologies,
providing you with the essential
information required to design cuttingedge
power supplies.
CONTENTS
1. Fundamental Switching Regulators 2.
Push-Pull and Forward Convert
Topologies 3. Half- and Full-Bridge
Convert Topologies 4. Flyback
Converter Topologies 5. Current-Mode
and Current-Fed Toplogies 6. Misc.
Toplogies 7. Transformer and Magnetics
Design 8. Bipolar Power Transistor
Base Drives 9. MOSFET Power
Transistors and Input Drive Circuits 10.
Magnetic Amplifier Postregulators 11.
Turnon, Turnoff Switching Losses and
Snubbers 12. Feedback-Loop
Stabilization 13. Resonant Converters
14. Waveforms 15. Power Factor,
Power Factor Correction 16. High-
Frequency Power Sources for
Fluorescent Lamps 17. Low-Input-
Voltage Regulators for Laptop
Computers and Portable Electronics 18.
Phase-Shifted Zero Voltage Transition
Full Bridge Converter
DIGITAL / NUMERICAL RELAYS
by Rao, Formerly with IIT, Roorkee
2005
ISBN : 9780070588854
This book brings to the readers the
latest developments in Protective Relay
Technology as all power system relaying
has been revolutionised by Digital/
Numerical relays. These relays have
completely changed the Protection
Scenario. Power system engineers
need to update their knowledge on the
type of equipment that will occupy an
important place in the various Power
Station and Sub-stations in the years to
come.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Digital/Numerical
Relays 2. Number Systems 3.
Microprocessors 4. Peripheral Devices
in Microprocessors 5. Digital Signal
Processing 6. Principles of Digital/
Numerical Relays 7. Fault Locators 8.
Protection and Coordinated Control 9.
Some Digital/Numerical Practical
Protection Schemes 10. Reliability,
Testing and Maintenance for Digital /
Numerical Relays
POWER SYSTEMS
32 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
US Edition
LINEMAN AND CABLEMAN'S
HANDBOOK
by Thomas Shoemaker, Mesa
Community College, James E. Mack
2008 / 1024 Pages
ISBN : 978007467896
HANDBOOK OF SWITCHGEARS
by B.H.E.L.
2005
ISBN : 9780070532380
This book on switchgears from BHEL
covers experience of 4 decades in
the field of medium & high voltage
switchgears, GIS, associated
equipments, Control & Protection
schemes for generation, transmission &
distribution applications.
CONTENTS
Section I: Types of Switchgears Low
Voltage Switchgear l Medium Voltage
Switchgear l High Voltage Switchgear l
Gas l Auto recloser Section II:
Components / Parts Current
Transformers & Voltage Transformers l
Surge Suppressor l Protective Relays l
Electric Energy Metering Section III:
Applications Application of Medium
Voltage Switchgear Section IV: Contr
ol and Protection Control &
Interlocking Scheme for MV Switchgear
l Protection Schemes for Medium
Voltage Switchgear l Generator
Protection l EHV Transmission System
Control & Protection l Integrated Control
& Protection Systems for Subtation
Section V: Erection &
Commissioning Operations and
Maintenance Erection &
Commissioning of Swichgears l
Operation & Maintenance of
Switchgears Section VI: Testing,
Standards and Statutory Requirement
Testing of Switchgear l Reference
Standards l Statutory Requirements &
Electricity Rules
POWER ELECTRONICS
POWER ELECTRONICS
2nd Edition
by M. D. Singh, Retd. Director,
Technocrats Institute of Technology,
Bhopal; K. B. Khanchandani,
Assistant Professor, Electronics &
Telecommunication Department, SSGM
College of Engineering, Shegaon
2007 / 1100 pages
ISBN : 9780070583894
With this revised edition we aim to
present a text on Power Electronics for
the UG level which will provide a
comprehensive coverage of converters,
choppers, inverters and motor drives. All
this, with a rich pedagogy to support the
conceptual understanding and integral
use of PSPICE.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Chapter on Resonant Converters.
• Fully revised chapter on:
• Phase controller rectifiers with
addition of dual converters.
• Choppers with addition of Transistor
flyback configuration and GTO
chopper.
• Inverters with addition of
Transistorized inverters, Power
MOSFET inverters, IGBT inverters &
GTO inverters.
• Cycloconverters with the addition of
Integral cycle control.
• DC Motor Drives.
• Computer simulation of Power
Electronic Circuits using PSPICE
hroughout is entirely new to the
book.
PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• 194 solved problems
• 501 review questions
• 297 Multiple choice questions
• 114 unsolved problems
CONTENTS
1. Power Electronic Systems: An
Overview 2. Thyristor: Principles and
Characteristics 3. Gate Triggering
Circuits 4. Series and Parallel
Operationof Thyristors 5. Modern Power
Semiconductor Devices 6. Phase
Controlled Converters 7. Duel
Converters 8. Choppers 9. Inverters 10.
Cycloconverters 11. A.C. Regulators 12.
Resonant Converters 13. Protection,
Cooling and Mounting of Thyristors 14.
Control of D.C. Drives 15. Control of
A.C. Drives 16. Thyristor Applications
Multiple Choice Questions Review
Questions Unsolved Examples
References
POWER ELECTRONICS:
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
By Joseph Vithayathil, California
Polytechnic State University
2010 / 656 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702394
Aimed at the junior to senior
undergraduate level, this textbook offers
a patient, clear introduction to the field
of power electronics. The author’s
language is easy to understand, and the
book includes an introductory chapter
describing the practical uses of
semiconductor devices to convert and
control electric power. The book
emphasizes real-world applications, with
examples taken from industrial
environments in which the author has
extensive experience. This practical
approach is supplemented with over
250 detailed illustrations, numerous
worked-out sample problems and
hundreds of end-of-chapter homework
exercises, all thoughtfully designed to
illuminate basic underlying principles.
Designed for a first course in digital
signal processing, this book covers
major topics like Discrete Fourier
Transform(DFT), Fast Fourier
Transform(FFT), design of digital filters,
effect of finite word length and multirate
signal processing. Written in a clear
style, the book provides lot of solved
problems, illustrations and flow graphs
that will facilitate easy learning of the
subject.
FEATURES
• Emphasizing applications, this book
is written in an easy-to-understand
style and is accompanied by
numerous illustrations and real-life
examples from industry.
POWER SYSTEMS • POWER ELECTRONICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 33
• Includes an entire chapter devoted
to vector control and the role of
equivalent circuits in power
electronics.
CONTENTS
1. Power Semiconductor Device 2. Line
Commutated Converters 3. AC
Switching Controllers 4. Choppers 5.
Inverters 6. Power Supply Systems 7.
Adjustable Speed DC Motor Drives 8.
Adjustable Speed AC Motor Drives 9.
Vector Control of AC Motor Drives
POWER ELECTRONICS
by Daniel W. Hart, Valparaiso University
2011 / 512 Pages
ISBN : 9780071321204
Power Electronics is intended to be an
introductory text in power electronics,
primarily for the undergraduate electrical
engineering student. The text is written
for some flexibility in the order of the
topics. Much of the text includes
computer simulation using PSpice as a
supplement to analytical circuit solution
techniques.
FEATURES
• Theory, Analysis, and Design.
• Computer Simulation Techniques
with PSpice.
• Rectifier Analysis and Applications,
Including DC Power Transmission
for Utilities.
• Chapter on Power Computations:
Concentrating on power
computation theory in one chapter
provides the necessary background
for the beginner and provides a
readily available reference for
students and professionals.
• DC-DC Converters, Including
Switched-Capacitor Converters.
• Power Supply Design with Control.
• Website to include solutions
manual, powerpoints and PSpice
CONTENTS
1.Introduction 2.Power Computations
3.Half-Wave Rectifiers 4.Full-Wave
Rectifiers 5.AC Voltage Controllers
6.DC-DC Converters 7.DC Power
Supplies 8.Inverters 9.Resonant
Converters 10.Drive Circuits, Snubber
Circuits, and Heatsinks / Appendix A:
Fourier Series for Some Common
Waveforms / Appendix B: State-Space
Averaging / Index
POWER ELECTRONICS
by P.C. Sen, Jadhavpur University
2001 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780074624005
CONTENTS
1. Characteristics of Semiconductor
Devices 2. Cooling and Protection of
Power Semiconductor Devices 3.
Single-Phase Rectifiers 4. Three-Phase
Rectifier and Filters 5. Single-Phase-
Controlled Rectifier 6. Three-Phase
Controlled Rectifier 7. Triggering Circuits
for Phase-Controlled Rectifier 8. AC and
DC Voltage Regulator 9. Inverter,
Chopper and Cycloconverter 10. DC
and AC Motor Control
US Edition
SWITCH-MODE POWER SUPPLIES
SPICE SIMULATIONS AND
PRACTICAL DESIGNS
by Christophe Basso, Technical
Engineer at ON Semiconductor
2008 / 889 Pages
ISBN : 9780071508582
This is a collection of SPICE solutions
to the most difficult problem facing
power supply designers: creating
smaller and more heat-efficient power
supplies in shorter design cycles. This
invaluable resource provides practical
models and easily customizable
solutions.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Power Conversion 2.
Small-Signal Modeling 3. Feedback and
Control Loops 4. Basic Blocks and
Generic Switched Models 5. Simulation
and Designs of Nonisolated Converters
6. Simulations and Practical Designs of
Off-Line Converters--The Front End 7.
Simulations and Practical Designs of
Flyback Converters 8. Simulations and
Practical Designs of Forward Converters
Conclusion / Index
International Edition
POWER ELECTRONICS
3rd Edition
by Cyril W. Lander
1994 / 4 96 Pages
ISBN : 9780071134453
ELECTRIC DRIVES
ELECTRIC DRIVES: CONCEPTS &
APPLICATIONS,
2ND EDITION
by Vedam Subrahmanyam, Former
Professor, Department of Electrical
Engineering, Indian Institute of
Technology, Chennai
2010 / 730 Pages
ISBN : 9780070701991
The text provides exhaustive and
comparative study of all the electric
drives, including conventional and those
fed from static converters. It offers
detailed discussion on closed loop
control and dynamics of electric drives.
New topics on Permanent Magnet
Synchronous Motors and Brushless
Motors are included in this revised
edition for enhanced coverage. The
technical problems, utility and industrial
applications of various drives are treated
at appropriate places. Number of solved
examples and practice questions are
spread throughout the text to help
students in mastering the concepts.
POWER ELECTRONICS • ELECTRIC DRIVES
34 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
FEATURES
• New topics on ‘Permanent Magnet
Synchronous Motor, Brushless
Motors, Current Source Inverter
Control, Voltage Source Inverter
Control’
• In depth coverage of Thyristor
Power Converters and Drives
employing these converters
• Highlights closed loop control and
dynamics of electric drives
• Detailed discussion on industrial
applications, utility and technical
problems of electric drives
• Comparative analysis of various
drives along with the relevant
discussion
• Application of Microprocessor in
electric drives presented in separate
chapter
• Good pedagogy including solved
problems, practice questions and
objective type questions
• Total Problems: 370
• Solved examples: 65
• Review questions: 190
• Objective type questions: 115
CONTENTS
1. Characteristics of Electric Motors 2.
Dynamics of Electric Drives 3.
Converters for Feeding Electric Motors
4. Control of Electric Motors 5. Rating
& Heating of Motors 6. Control
Techniques for Electric Drives 7. Drives
for Specific Applications 8.
Microprocessor and Control of
Electrical Drives
International Edition
ELECTRIC MOTORS
AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
by Frank D. Petruzella
2009 / 296 Pages
ISBN : 9780071220330
This book has been written for a course
of study that will introduce the reader to
a broad range of motor types and
control systems. It provides an overview
of electric motor operation, selection,
installation, control and maintenance.
It includes coverage of how motors
operate in conjunction with their
associated control circuitry. Both older
and newer motor technologies are
examined. Topics covered range from
motor types and controls to installing
and maintaining conventional
controllers, electronic motor drives and
programmable logic controllers.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 – Industrial Safety / Part 1
Protecting Against Electric Shock /
Part 2 Grounding – Lockout– Codes
/ Chapter 2 – Understanding Electrical
Drawings / Part 1 Symbols –
Abbreviations – Ladder Diagrams / Part
2 Wiring-single Line- Block Diagrams /
Part 3 Motor Terminal Connections /
Part 4 Motor Nameplate And
Terminology / Part 5 Manual And
Magnetic Starters / Chapter 3 – Motor
Transformers And Distribution Systems
/ Part 1 Power Distribution Systems /
Part 2 Transformer Principles / Part 3
Transformer Connections And Systems
/ Chapter 4 – Motor Control Devices /
Part 1 Manually Operted Switches /
Part – 2 Mechanically Operted
Switches / Part – 3 Sensors / Part – 4
Actuators / Chapter 5 – Electric Motors
/ Part – 1 Motor Principle / Part – 2
Direct Current Motors / Part – 3 Threephase
Alternating Current Motors / Part
- 4 Single-phase Alternating Current
Motors / Part – 5 Alternating Current
Motor Drives / Part – 6 Motor Selection
/ Part – 7 Motor Installation / Part – 8
Motor Maintenance And
Troubleshooting / Chapter 6 –
Contactors And Motor Starters / Part –
1 Magnetic Contactor / Part – 2
Contactor Ratings, Enclosres And
Solid-state Types / Part – 3 Motor
Starters / Chapter 7 – Relays / Part – 1
Electromechanical Control Relays /
Part – 2 Solid-state Relays / Part – 3
Timing Relays / Part – 4 Latching
Relays / Part – 5 Relay Control Logic /
Chapter 8 - Motor Control Circuits /
Part – 1 Nec Motor Installation
Requirements / Part – 2 Motor Starting
/ Part – 3 Motor Reversing And Jogging
/ Part – 4 Motor Stopping / Part – 5
Motor Speed / Chapter 9 - Motor
Control Electronics / Part – 1
Semicomductor Diodes / Part – 2
Transistors / Part – 3 Thyristors / Part –
4 Integrated Circuits (Ics) / Chapter 10
- Adjustable Speed Drives And Plc
Installations / Part – 1 Ac Motor Drive
Fundamentals / Part – 2 Vfd Installation
And Programming Parameters / Part –
3 Dc Motor Drive Fundamentals / Part
– 4 Programmable Logic Controllers
(Plcs)
THYRISTOR CONTROL OF
ELECTRIC DRIVES
by Vedam Subrahmanyam,
IIT Chenai
1988 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9780074603413
CONTENTS
1. Thyristor Power Converters 2.
Mathematical Modelling of Elecrical
Machines 3. Induction Motor Control 4.
Synchronous Motor Control 5. DC
Motor Control 6. Microprocessors in the
Control of Electrical Drives
US Edition
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICITY AND
MOTOR CONTROLS
by Rex Miller Professor Emeritus,SUNY
College at Buffalo; Mark Miller,
Professor, Industrial Technology at the
University of Texas at Tyler.
2008 / 448 pages
ISBN : 9780071544764
Industrial Electricity and Motor Controls
is a complete guide to electrical field
and its equipment, including
troubleshooting and repair. Electricity
and electronics are introduced,
thoroughly explained, and used to
analyze and solve problems common to
industrial electrical equipment such as
motors and controls.
ELECTRIC DRIVES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 35
CONTENTS
1. Tools and Equipment 2. Safety in the
Workplace 3. Symbols 4. Control
Circuits and Diagrams 5. Switches 6.
Magnetism and Solenoids 7. Relays 8.
Electric Motors 9. Timers and Sensors
10. Sensors and Sensing 11. Solenoids
and Valves 12. Motor Starting Methods
13. Solid-State Reduced-Voltage
Starters 14. Speed Control and
Monitoring 15. Motor Control and
Protection 16. Three-Phase Controllers
17. Drives 18. Transformers 19. Power
Generation 20. Power Distribution
Systems 21. Programmable Controllers
22. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
23. Careers in Electricity / Glossary
Appendix I: DC Motor Trouble Chart
Appendix II: Wound-Rotor Motor Trouble
Chart / Appendix III: Fractional-
Horsepower Motor Trouble Chart /
Appendix IV: Selection of Dual-Element
Fuses for Motor-Running Overload
Protection / Appendix V: Tables and
Formulas / Appendix VI: Full-Load
Currents of AC and DC Motors /
Appendix VII: Power Factor Correcting
Capacitors / Appendix VIII: Switch
Symbols / Appendix IX: Wiring Diagram
Symbols / Appendix X: Unit Prefixes /
Appendix XI: Conversion Factors /
Appendix XII: Decibel Table / Index
HIGH VOLTAGE
ENGINEERING
HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING
4th Edition
by (Late) M. S. Naidu; V Kamaraju,
Formerly Principal and Professor of
Electrical Engineering, JNTU College of
Engineering, Kakinada
2008 / 504 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669284
This book is intended to meet the
requirements of High Voltage
Engineering course taken by the
undergraduate and post-graduate
students of Electrical Engineering. It
also serves to power engineers involved
in the design and development of
electrical equipment, electricity supply
and utility establishments. This new
edition is enriched with the latest
information on insulating materials,
breakdown phenomena, overvoltage,
and testing techniques.
FEATURES
• Unique chapter on Over Voltage
Phenomenon
• New section on Gas Insulated
Substation
IN-DEPTH COVERAGE ON
• Insulating materials, their properties
and applications. Design, Planning
and Layout of High Voltage
Laboratories
• More than 400 Solved and Unsolved
problems
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Conduction and
Breakdown in Gases 3. Conduction and
Breakdown in Liquid Dielectrics 4.
Breakdown in Solid Dielectrics 5.
Applications of Insulating Materials 6.
Generation of High Voltages and
Currents 7. Measurement of High
Voltages and Currents 8. Overvoltage
Phenomenon and Insulation
Coordination in Electric Power Systems
9. Non-Destructive Testing of Materials
and Electrical Apparatus 10 High-
Voltage Testing of Electrical Apparatus
11. Design, Planning and Layout of
High-Voltage Laboratories
DIGITAL IMAGE
PROCESSING
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
USING MATLAB®
By Rafael C. Gonzalez, University of
Tennessee, USA, Richard E. Woods,
MedData Interactive, USA, Steven L.
Eddins, The MathWorks, Inc., USA
2010 / 738 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702622
Digital Image Processing Using
MATLAB is the first book to offer a
balanced treatment of image processing
fundamentals and the software
principles used in their implementation.
The book integrates all fundamental
concepts of DIP and the Image
Processing Toolbox from The
MathWorks, Inc., a leader in scientific
computing. The Image Processing
Toolbox provides a stable, wellsupported
software environment for
addressing a broad range of
applications in digital image processing.
A unique feature of the book is its
emphasis on showing how to enhance
those tools by developing new code.
FEATURES
• Over 100 new MATLAB image
processing functions are
developed—a 40 % increase over
existing functions in the Image
Processing Toolbox
• Algorithms and MATLAB functions
in the mainstream of digital image
processing are discussed and
implemented
• Includes new topical coverage on:
The Radon transform; image
processing functions based on
function-generating functions
(function factories); geometric
transformations; image registration;
color profiles and deviceindependent
color conversions;
functions for video compression;
adaptive thresholding algorithms;
new image features, including
minimum-perimeter polygons and
local (corner) features
• Using C code with MATLAB is
covered in detail
ELECTRIC DRIVES • HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING • DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
36 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Intensity
Transformations and Spatial Filtering 3.
Filtering in the Frequency Domain 4.
Image Restoration and Reconstruction
5. Geometric Transformations and
Image Registration 6. Color Image
Processing 7. Wavelets 8. Image
Compression 9. Morphological Image
Processing 10. Image Segmentation 11.
Representation and Description /
Appendix A: M-Function Summary /
Appendix B: ICE and MATLAB
Graphical User Interfaces / Appendix
C: Additional Custom M-functions
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
(with CD-ROM)
by S Jayaraman, Professor & Head
Dept of Electronics & Communication
Engineering, PSG College of
Technology Coimbatore, T.N; S
Esakkirajan, Lecturer, Dept of
Instrumentation & Control Engineering
PSG College of Technology
Coimbatore, T.N; T Veerakumar,
Lecturer, Dept of Electronics &
Communication Engineering, PSG
College of Technology, Coimbatore, T.N
2009 / 748 Pages
ISBN: 9780070144798
Meant for students and practicing
engineers, this book provides a clear,
comprehensive and up-to-date
introduction to Digital Image Processing
in a pragmatic style. Illustrative
approach, practical examples and
MATLAB applications given in the book
help in bringing theory to life.
FEATURES
• Separate chapters on Two-
Dimensional Convolution and
Correlation
• Excellent treatment of Image
Enhancement, Compression,
Restoration, Object Recognition,
and Colour Image Processing
• Discussion on advanced topics
includes Wavelet Transform,
Multiwavelet Transform and
Contourlet Transform
• Image enhancement discussed with
different natural images
• MATLAB used widely to simulate
image processing algorithms
• Rich pedagogical features include
• 115 Solved examples
• 255 Review exercises
• 165 MATLAB examples and
exercises
• 120 Objective-type questions
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Image Processing
Systems 2. Two Dimensional Signals &
Systems 3. Convolution and
Correlations 4. Image Transforms 5.
Image Enhancement 6. Image
Restoration and Denoising 7. Image
Segmentation 8. Object Recognition 9.
Image Compression 10. Binary Image
Processing 11. Colour Image
Processing 12. Wavelet Based Image
Processing 13. An Introduction to Video
Processing (Available on the website)
US Edition
DIGITAL ANALYSIS OF REMOTELY
SENSED IMAGERY
by Jay Gao
2009 / 674 pages
ISBN: 9780071604659
Written in easy-to-follow language with a
minimum of technical jargon, Digital
Analysis of Remotely Sensed Imagery
provides exhaustive coverage of the
entire process of analyzing remotely
sensed data for the purpose of
producing accurate representations in
thematic map format. The book
explores cutting-edge techniques and
trends in image analysis, as well as the
relationship between image processing
and other recently emerged special
technologies.
Filled with numerous references to the
current literature, this essential imaging
resource paints a vivid picture of the
current status of innovative image
analysis methods and future directions
in the field. Find state-of-the-art
information on storage of remotely
sensed data…the image analysis
system…image rectification…image
enhancement… image classification...
accuracy assessment…change
detection…intelligent image
classification… decision tree
classification…integration of image
analysis with GIS/GPS…and much
more.
CONTENTS
Preface / Acknowledgments / 1.
Overview 2. Overview of Remotely
Sensed Data 3. Storage of Remotely
Sensed Data 4. Image Processing
Systems 5. Image Geometric
Rectification 6. Image Enhancement 7.
Spectral Image Analysis 8. Neural
Network Image Analysis 9. Decision
Tree Image Analysis 10. Spatial Image
Analysis 11. Intelligent Image Analysis
12. Classification Accuracy
Assessment 13. Multitemporal Image
Analysis 14. Integrated Image Analysis,
Index
ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
3rd Edition
by Elaine Rich, Microelectronics and
Computer, Technology Corporation;
Kevin Knight, Carnegie Mellon
University; Shivashankar B Nair, Indian
Institute of Technology, Guwahati
2008 / 588 pages
ISBN : 9780070087705
This hallmark text presents both
theoretical foundations of Artificial
Intelligence and an indication of the
ways that current techniques can be
used in application programs. With the
revision, most of the content has been
preserved and at the same time the
latest application areas in AI have been
amalgamated to generate new interest
amongst readers.
FEATURES
• Four new chapters on Fuzzy Logic
Systems, Genetic Algorithms,
Artificial Immune Systems, and
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING • ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 37
PROLOG
• Important Heuristic Techniques,
including Hill Climbing, BFS, and
Generate and Test covered explicitly
• Cases on Network Security, Robot
Control, and Navigation
CONTENTS
Part I- Problems and Search 1. What
is Artificial Intelligence? 2. Problems,
Problem Spaces, and Search 3.
Heuristic Search Techniques Part II
Knowledge Representation 4.
Knowledge Representation Issues 5.
Using Predicate Logic 6. Representing
Knowledge using Rules 7. Symbolic
Reasoning under Uncertainty 8.
Statistical Reasoning 9. Weak Slot-and-
Filler Structures 10. Strong Slot-and-
Filler Structures 11. Knowledge
Representation Summary Part IIIAvanced
topics 12. Game Playing 13.
Panning 14. Understanding 15. Natural
Language Processing 16. Parallel and
Distributed AI 17. Learning 18.
Connectionist Models 19. Common
Sense 20. Expert Systems 21.
Perception and Action 22. Fuzzy Logic
Systems 23. Genetic Algorithms:
Copying Nature’s Approaches 24.
Artificial Immune Systems 25.
PROLOG-The Natural Language of
Artificial Intelligence 26. Conclusion
International Edition
MACHINE LEARNING
by Tom M. Mitchell, Carnegie Mellon
University
1997 / 414 Pages
ISBN : 9780071154673
CONTENTS
1. Introduction / 2. Concept Learning
and the General-t-Specific Ordering / 3.
Decision Tree Learning / 4. Artificial
Neural Networks / 5. Evaluating
Hypotheses / 6. Bayesian Learning / 7.
Computational Learning Theory / 8.
Instance-Based Learning / 9. Genetic
Algorithms / 10. Learning Sets of Rules/
11. Analytical Learning / 12. Combining
Inductive and Analytical Learning /
13. Reinforcement Learning.
NEURAL NETWORKS /
FUZZY LOGIC
NEURAL NETWORKS:
A CLASSROOM APPROACH
by Satish Kumar, Reader in Computer
Science and Applications, Dayalbagh
Educational Institute, Agra
2004 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9780070482920
CONTENTS
I. Traces of History and A
Neuroscience Briefer: 1 Brain Style
Computing: Origins and Issues. 2
Lessons from Neuroscience. II.
Feedforward Neural Networks and
Supervised Learning: 3 Artificial
Neurons, Neural Networks and
Architectures 4 Geometry of Binary
Threshold Neurons and Their Networks.
5 Supervised Learning I: Perceptrons
and LMS. 6 Supervised Learning II:
Backpropagation and Beyond. 7 Neural
Net work: A Statistical Pattern
Recognition Perspective. 8 Focussing
on Generalization: Support Vector
Machines and Radial Basis Functin Net
works. III. Recurrent Neurodynamical
Sys tems: 9 Dynamical Systems
Review. 10 Attractor Neural Net works.
11 Adaptive Resonance Theory. 12
Towards the Self Oganizing Feature
Map. IV. Contemporary Topics: 13
Pulsed Neuron Models: The New
Generation. 14 Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy
Systems and Applications. 15 Neural
Networks and the Soft Computing
Paradigm
INTRODUCTION TO NEURAL
NETWORKS USING MATLAB 6.0
by Dr. S. N. Sivanandam, Head of the
Dept. of Comp Sc & Engg at PSG
College of Technology,
Coimbatore.: Dr. S. Sumathi, Asst.
Professor in the Dept. of Electrical and
Electronics Engg at PSG College of
Technology, Coimbatore.;
Mrs. S. N. Deepa is Lecturer in the
Dept. of Comp Sc & Engg at PSG
College of Technology,
Coimbatore.
2005 / 672 Pages
ISBN : 9780070591127
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Artificial Neural Networks:
Preliminaries 3. Fundamentals
Models of ANN l Mc-Culloch Pitts Neuron
model l Learning Rules l Hebbian
Learning rule l Perceptron learning rule l
Delta learning rule l Competitive learning
rule l Outstar learning rule l Boltzman
learning l Memory Based learning l Hebb
Net 4. Perceptron networks l Single
Layer Perceptron l Multi Layer
Perceptrons - An Introduction 5. Adaline
and Madaline 6. Associative Memory
Networks l Algorithm for Association l
Hebb rule for association l Delta rule for
association l Extended Delta rule for
association l Hetroassociative Net l
Autoassociative Memory net l
Bidirectional Associative memory net 7.
Feedback Networks l Discrete Hopfield
Network l Continuous Hopfield Network
l Relation between BAM and Hopfield
Nets 8. FeedForward Networks l
BackPropagation Network l Radial Basis
Function Networks 9. Self Organizing
Features Maps 10. Counter Propagation
Network 11. Adaptive Resonance Theory
Network 12. Special Networks l
Probabilistic Network l Cognitron l Neo
Cognitron l Boltzmann Machine l
Boltzmann Machine with learning l
Gaussian Machine l Cauchy Machine l
Optical Neural Network l Simulated
Annealing l Cascade Correlation
Network l Spatio Temporal Neural
Network l Support Vector Machines l
Pulsed Neural Networks l Neuro-
Dynamic Programming 13. Applications
of Neural Networks 14. Applications of
Special Networks 15. Neural Network
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE • NEURAL NETWORKS / FUZZY LOGIC
38 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Projects with Matlab 16. Introduction to
Fuzzy Systems, Appendix: Matlab Neural
Network Toolbox, Bibliography
NEURAL NETWORKS IN
COMPUTER INTELLIGENCE
by Li-Min FU, University of Florida
2003 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9780070532823
CONTENTS
Preface Acknowledgments Part I:
Theory, Methods, Applications 1.
Introduction 2. Basic Neural
Computational Models 3. Learning:
Supervised and Unsupervised 4.
Knowledge based Neural Networks 5.
Incremental Learning 6. Mathematical
Modeling 7. Complex Domains 8.
Discovery 9. Structures and Sequences
10. Learning Spatiotemporal Patterns
Part II: Neural Networks and Expert
Systems 11. Expert Systems 12. Casual
Learning and Modeling 13. Validation
and Verification 14. Rule Generation
from Neural Networks 15. Learning
Grammars Part III: Case Studies 16.
Genetic Pattern Recognition 17. Drug
Discovery 18. Flow Cytomet-ric Analysis
of Leukemia Index
NEURAL NETWORK
FUNDAMENTALS WITH GRAPHS,
ALGORITHMS & APPLICATIONS
by N. K. Bose; Penn State University
1998 / 478 pages
ISBN : 9780074635292
ROBOTICS
INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS
by S. K. Saha, Professor, Department of
Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute
of Technology, Delhi
2008 / 400 pages
ISBN : 9780070669000
Saha: Robotics is an up-to-date,
comprehensive book that presents a
detailed exposition of the concepts
using a simple and student friendly
approach. The illustrations, case studies
and exercises make this book a unique
offering that is a must have for both
students and teachers alike.
FEATURES
• Unique chapter on Recursive Robot
Dynamics introduces methodology
for automatic generation of dynamic
algorithms.
• Comprehensive coverage on Drive
Systems, Robot control, and Robot
applications.
• Case Studies - discusses several
robot systems with execution
guidelines
• Recursive Inverse Dynamics for
Industrial Manipulator (RIDIM) and
MATLAB based exercises.
PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• 100 Solved examples
• 141 Chapter-end problems
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Serial Robots 3.
Actuators 4. Sensors 5. Transformations
6. Kinematics 7. Statics 8. Dynamics 9.
Recursive Robot Dynamic 10. Control
11. Motion Planning 12. Computers for
Robots / Appendix A: Mathematical
Fundamentals / Appendix B: Use of
MATLAB and ridim / Appendix C:
Student Projects: Case Studies
ROBOTICS AND CONTROL
by R. K. Mittal, BITS Pilani &
I.J. Nagrath, BITS Pilani
2002 / 492 pages
ISBN : 9780070482937
ROBOTICS TECHNOLOGY AND
FLEXIBLE AUTOMATION
2nd Edition
by S. R. Deb & Sankha Deb
2009
ISBN : 9780070077911
The authors, who have over four
decades of experience in the industry
and academia, have enhanced the
coverage of the work by
comprehensively adding the latest
developments in the field. New topics
include robot dynamics, drives, actuator
systems, mechatr
CONTENTS
1. Robotics: History, Present Status
and Future Trends 2. Robot Kinematics
and Dynamics 3. Robot Drives,
Actuators and Control 4. Robot End-
Effectors 5. Sensors and Intelligent
Robots 6. Robot Languages and
Programming 7. Mechatronics and
Computer Interfacing 8. Flexible
Automation Technology 9. Quantitative
Techniques for Economic Performance
10. Applications of Robots
ROBOTICS:
CONTROL, SENSING, VISION,
AND INTELLIGENCE
by K S Fu, School of Electrical
Engineering, Purdue University; R C
Gonzalez, Department of Electrical
Engineering, University of Tennessee; C
S G Lee, School of Electrical
Engineering, Purdue University
2008 / 594 pages
ISBN : 9780070265103
This book is intended for the
undergraduate students of Mechanical,
Production and Industrial Engineering,
Scientists and practicing engineers. It
provides a comprehensive, wellorganized,
and up-to-date account of
basic principles underlying the design,
analysis and synthesis of robotic
systems.
NEURAL NETWORKS / FUZZY LOGIC • ROBOTICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 39
FEATURES
• Presents analytical techniques and
fundamental principles of robotics in
a unified and coherent manner
• Numerous examples are worked out
in the text to illustrate the
discussion, and exercises of various
types and complexity are included at
the end of each chapter
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Robot Arms
Kinematics 3. Robot Arm Dynamics 4.
Planning of Manipulator Trajectories 5.
Robot Arm Control 6. Sensing 7. Lower-
Level Vision 8. Higher Level Vision 9.
Robot Programming Languages 10.
Robot Intelligence and Task Planning /
Appendixes
INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS:
TECHNOLOGY, PROGRAMMING
AND APPLICATIONS
by Mikell P Groover, Department of
Industrial Engineering, Lehigh
University; Mitchell Weiss
ProgramMation Inc.; Roger N Nagel,
Department of Computer Science and
Electrical Engineering, Lehigh
University; Nicholas G Odrey,
Department of Industrial Engineering,
Lehigh University
2008 / 560 pages
ISBN : 9780070265097
This book is intended for the
undergraduate students of Mechanical,
Industrial, Production and Electrical
Engineering. It is a book on the
technology, programming, and
applications of industrial robots that
should serve the student of robotics
making the transition from the
classroom and laboratory environment
of academia into the applied and
practical world of industry.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage on Robot
Technology, Robot Programming,
Applications, Machine Vision,
Artificial Intelligence, and related
social considerations
• Example problems, case studies
and end-of-chapter exercises serve
to reinforce important concepts
CONTENTS
Part 1 Fundamentals of Robotics
1. Introduction 2. Fundamentals of
Robot Technology, Programming, and
Applications Part 2 Robot Technology:
The Robot and its Peripherals 3.
Control Systems and Components 4.
Robot Motion Analysis and Control 5.
Robot End Effectors 6. Sensors in
Robotics 7. Machine Vision Part 3
Robot Programming and Languages
8. Robot Programming 9. Robot
Language 10. Artificial Intelligence Part
4 Applications Engineering for
Manufacturing 11. Robot Cell Design
and Control 12. Economic Analysis of
Robotics Part 5 Robot Applications in
Manufacturing 13. Material Transfer
and Machine Loading/Unloading 14.
Processing Operations 15. Assembly
and Inspection Part 6 Implementation
Principles and Issues 16. An Approach
for Implementing Robotics 17. Safety,
Training, Maintenance, and Quality Part
7 Social and Labor Issues 18. Social
and Labor Issues 19. Robotics
Technology for future 20. Future
Applications
International Edition
MACHINE VISION
by Ramesh C. Jain, University of
California-San Diego; Rangacher
Kasturi, Penn State University; Brian G.
Schunck, University of Michigan
1995 / 549 pages
ISBN : 9780071134071
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Binary Image
Processing 3. Regions 4. Image
Filtering 5. Edge Detection 6. Contours
7. Texture 8. Optics 9. Shading 10.
Color 11. Depth 12. Calibration 13.
Surfaces 14. Volumetric Representations
15. Motion 16. Object
Recognition Computer Engineering:
Advanced
ROBOTICS
40 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
MEASUREMENTS AND
INSTRUMENTATION
ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION
3rd Edition
by H. S. Kalsi Senior Lecturer, St.
Xavier’s Technical Institute, Mumbai
2010 / 824 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702066
The text provides essential
understanding on the working principles,
operation and limitations of the
electronic instruments. Compact and
accurate theory is given to explain basic
principles which facilitate easy
understanding of concepts Important
topics like Maxwell Wien Bridge,
Anderson Bridge, Owen Bridge,
Telemetry and Rotational Variable
Differential Transducers (RVDT) are
included in this revised edition for
enhanced coverage. Sufficient number
of solved examples, review questions
and objective type questions are given
in the book for student’s reference.
SALIENT FEATURES
• Inclusion of new topics such as
Telemetry, Electric and Voltage
Standards and Rotational Variable
Differential Transducers (RVDT).
• Expanded coverage of Bridges
which now includes Maxwell Wien
Bridge, Anderson Bridge, Carey
Foster Bridge, De- Sauty Bridge and
Owen Bridge
• Provides essential understanding of
working principles, operation and
limitations for electronic instruments
• In depth treatment of important
topics including Oscilloscopes,
Signal Generators, Bridges and
Transducers
• Separate chapters on Digital Filters
and Digital Instruments for up to
date coverage.
• More than 1100 solved and
unsolved problems
CONTENTS
1. Qualities of Measurement 2.
Indicators and Display Devices 3.
Ammeters 4. Voltmeters and
Multimeters 5. Digital Voltmeters 6.
Digital Instruments 7. Oscilloscope 8.
Signal Generators 9. Wave Analyzers
and Harmonic Distortion 10. Measuring
Instruments 11. Bridges 12. Recorders
13. Transducers 14. Signal
Conditioning 15. Filters 16.
Measurement Set Up 17. Data
Acquisition and Conversion 18. Data
Transmission 19. Frequency Standards
20. Measurement of Power 21. Control
Systems
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS:
APPLICATION AND DESIGN
6th Edition
(SPECIAL INDIAN EDITION)
by Ernest O Doebelin,Ohio State
University, Columbus; Dhanesh N
Manik, Dept of Mechanical Engineering,
IIT Bombay
2010 / 824 Pages
ISBN : 9780070699687
Starting with the basic principles,
applying them to sensors for physical
variables, and completing the
measurement chain with signal
conditioning and data acquisition/
processing hardware and software, this
book treats Measurement Science and
Technology as an important field in its
own right. Descriptive material is
supported with detailed analysis and
design information.
Measurement techniques related to
Micro and Nano technologies are also
discussed reflecting the growing
importance of these technologies.
CONTENTS
Part-I: General Concepts 1. Types of
Applications of Measurement
Instrumentation 2. Generalized
Configurations and Functional
Descriptions of Measuring Instruments
3. Generalized Performance
Characteristics of Instruments Part-II:
Measuring Devices 4. Motion and
Dimensional Measurment 5. Force,
Torque and Shaft Power Measurment
7. Flow Measurement 8. Temperature
and Heat-Flux Measurement Part-III:
Mainpulating, Transmissiion, and
Recording of Data 9. Manipulating,
Computing, and Compensating
Devices 10. Data Transmission and
Instrument Connectivity 11. Voltage-
Indicating and Recording Devices 12.
Measurement Systems Applied to
Micro-and Nanotechnology
INSTRUMENTATION : DEVICES
AND SYSTEMS, 2nd Edition
by Rangan, HAL Bangalore
2001 / 564 Pages
ISBN : 9780074633502
1.Basic Concepts of Measurements
2. Transducer Classification 3.
Performance Characteristics of an
Instrumentation System 4.
Displacement 5. Strain 6. Vibration 7.
Pressure 8. Flow 9. Temperature 10.
Force and Torque 11. Instrumentation
Amplifiers 12. Signal Generation and
Processing 13. Filtering and Signal
Analysis 14. Data Acquisition and
Conversion 15. Digital Signal
Transmission and Processing 16.
Microprocessors 17. Microcontrollers
and PC Based Data Acquisition
Systems 18. Input Output Devices and
Displays 19. General Purpose
Electronic Text Equipment
DIGITAL INSTRUMENTATION
by Bouwens, Philips Corporation,
Holland
2001 / 444 Pages
ISBN : 9780074630488
CONTENTS
Part 1: 1. Basic Binary theory and logic
circuits 2. Numbers and systems 3.
Combinational Logic.Bistable elements
4. Counters, scales and shift registers 5.
Circuitry of Logic elements 6. Interfaces
and converters Part 2: 7. Digital
counters and timers 8. Basic counter
circuitry 9. Modes of Operation 10. Plugin-
units and special functions. ccuracy
MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 41
Part 3: 11. Digitalvolt-meters and
multimeters 12. Operational Amplifier
13. Analog-to-digital converter (ADC) 14
Aultomation in accuracy of digital
voltmeters 15. Guarding Techniques 16.
AC and RMS Measurements
INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL, 3rd Edition
by S. K. Singh, Head, Maintenance
Service Group (Electrical) and
Telecommunication, Tata Steel Limited,
Jamshedpur
2008 / 820 Pages
ISBN : 9780070262225
The third edition of the book on
Industrial Instrumentation and Control is
thoroughly revised and reorganized to
address the changed curriculum and
present needs of students and
practicing engineers in the field of
instrumentation and control. It now
offers a comprehensive coverage of
instrumentation and its practical
implementation with an excellent
balance of theoretical concepts and
engineering practice.
FEATURES
• Lucid language covering all aspects
of instrumentation and control.
• Extensive coverage of Electronic
Measurements and Automatic
Process Control Systems for
industrial processes
• New chapters on Power and Energy
Measurements, Sensors and
Transducers, and Application of
Control Systems
• Detailed discussion on various
communication systems used in
instrumentation technology
• Incorporates computer-aided
measurement and control covering
topics on microprocessor-based
control such as programmable logic
controllers (PLCs) and distributed
digital control (DDC) systems.
• Orientation tables help readers
select right instruments for specific
application
• Large number of case studies to
facilitate understanding of industrial
processes
RICH PEDAGOGY
• Solved examples
• 218 Short answers questions
• 196 Multiple Choices questions
• 218 True and false problems
• 173 Fill in the blanks problems
CONTENTS
Part I: Measurement Concepts 1. Basic
Concepts and Qualities of Measurement
Part II: Electrical and Electronic
Measurements 2. Units and Standards
of Measurement 3. Electrical Measuring
Instruments 4. Power and Energy
Measurements 5. Magnetic
Measurement Part III: Process
Parameter Measurements 6. Electronic
Measurement 7. Displacement Force,
Torque and Speed Measurement 8.
Dimension Measurement 9. Density,
Viscosity and Ph Measurements 10.
Level Measurement 11. Flow
Measurement 12. Pressure
Measurement 13. Temperature
Measurement Part IV: Automatic
Control Systems 14. Automatic Process
Control Systems and Controllers Part V:
Computer-Aided Tranducers 15.
Sensors and Tranducers 16.
Transmitters, Telemetry Systems and
Recorders 17. Computer-Aided
Measurement and Control Systems Part
VI: Instrument Selection and
commissioning 18. Programmable
Logic Controllers 19. Distributed Control
System 20. Application of Control
Systems
Principles of Industrial
Instrumentation, 3rd Edition
by D Patranabis, Emeritus Professor,
Department of Applied Electronics and
Instrumentation Engineering, Heritage
Institute of Technology, Kolkata, West
Bengal
2010 / 624 Pages
ISBN : 9780070699717
The book aims to provide a basic text
on Industrial Instrumentation by
combining the study of practical aspects
with the theory underlying it. Keeping
this aspect in mind, the topics have
been discussed in a crisp and concise
manner with coherent and systematic
representation of theory with examples
and well drawn figures. This edition has
been thoroughly revised and upgraded
so that the subject matter remains in
conformity as encountered in practice.
FEATURES
1. Comprehensive coverage of
Industrial Instrumentation.
2. Two New Chapters on
a. Hazards and Safety
b. Metrology
3. Inclusion of important topics like
Virtual Instrumentation, Wireless I/
O, Flow Switches, Boiler Drum
Measurement, Clark Oxygen
Analysis
4. Pedagogy:
Total 244 Problems
a. Solved Examples: 43
b. Review Questions: 201
CONTENTS
1. Characteristics of Measurement
System 2. Displacement, Force,
Velocity, Acceleration and Torque 3.
Metrology 4. Pressure Measurement 5.
Temperature Measurement 6. Flow
Measurement 7. Level Measurement 8.
Instrument for Analysis 9. Digital
Transducers and Related Topics 10.
Telemetry 11. Display, Recording,
Alarm 12. Power Plant Instruments 13.
Hazards and Safety”
INSTRUMENTATION,
MEASUREMENTS AND ANALYSIS
3rd Edition
by B. C. Nakra, Institute of Technology
and Manangement, Gurgaon; K. K.
Chaudhry, Institute of Technology and
Manangement, Gurgaon
2009 / 664 Pages
ISBN : 9780070151277
This textbook on Instrumentation
encompasses the three main features,
viz instrumentation principles,
measurement techniques, and data
analysis presented in a form that is lucid
and easily comprehensible to all.
MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
42 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
FEATURES
• Addition of a new chapter on “
Electrical Measurements “ covering
measurement of resistances,
inductance , capacitance, voltage,
current, power , energy , magnetic
flux measurements, wave form
generation and measurement,
frequency and phase
measurements.
• Further, addition have been made to
the existing chapters by covering
emerging topics like virtual
instruments and dimensional
measurements for metrological
applications including surface
roughness, size, area measurement
and principle and working of slip
gages, pneumatic and optical gages
etc.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Instruments and Their
Representation. 2. Static Performance
Characteristics of Instruments. 3.
Dynamic Characteristics of Instruments.
4. Transducer Elements. 5.
Intermediate Elements. 6. Indicating,
Recording and Display Elements. 7.
Dimensional measurement and its
application to vibration measurement. 8.
Force Measurement. 9. Torque and
Power measurement. 10. Pressure
Measurement. 11. Temperature
Measurement. 12. Flow Measurement.
13. Acoustic Measurement. 14. Signal
and Systems Analysis. 15. Condition
Monitoring and Signature Analysis
Applications. 16. Motion measurement
and its applications to vibration
measurement. 17. Miscellaneous
Instruments in Industrial, Biomedical and
Environmental Applications. 18. Recent
Developments in Instrumentation and
Measurements. 19. Control Engineering
Applications. 20. Dimensional
Measurement 21. Basic Statistical
Concepts. 22. Electrical Measurements
23. Normal Distribution. 24. Graphical
Representation and Curve Fitting of
Data.
EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
FOR ENGINEERS
7th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by J. P. Holman, Southern Methodist
University
2007 / 684 Pages
ISBN : 9780070647763
This market leader offers the broadest
range of experimental measurement
techniques available for mechanical and
general engineering applications.
Offering clear descriptions of the
general behavior of different
measurement techniques, such as
pressure, flow, and temperature, the text
emphasizes the use of uncertainty
analysis and statistical data analysis in
estimating the accuracy of
measurements.
NEW TO THIS EDITION INCLUDES
• A new chapter, “Design of
Experiments,” integrates the
discussions of the text to offer an
overall protocol for experiment
design. Instead of focusing on
“statistical design,” the author
presents a more general and
comprehensive consideration of
time restraints and presentation
requirements. The chapter contains
check list tables for a design
“protocol” as well as five diverse
case study examples to illustrate the
use of protocol—with examples
ranging from convection coefficient
determination to a “legal fire.”
• 10% more problems.
• Updated and expanded treatment of
data analysis and report writing
details methods for displaying
graphics, and use of trendlines and
correlations.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Basic Concepts
3. Analysis of Experimental Data
4. Basic Electrical Measurements and
Sensing Devices 5. Displacement and
Area Measurements 6. Pressure
Measure-ment 7. Flow Measurement
8. The Measure-ment of Temperature
9. Thermal and Transport-Property
Measurements 10. Force, Troque, and
Strain Measurements 11. Motion and
Vibration Measurement 12. Thermal
and Nuclear-Radiation Measurements
13. Air-Pollution Sampling and
Measurement 14. Data Acquisition and
Processing 15. Report Writing and
Presentation 16.Design of Experiments
INTRODUCTION TO
MECHATRONICS AND
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by David G. Alciatore, Dept of
Mechanical Engineering, Colorado State
University; Histand, Michael B. Dept of
Mechanical Engineering, Colorado State
University
2007 / 535 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648142
The Text provides comprehensive and
accessible coverage of the evolving field
of mechatronics for mechanical
engineering students. Concise review of
the electrical circuits, solid state
devices, digital circuits and motors helps
students to understand the
fundamentals of a mechatronic system.
FEATURES
• Integrates design examples and
problems throughout the text.
• The text’s focus on measurement
systems, circuits and electronics,
interfacing sensors and actuators,
along with analysis and synthesis of
mechatronic systems, provides a
thorough cross-disciplinary and realworld
overview of Mechatro-nics.
• Content coverage of important
subjects like MEMS, cutting edge
sensors technology, and micromechanics.
PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• Solved Examples: 35
• Practice Problems : 235
• Class Discussion Items (CDIs) : 97
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Mechatronics and
Measurement Systems 2. Electric
Circuits and Components 3.
Semiconductor Electronics 4. System
MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 43
Response 5. Analog Signal Processing
Using Operational Amplifiers 6. Digital
Circuits and Systems 7. Microcontroller
Programming and Interfacing 8. Data
Acquisition 9. Sensors 10. Actuators 11.
Mechatronic Systems-Control
Architectures and Case Studies
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO
MECHATRONICS AND
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
4th Edition
By David G Alciatore, Colorado State
University
2011 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780071086042 [IE]
INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS
AND MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
provides comprehensive and accessible
coverage of the evolving field of
mechatronics for mechanical, electrical
and aerospace engineering majors. The
author presents a concise review of
electrical circuits, solid-state devices,
digital circuits, and motors- all of which
are fundamental to understanding
mechatronic systems. Mechatronics
design considerations are presented
throughout the text, and in “Design
Example” features. The text’s numerous
illustrations, examples, class discussion
items, and chapter questions &
exercises provide an opportunity to
understand and apply mechatronics
concepts to actual problems
encountered in engineering practice.
This text has been tested over several
years to ensure accuracy.
New to this edition
Coverage of New Measurement
Technologies including rapidly changing
subjects like MEMS, cutting edge
sensor technology, and micromachines
are represented in this edition.
FEATURES
• Design Examples are featured
throughout the text. Unlike some
reference books, the text helps
students learn the material in
context
• Broad Coverage of Mechatronics
The text provides an overview of
measurement systems, circuits,
interfacing, sensors, actuators and
design analysis and synthesis of
mechatronic systems
• Very Thorough Instructor Support
Materials are available on the
website including a typical course
outline and laboratory syllabus,
MathCAD files for examples from
the book, Class Discussion Item
hints, links to mechatronics
resources, and other supplemental
material
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Electric Circuits and
Components 3. Semiconductor
Electronics 4. System Response 5.
Analog Signal Processing Using
Operational Amplifiers 6. Digital Circuits
7. Microcontroller Programming and
Interfacing 8. Data Acquisition 9.
Sensors 10. Actuators 11. Mechatronic
Systems-Control Architectures and
Case Studies / Appendixes A
Measurement Fundamentals / B
Physical Principles / C Mechanics of
Materials
METROLOGY
AND MEASUREMENTS
by Anand Bewoor, Assistant Professor,
Department of Mechanical Engineering,
VIIT, Pune;
Vinay Kulkarni A, Lecturer, Department
of Production
Engineering, D Y Patil College of
Engineering, Pune
2009 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780070140004
The objective of this text is to provide an
integrated presentation of dimensional
and mechanical measurement. This
book has been developed in recognition
of the interdisciplinary nature of
engineering practice.
FEATURES
• Integrated presentation of
dimensional and mechanical
measurement Linear, angular,
machine tool and geometrical shape
metrology along with interferometry
techniques and various types of
comparators are explained
thoroughly
• Concepts of limits, fits and
tolerances and measurement of
surface finish are illustrated in detail.
• Miscellaneous measurement and
recent advancements in the field of
metrology are discussed widely.
• In SI units
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Metrology 2.
Measurement Standards 3. Linear
Metrology 4. Straightness, Flatness,
Squareness, Parallelism, Roundness,
and Cylindricity Measurements 5.
Metrology of Machine Tools 6. Limits,
Fits and Tolerances 7. Angular
Metrology 8. Interferometry 9.
Comparator 10. Metrology of Surface
Finish 11. Metrology of Screw Threads
12. Metrology of Gears 13.
Miscellaneous Measurements 14. Study
of Advanced Measuring Machines 15.
Introduction to Measurement System
16. Intermediate Modifying and
Terminating Device 17. Force and
Torque Measurement 18. Vibration
Measurements 19. Pressure
Measurement 20. Temperature
Measurement 21. Strain Measurement
22. Flow Measurement
MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
44 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION
USING LABVIEW:
PRINCIPLES & PRACTICES OF
GRAPHICAL PROGRAMMING
2nd Edition
by Sanjay Gupta, Chief Scientific
Officer & Former Head, Advanced
Centre for Materials Science, IIT
Kanpur, Joseph John, Professor,
Electrical Engineering, IIT Kanpur
2010 / 228 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700284
Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW
is a pioneer text in the field of Virtual
Instrumentation and also as a text on
LabVIEW 2009. This book serves the
academic community as a literature and
form of instruction on VI, and as a
practical text for practising
technologists. As stalwarts in the field of
education, the authors have also taken
care to draw a parallel between
programming in LabVIEW and in
conventional languages. It is thus useful
for both the beginner and the
professional program developer. The
book will also help clear all myths about
State Machines and Data Acquisitions.
SALIENT FEATURES
1. Excellent coverage on the most
recent version of LabVIEW, Version-
9
2. Brief background of version 7 and 8
enabling smooth transition for users
of earlier versions
3. Incorporation of Timed Loops in
Chapter on State Machines
4. Exhaustive coverage of Assistants
5. In accordance with LabVIEW 9,
Binary Files added and all variations
of file data types structured through
Polymorphism
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introduction to Virtual
Instrumentation Chapter 2: Basics of
LabVIEW 3. For & While Loops 4.
Other Structures 5. Arrays and Clusters
6. Graphs and Charts 7. State
Machines 8. File Input/Output 9. String
Handling 10. Basics of Data Acquisition
11. Data Acquisition with LabVIEW
DAQmx & DAQ VIs 12. Interfacing with
Assistants 13. Interfacing Instruments:
GPIB and RS232 14. Advanced Topics
in LabVIEW 15. Distributed Systems
16. The VI Lab 17. LabVIEW
Resources
ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS
AND INSTRUMENTATION
by Bernard Oliver, Hewlett-Packard,
John Cage, Hewlett-Packard
2008 / 744 Pages
ISBN : 9780070139381
CONTENTS
1. The Role of Measuring Instruments in
Civilization. 2. Sinusoidal Measurements
in Linear Systems. 3. Square Wave and
Pulse Testing. 4. Measurements of, with
and in the Presence of Noise. 5. Signal
Analysis Using Digital Techniques.
6. Frequency and Time Measurements.
7. DC Instrument Amplifiers. 8. Voltage
and Current Measurements. 9.
Impedance Measurement. 10. Audio
Frequency Signal Sources.
11.Oscilloscopes. 12.
Recorders. 13. Measurements to
Characterize Audio and Video
Amplifiers. 14. Radio Frequency
Measurements. 15. Microwave Signal
Sources. 16. Microwave Signal
Analysis. 17. Microwave Network
Analysis. 18. Automated Measurement
Systems.
TELEMETRY PRINCIPLES
by Patranabis, Jadhavpur University
1999 / 496 pages
ISBN : 9780074637951
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Signals and
Transmission Basics 3. Symbols and
Codes 4. Frequency Division
Multiplexed System 5. Time Division
Multiplexed System 6. Modems 7.
Transmitters and Receivers 8.
Transmission Lines 9. Antenna 10.
Wave propagation 11. Filters
12. Basics 13. Fibre Optical Telemetry
14. Related Topics
HANDBOOK OF ANALYTICAL
INSTRUMENTS, 2nd Edition
by R. C. Khandpur; Director General,
Pushpa Gujral Science City, Punjab
2006
ISBN : 9780070604605
Professional Book
CONTENTS
1. Basic Components of Analytical
Instruments 2. Computers and
Analytical Instruments 3. Colorimeters
and Spectrophotometers (Visible-
Ultraviolet) 4. Infrared Spectrophotometers
5. Flame Photometers 6.
Atomic Absorption Spectro-photometers
7. Fluorimeters and Phosphorimeters 8.
Raman Spectro-meter 9. Photoacoustic
and Photo-thermal Spectrometers 10.
Mass Spectrometers 11. Nuclear
Magnetic Resonance Spectrometer 12.
Electron Spin Resonance
Spectrometers 13. Electron and Ion
Spectroscopy 14. Radiochemical
Instruments 15. X-ray Spectrometers
16. Automated Bioc-hemical Analysis
Systems 17. Gas Chromatographs 18.
Liquid Chromato-graphs 19. Thermo-
Analytical Methods 20. Electrophoresis
Apparatus and Densitometers 21.
Electrochemical Instruments 22. pH
Meters 23. Blood Gas Analysers 24.
Industrial Gas Analysers 25.
Environmental Pollution Monitoring
Instruments
HANDBOOK OF BIOMEDICAL
INSTRUMENTATION, 2nd Edition
by R S Khandpur, Director General,
Pushpa Gujral Science City, Panjab
2003 / 928 Pages
ISBN : 9780070473553
Professional Book
CONTENTS
Part I: Measuring, Recording and
Monitoring Systems: 1. Fundamentals
of Medical Instrumentation. 2.
Bioelectric signals and Electrodes. 3.
Physiological Transducers. 4. Recording
Systems. 5. Biomedical Recorders. 6.
MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 45
Patient Monitoring Systems. 7.
Arrhythmia and Ambulatory Monitoring
Systems. 8. Foetal Monitoring
Instruments. 9. Biomedical Telemetry &
Telemedicine. 10. Oximeters. 11. Blood
Flowmeters. 12. Cardiac Out
Measurement. 13. Pulmunary Function
Analysers. 14. Clinical Laboratory
Instruments. 15. Blood Gas Analyzer.
16. Blood Cell Counters. 17.
Audiometers and Hearing Aids. 18.
Patient Safety. Part II: Modern Imaging
Systems: 19. X-ray Machines and
Digital Radiography. 20. X-ray
Computed Tomography. 21. Nuclear
Medical Imaging Systems. 22. Magnetic
Resonance Imaging Systems. 23.
Ultrasonic Imaging Systems. 24.
Thermal Imaging Systems. Part III:
Therapeutic Equipment: 25. Cardiac
Pacemakers. 26. Cardiac Defibrillators.
27. Instruments for Surgery. 28. Laser
Applications in Biomedical Field. 29.
Physiotherapy and Electrotherapy
Equipment. 30. Haemo-dialysis
Machine. 31. Lithotriptors. 32.
Anaesthesia Machine. 33. Ventilators.
34. Radiotherapy Equipment. 35.
Automated Drug Delivery Systems.
ELECTRONIC MATERIALS
ELECTRONIC MATERIALS AND
DEVICES, (SIE)
3rd Editon
by S.O. Kasap, Professor, Electrical
Engineering Department University of
Saskatchewan, Canada
2007 / 881 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648203
Designed for the first course on
Electronic Materials for Electronics and
Electrical Engineering students at the
undergraduate level, this text has broad
coverage of properties of electronic
materials that today’s engineers need.
Numerous worked examples, practice
problems, illustrations and photo-graphs
make this a very student friendly book.
In addition to this the book meets the
requirements of general solid state
physics and devices & basic Electronics
course.
FEATURES
• Emphasis on Physical ideas:
Principles have been developed with
emphasis on physical ideas.
Involves minimum mathematics
making this a student friendly book.
• Appendices on two important topics
given : Bragg’s X Ray and Luminous
Flux (Brightness)
• Discussions on diffusion, conduction
in thin films, electro migration, Giant
Magneto Resistance (GMR),
magnetic data storage,
luminescence and white LEDs
present.
PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• Solved Examples: 170
• Practice Problems : 250
• Illustrations: 530
CONTENTS
1. Elementary Materials Science
Concepts 2. Electrical and Thermal
conduction in Solids 3. Elementary
Quantum Physics 4. Modern Theory of
Solids 5. Semiconductors 6.
Semiconductor Devices 7. Dielectric
Materials and Insulation 8. Magnetic
Properties and Superconductivity 9.
Optical Properties of Materials
Appendixes: Appendix A: Bragg’s
Diffraction Law and X-ray Diffraction
Appendix B: Flux, Luminous Flux, and
the Brightness of Radiation Appendix C:
Major Symbols and Abbreviations
Appendix D: Elements of Uranium
Appendix E: Constants and Useful
Information
ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING
MATERIALS AND DEVICES
by J Allison; University of Sheffield
1973 / 303 Pages
ISBN : 9780070992085
CONTENTS
1. The Quantum Behavior of the Waves
and Particles 2. The Electronic Structure
of Atoms 3. Collection of Particles in
Gases and Solids 4. Conduction in
Metals 5. Electrons in Solids-An
Introduction to Band Theory 6. Semiconductors
7. The Dielectric properties
of Insulators 8. Gaseous and Solid State
Plasmas 9. Junction Diodes 10.
Vaccum Electronic Devices 11. The
Bipolar Junction Transistor 12. Field-
Effect Devices 13. Integrated Circuits /
Index
ELECTRONIC
DEVICES / CIRCUITS
MILLMAN’S ELECTRONIC DEVICES
AND CIRCUITS,
3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Jacob Millman, Professor
ofElectrical Engineering, Columbia
University, Christos C. Halkias,
Associate Professor of Electrical
Engineering, Columbia University;
Satyabrata Jit, Associate Professor,
Dept. of Electronics Engineering,
Institute of Technology, Banaras Hindu
University, Varanasi
2010 / 776 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700215
Millman’s Electronic Devices & Circuits
is considered as one of the pioneer text
on the subject for more than four
decades. The text is suitable for the first
course on Electronic Devices and
Circuits for the electrical and electronic
engineering students. This revised
edition continues its tradition as a text to
provide comprehensive coverage of the
solid state drives & circuits. The basic
physical models for the operation of
electronic devices such as diodes, MOS
transistors, and bipolar junction
transistors are presented in detail.
Numerous solved examples and
practice questions are given in the book
for better understanding of concepts.
FEATURES
• Provides essential understanding of
the internal behavior and
characteristics of semiconductor
devices
• New topical inclusion on ‘AC Model
of Transistors,’ ‘DC & AC Equivalent
MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION • ELECTRONIC MATERIALS • ELECTRONIC DEVICES / CIRCUITS
46 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Circuits,’ and ‘Design Guidelines for
Self Bias Circuits.’
• Low and High Frequency Response
covered separately
• Application of Diodes presented in
separate chapter
• ‘Open Book Questions’ in each
chapter to invoke student’s interest
• Good pedagogy including solved
problems and practice questions
• Total Problems: 764
• Solved examples: 125
• Practice questions: 534
• Open book questions: 105
CONTENTS
1. Electron Ballistics and Applications
2. Energy Levels and Energy Bands 3.
Conduction in Metals 4. Conduction in
Semiconductors 5. Semiconductor-
Diode Characteristics 6. Applications of
Diode 7. Transistor Characteristics 8.
Transistor Biasing and Thermal
Stabilization 9. Small Signal Low-
Frequency Transistor Model 10. Low
Frequency Transistor Amplifier Circuits
11. The High Frequency Transistor 12.
Field Effect Transistors 13. Integrated
Circuits 14. Untuned Amplifiers 15.
Feedback Amplifiers and Oscillators
16. Large Signal Amplifiers 17.
Photoelectric Devices 18. Regulated
Power Supplies
ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND
CIRCUITS
2nd Edition
by S. Salivahanan, Principal, SSN
College of Engineering, Chennai; N
Suresh Kumar, Asst. Professor, Dept of
ECE, Mepco Schlenk Engg. College
2007 / 850 Pages
ISBN : 9780071329156
This book gives detailed description of
the operation and characteristics of
modern active and passive electronic
devices. Logical organization of the
chapters, simple language, wide variety
of problems with their step by step
solutions for every concept makes this
book a perfect offering on the subject.
FEATURES
• Chapters on Logic Families covering
DTL, TTL, CMOS, IIL and their
comparison.
• Detailed description of the operation
and characteristics of modern active
and passive electronic devices.
• Equal emphasis has been given to
the mathematical derivations as well
as their physical interpretations.
NEW CHAPTERS ON
• Midband Analysis of Small Signal
Amplifiers
• Multistage Amplifiers
• Frequency Response of Amplifiers
• Large Signal Amplifiers
• Tuned Amplifiers
• Rectifiers and Power Supplies
• Additional solved and unsolved
problems.
PEDAGOGY
• Solved Examples: 194
• Review Questions: 924
CONTENTS
1. Physical Properties of Elements
2. Passive Circuit Components
3. Electron Ballistics 4. Semiconductor
Diodes 5. Special Diodes 6. Bipolar
Junction Transistor 7. Field Effect
Transistor 8. Thyristors 9. Midband
Analysis of Small Signal Amplifiers 10.
Multistage Amplifiers 11. Frequency
Response of Amplifiers 12. Large Signal
Amplifiers 13. Tuned Amplifiers 14.
Feedback Amplifiers 15. Oscillators 16.
Wave Shaping and Multivibrator Circuits
17. Blocking Oscillators and Time Base
Generators 18. Rectifiers and Power
Supplies 19. Integrated Circuit
Fabrication 20. Operational Amplifiers
21. Transducers 22. Optoelectronic
Devices 23. Measuring Instruments 24.
Digital Circuits 25. Memories and
Microprocessors
FUNDAMENTALS OF
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
by M. A. Achuthan, Retired Professor,
Electrical Engineering Department
Indian Institute of Technology, Madras,
K. N. Bhat, Professor, Electrical
Engineering Department Indian Institute
of Technology, Madras
2006 / 1675 Pages
ISBN : 9780070612204
‘Fundamentals of Semiconductor
Devices’ is a comprehensively written
text which deals with both qualitative
and quantitative analysis of semiconductor
theory & devices. This book
is perfect for the first course on
‘Semiconductor Physics and Devices’ at
the UG level.
FEATURES
• Excellent coverage on the device
capacitance, AC and transient
analysis, equivalent circuits and the
high frequency performance of
these devices.
• Separate chapters on Analysis of
DC and AC Properties of Devices.
• Chapter 9(High Frequency Analysis
& Equivalent Circuits) has used the
concepts of complex lifetime &
complex stored charge which is
unique to this book.
• Large number of applicationoriented
solved as well as practice
problems are given.
PEDAGOGICAL FEATURES
• Solved problems-111
• Unsolved problems-163
CONTENTS
1. Qualitative Semiconductor Theory 2.
Quaitative Theory of PN Junction
Transistors 3. Quantitative Semiconductor
Theory 4. The PN Junction
under forward and reverse bias 5.
Bipolar Junction Transistors D.C. and
Low Frequency Properties Under
Idealized Conditions 6. Junction
Transition Capacitance and Junction
Breakdown Voltages 7. Photo Diodes,
Photo Transistors and PNPN Structures
Basic Principles 8. A.C. Properties of
Devices 9. High Frequency Analysis and
High Frequency Equivalent Circuits,
Using the Concepts of Complex Lifetime
ELECTRONIC DEVICES / CIRCUITS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 47
and Complex Stored Charge 10. Metal
Semiconductor Contacts, Metal
Semiconductor and Junction Field
Effect Transistors 11. Metal Oxide
Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor
(MOSFET) 12. Basic Prin-ciples of
Device Fabrication 13. Miscellaneous
Devices and Effects 14. L o w
Frequency Small Signal Analysis of
Transistor Circuits
SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS AND
DEVICES (SIE), 4th Edition
By Donald Neamen, University of New
Mexico-Albuquerque
2011 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9780071070102
With its strong pedagogy, superior
readability, and thorough examination of
the physics of semiconductor material,
Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 4/
e provides a basis for understanding the
characteristics, operation, and
limitations of semiconductor devices.
Neamen’s Semiconductor Physics and
Devices deals with the electrical
properties and characteristics of
semiconductor materials and devices.
The goal of this book is to bring together
quantum mechanics, the quantum
theory of solids, semiconductor material
physics, and semiconductor device
physics in a clear and understandable
way.
New to this edition
• Revised Organization MOS
transistor coverage is now before
bipolar transistors, updates have
been made to the coverage of MOS
transistors in Chapter 10 and 11 and
light-emitting diodes and solar cells
in Chapter 14. Text additions include
coverage of microwave devices in
Chapter 15, as well as a new
appendix on effective mass
concepts.
• Enhanced Learning System
Additional “Test Your Understanding
Exercises” have been added,
exercises are added after each
example, and learning objectives
are included before each example
as well. A preview section opens
each chapter and links the current
chapter’s goals to those of earlier
material.
• New Problems The fourth edition
features approximately 40% new
problems.
CONTENTS
Part I Semiconductor Material
Properties 1. The Crystal Structure of
Solids 2. Introduction to Quantum
Mechanics 3. Introduction to the
Quantum Theory of Solids 4. The
Semiconductor in Equilibrium 5. Carrier
Transport Phenomena 6.
Nonequilibrium Excess Carriers in
Semiconductors Part II Fundamental
Semiconductor Devices 7. The pn
Junction 8. The pn Junction Diode 9.
Metal-Semiconductor and
Semiconductor Heterojunctions 10.
Fundamentals of the Metal-Oxide-
Semiconductor Field-Effect Transistor
11. Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field-
Effect Transistor: Additional Concepts
12. The Bipolar Transistor 13. The
Junction Field-Effect Transistor
Part III Specialized Semiconductor
Devices 14. Optical Devices 15.
Semiconductor Microwave and Power
Devices / Appendix A: Selected List of
Symbols / Appendix B: System of
Units, Conversion Factors, and General
Constants / Appendix C: The Periodic
Table / Appendix D: Unit of Energy-The
Electron-Volt / Appendix E: “Derivation”
of Schrodinger’s Wave Equation /
Appendix F: Effective Mass Concepts /
Appendix G: The Error Function /
Appendix H: Answers to Selected
Problems
ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS: ANALYSIS
AND DESIGN
3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Donald A. Neamen, University of
New Mexico, Albuquerque
2006 / 1376 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634336
This junior level electronics text on
Electronic Circuits: Analysis and Design,
3e provides a foundation for analyzing
and designing analog and digital
electronic circuits. The third edition
continues the tradition of providing an
accessible approach to learning through
clear writing and practical pedagogy.
The text is fully updated and supported
with extensive in text learning and
assessment tools, including the author’s
trademark realistic examples.
FEATURES
• Detailed discussions of topics
related to Semiconductor Devices
and Applications, Analog Electronics
design and Digital Electronics
spread over 3 parts and 17
chapters.
• Each chapter has a design focus
supported by rich, realistic examples
and practical rules of thumb. A
design application is included in the
last section of each chapter.
Building of circuits for an electronic
thermometer has been taught over
the course of the book, with other
design examples.
• Includes numerous design
examples, a new Design Application
feature, problem solving technique
pointers, Test Your Understanding
questions at the end of every
section, and chapter summary
checkpoints to reinforce learning.
• PSPICE is integrated into the
examples and problems in the text
where appropriate.
CONTENTS
PART 1 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
AND BASIC APPLICATIONS 1.
Semiconductor Materials and Diodes 2.
Diode Circuits 3. The Field-Effect
Transistor 4. Basic FET Amplifiers 5.
The Bipolar Junction Transistor 6. Basic
BJT Amplifiers 7. Frequency Response
ELECTRONIC DEVICES / CIRCUITS
48 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
8. Output Stages and Power Amplifiers
PART 2 ANALOG ELECTRONICS 9.
Ideal Operational Amplifiers and Op-
Amp Circuits 10. Integrated Circuit
Biasing and Active Loads 11. Differential
and Multistage Amplifiers 12. Feedback
and Stability 13. Operational Amplifier
Circuits 14. Nonideal Effects in
Operational Amplifier Circuits 15.
Applications and Design of Integrated
Circuits PART 3 DIGITAL
ELECTRONICS 16. MOSFET Digital
Circuits 17. Bipolar Digital Circuits
Appendix A. Physical Constants and
Conversion Factors Introduction to
PSpice Selected Manufacturers’ Data
Sheets Standard Resistor and Capacitor
Values Reading List Answers to
Selected Problems
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
by Betty Lise Anderson, Ohio State
University and Richard L Anderson
2005 / 656 Pages
ISBN : 9780071241526
Fundamentals of Semiconductor
Devices provides a realistic and
practical treatment of modern
semiconductor devices. A solid
understanding of the physical processes
responsible for the electronic properties
of semiconductor materials and devices
is emphasized. With this emphasis, the
reader will appreciate the underlying
physics behind the equations derived
and their range of applicability.
FEATURES
• Extensive use of energy band
diagrams to explain (qualitatively)
device operation.
• The differences in electron and hole
mobilities (and diffusion coefficients)
for majority carriers and for minority
carriers are discussed. These
differences are important to
accurately predict the behavior of
minority carrier devices (BJTs) vs.
majority carrier devices (some
FETs).
• Emphasis on heterojunctions due to
their increased use in field effect
devices, bipolar devices, and
optoelectronic devices.
• SPICE is introduced for the
determination of device I-V
characteristics and for steady-state
and transient analysis of simple
circuits.
• Detailed, easy-to-follow examples
throughout. These examples go
beyond giving a feel for the
numerical value for the quantities
involved but, also, provide an
improved understanding of a
physical mechanism under
consideration.
• Electrical parameters of MOSFETS
and BJTS are compared in order to
solidify the “big picture” and to aid in
making critical design decisions. •
Solid pedagogy in the form of
illustrations, summaries, review
questions, reading lists, and more.
CONTENTS
Part 1 Electronic Properties of
Materials: 1 Electron Energy and States
in Semiconductors. 2 Homogeneous
Semiconductors. 3 Current Flow in
Homogeneous Semiconductors. 4 Non-
Homogeneous Semiconductors. Part 2
Diodes: 5 Prototype pn Homojunctions.
6 Additional Considerations for Diodes.
Part 3 Field Effect Transistors: 7 The
MOSFET. 8 Additional Considerations
for FETs. Part 4 Bipolar Transistors: 9
Bipolar Junction Devices: Statics. 10
Time-Dependent Analysis of BJTs. Part
5 Optoelectronic Devices: 11
Optoelectronic Devices. Appendix A
Physical Constants. Appendix B List of
Symbols. Appendix C Fabrication.
Appendix D Density of States Function,
Density of States Effective Mass,
Conductivity Effective Mass. Appendix E
Useful Integrals. Appendix F Useful
Equations. Appendix G: List of
Suggested Readings
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
MODELING WITH SPICE
2nd Edition
By Giuseppe Massobrio & Paolo
Antognetti
2010
ISBN : 9780071070515
With all the clarity and hands-on
practicality of the bestselling first edition,
this revised version explains the ins and
outs of SPICE, plus gives new data on
modeling advanced devices such as
MESFETs, ISFETs, and thyristors. And
because it’s the only book that
describes the models themselves, it
helps readers gain maximum value from
SPICE, rather than just telling them how
to run the program. This guide is also
distinctive in covering both MOS and
FET models. Step by step, it takes the
reader through the modeling process,
providing complete information on a
variety of semiconductor devices for
designing specific circuit applications.
These include: Pn junction and Schottky
diodes; bipolar junction transistor (BJT);
junction field effect transistor (JFET);
metal oxide semiconductor transistor
(MOST); metal semiconductor field
effect transistor (MESFET); ion sensitive
field effect transistor (ISFET);
semiconductor controlled rectifier (SCRthyristor).
CONTENTS
1. PN Junction Diode and Schottky
Diode 2. Bipolar Junction Transistor
(BJT) 3. Junction Field-Effect Transistor
(JFET) 4. Metal Oxide-Semiconductor
Transistor (MOST) 5. BJT Parameter
Measurements 6. MOST Parameter
Measurements 7. Notes and Distortion
8. The SPICE Program 9. Metal-
Semiconductor Field-Effect Transistor,
Ion-Sensitive Field-Effect Transistor and
Semiconductor-Controlled Rectifier /
Appendix A. PN Junction / Appendix B.
MOS Junction / Appendix C. MS
Junction
ELECTRONIC DEVICES / CIRCUITS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 49
ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS:
DISCRETE & INTEGRATED
3rd Edition
by Schilling, City College of Newyork
2002 / 960 Pages
ISBN : 9780070528987
CONTENTS
Preface 1. Diode-Circuit Analysis
2. Introduction to Transistor Circuits
3. The Field-Effect Transistor 4. Bias
Stability 5. Audio-Frequency Linear
Power Amplifiers 6. Small-Signal Low
Frequency Analysis and Design 7.
Multiple-Transistor Circuits 8.
Applications of Operational Amplifiers 9.
Frequency and Switching Speed
Limitations 10. Feedback, Frequency
Compensation of OP-AMPS and
Oscillators 11. Logic Functions and
Boolean Algebra 12. Logic Gates 13.
Flip-Flops 14. Register, Counters and
Arithmetic Circuits 15. Sample-hold
Circuits, Digital to Analog and Analog to
digital converters and
Timing Circuits 16. VLSI: Circuit
Fabrication and Its Effect on
Performance, Density and Cost 17.
ASIC Design Methodologies and
System Design Considerations 18.
Computer-Aided Design Software for
VLSI Design Appendixes: Appendix A:
Appendix B: Appendix C: Inde
PULSE, DIGITAL AND
SWITCHING WAVEFORMS
3rd Edition
By Jacob Millman, Professor of
Electrical Engineering, Columbia
University; Herbert Taub, Professor of
Electrical Engineering, City College of
New York; Suryaprakash Rao Mothiki,
Professor, Department of Electronics &
Communication Engineering, Chaitanya
Engineering College, Vishakhapatnam,
Andhra Pradesh
2011 / 680 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072724
Known as one of the premier text on this
subject for over four decades, Millman’s
Pulse & Digital Circuits offers the wideranging
concepts of design & analysis of
pulse generation and waveform shaping
circuits in a simple and reader friendly
manner. It offers comprehensive
discussion on Important topics like
Linear and Non Linear Wave shaping
Circuits, Multivibrators, Time Base
Generators and Switching
Characteristics of Devices. This revised
edition includes discussion on Logic
Gate Families for up to date coverage.
Plenty of solved examples, review
questions, numerical problems and
open book exam questions are
interspersed throughout the text to
provide a clear understanding of the
concepts
FEATURES
• Provides Detailed analysis of the
building blocks of Pulse and Digital
Circuits
• Comprehensive discussion on
Wave Shaping Circuits,
Multivibrators and Time Base
Generators
• Steady State and Transient
Characteristics of semiconductor
devices discussed with emphasis on
charge control method of analysis
• Excellent pedagogy with plenty of
solved examples, numerical
problems and review questions
CONTENTS
1. Review of Selected Topics in
Electronic Circuit Theory 2. Linear
Waveshaping, RC, RL, RLC Circuits 3.
Wide Band Amplifiers 4. Steady State
Switching Characteristics of Devices 5.
Clipping and Comparator Circuits 6.
Clamping and Switching Circuits 7.
Logic Circuits 8. Bistable Multivibrators
9. Monostable and Astable
Multivibrators 10. Negative Resistance
Devices 11. Negative Resistance
Switching Circuits 12. Voltage Time
Base Generators 13. Current Time Base
Generators 14. Pulse Transformers and
Blocking Oscillators 15. Sampling Gates
16. Counting and Timing 17.
Synchronization and Frequency Division
18. Transient Switching Characteristics
of Diodes and Transistors
PULSE AND DIGITAL CIRCUITS
by Suryaprakash Rao Mothiki,
Professor & Head, Electronics &
Communication Dept., Adam’s
Engineering College, Paloncha-AP
2006 / 600 Pages
ISBN : 9780070606562
This book on ‘Pulse & Digital Circuits’
offers the wide-ranging concepts of
design & analysis of pulse generation
and waveform shaping circuits in a
reader friendly manner.
FEATURES
• Presentation of fundamentals in a
lucid style with emphasis on
analysis and design of all pulse
circuits.
• Comprehensive treatment of the
topic on multivibrators employing
transistors, op-amps, IC 555 timer
and negative resistance devices in
separate chapters.
• Key points and formulae are given
at the end of each chapter for quick
review.
• Rich pedagogy: 102 solved
examples, 67 unsolved examples,
248 review questions, 216 short
answer type questions, 167 multiple
choice questions.
• Supplementary material: Power
Point Slides and Solutions Manual.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Pulse Waveforms
2. Linear Waveshaping Circuits 3. Nonlinear
Waveshaping Circuits 4.
Switching Characteristics of Devices 5.
Regenerative Feedback and
Multivibrators 6. Transistor Bistable
Multivibrator 7. Transistor Schmitt
Trigger Circuit 8. Transistor Monostable
and Astable Multivibrators 9. Voltage
Sweep Circuits 10. Current Sweep
Circuits 11. Synchronization and
Frequency Division 12. Sampling Gates
13. Blocking Oscillators 14. Network
Theorems, Transients, and Impedance
Matching 15. Review of RLC Circuits 16.
Basics of Operational Amplifier 17.
Digital Logic and Flip-flops 18. Review
of Semiconductor Diodes and
Transistors
ELECTRONIC DEVICES / CIRCUITS
50 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
ELECTRONICS DEMYSTIFIED:
A SELF-TEACHING GUIDE
by Gibilisco
2005 / 401 Pages
ISBN : 9780070603141
With Electronics Demystified, you
master the subject one simple step at a
time—at your own speed. This unique
self-teaching guide offers problems at
the end of each chapter and section to
pinpoint weaknesses, and a 70-question
final exam to reinforce the entire book. If
you want to build or refresh your
understanding of electronics, here‘s a
fast and entertaining self-teaching
course that‘s completely current. Get
ready to— Master electronics essentials
that can help you as an employee, a
hobbyist, or merely as a consumer
Discover the electrifying truth about
power transmission and power supplies
Uncover the purpose of the diodes,
transistors, amplifiers, and oscillators
that make your appliances work Really
ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND
CIRCUITS
by N. P. Deshpande, Assistant
Professor & Head, Electronics &
Telecommunication Department, PVG’s
College of Engineering & Technology,
Pune
2007 / 792 Pages
ISBN : 9780070617117
The book provides elementary
treatment on construction, functioning,
characteristics and applications of
semiconductor devices. The treatment
emphasizes on developing clear
understanding of the device
functionality.
FEATURES
• Lays emphasis on important
concepts like- Loading, regulation,
dependent and independent
sources, fundamental linear circuit
analysis laws and theorems.
• The theory is followed by
performance parameters which help
establish essential link between
theory and practice.
• The stress is on discussion of real
devices and behavior of practical
circuits.
• Solved problems are given w.r.t. real
components and practical devices.
PEDAGOGY
• 103 Examples
• 70 Unsolved Problems with Answers
• 340 Review Questions
• 48 Exercise Problems
CONTENTS
1. Essential Basics Chapter
2. Semiconductor Physics 3. Diodes
and Applications 4. Field Effect
Transistors and Applications 5. Bipolar
Junction Transistor and Applications 6.
Operational Amplifiers and Applications
7. Frequency Response 8. Feedback
and Oscillators 9. Linear Voltage
Regulators and Voltage References /
APPENDICES: 1. Physical Constants 2.
Resistors, Standard Values, Tolerance
And Resistor Series 3. Selection
Guidelines For Resistors 4. Capacitors,
Selection Guidelines And Applications 5.
Properties Of Commonly Used
Semiconductor Materials 6. Transistor
Data Sheets and Their Interpretation 7.
Common Mode Signals, Grounding,
Shielding 8. Introduction To Circuit
Simulation 9. Ieee Frequency Spectrum
MICROELECTRONICS
MILLMAN’S INTEGRATED
ELECTRONICS, 2nd Edition
by Jacob Millman (Late), Professor of
Electrical Engineering, Columbia
University USA; Christos C Halkias
Dean Emeritus, National Technical
University of Athens, Greece; Chetan
Parikh, Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of
Information and Communication
Technology, Gandhinagar, Gujarat
2009 / 884 Pages
ISBN: 9780070151420
This thoroughly revised and updated
edition of Millman’s Integrated
Electronics brings in state-of-the-art
information about electronic circuits and
technology. Enriched with new, up-to
date topical coverage and enhanced
pedagogy including circuit-simulation
problems, this classic book offers an
enlightening experience to the readers.
FEATURES
• Completely refreshed and up-todate
coverage on
• MOSFET Circuits and CMOS Digital
Circuits
• Integrated Circuits
• Bipolar Fabrication Technology
• Integrated Circuits as Analog
System Building Blocks
• Includes PSpice simulation
problems at the end of every
chapter
• Exhaustive pedagogy
• 242 Solved examples
• 574 Review questions
• 712 Exercise problems
• 170 Objective-type questions
CONTENTS
1. Energy Bands in Solids 2. Transport
Phenomena in Semiconductors 3.
Junction-Diode Characteristics 4. Diode
Circuits 5. Transistor Characteristics 6.
Digital Circuits 7. Integrated Circuits:
Fabrication and Characteristics 8. The
Transistor at Low Frequencies 9.
Transistor Biasing and Thermal
Stabilization 10. Field-Effect Transistors
11. The Transistor at High Frequencies
12. Multistage Amplifiers 13. Feedback
Amplifiers 14. Stability and Oscillators
15. Operational Amplifiers 16. Integrated
Circuits as Analog System Building
Blocks 17. Integrated Circuits as Digital
System Building Blocks 18. Power
Circuits and Systems 19.
Semiconductor-Device Physics 20.
Appendix A: Probable Values of General
Physical Constants 21. Appendix B:
Conversion Factors and Prefixes 22.
Appendix C: Problems
ELECTRONIC DEVICES / CIRCUITS • MICROELECTRONICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 51
MICROELECTRONICS:
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
by Sundaram Natarajan, Professor,
Dept. of Electrical & Computer
Engineering, Tennessee Technological
University, Cookeville
2006 / 800 Pages
ISBN : 9780070590960
Microelectronics is a branch of
electronics that deals with miniature
components and requires proper
understanding of the design concepts &
circuits. This book emphasizes on both
the design aspect and circuit analysis.
The text promises to its readers the
ability to design a system, component or
process to meet the desired goals.
FEATURES
• Emphasizes on the design aspect
with detailed solutions given to
many useful design examples.
• Emphasis is towards the integrated
circuits. Topics on other IC
amplifiers, such as OTAs
(Operational Transconductance
Amplifiers), CFAs (Current
Feedback Amplifiers), etc. are
included throughout the book.
Examples of design applications of
these devices are also included.
• Uses a realistic set of process
parameters from a modern generic
submicron process. (Unlike the
other textbooks which use classical
parameters).
• The analytical techniques are less
complicated with an ingenious use
of unique models and 2-port
concepts appropriate to the amplifier
configuration.
• Design techniques take into account
the influence of tolerances in device
parameters— integration of PSPICE
throughout the book facilitates this
unique design technique.
CONTENTS
1. An Introduction to Electronics 2.
Semiconductor Diodes and their
Applications 3. Field-Effect Transistors
and Amplifiers 4. Bipolar Junction
Transistors and Amplifiers 5. Difference
Amplifiers 6. Power Amplifiers and
Output Stages 7. Monolithic IC
Amplifiers 8. Feedback Amplifiers 9.
Frequency Response of Amplifiers 10.
Frequency Response of Amplifiers,
Frequency Compensation, and
Oscillators 11. Analog Building Blocks
12. Filters and Tuned Amplifiers
International Edition
MICROELECTRONIC
CIRCUIT DESIGN
4th Edition
by Richard C. Jaeger, Auburn
University-Auburn, and Travis Blalock,
University Of Virginia
2010 / 1184 Pages
ISBN : 9780071221993 [IE]
Richard Jaeger and Travis Blalock
present a balanced coverage of analog
and digital circuits; students will develop
a comprehensive understanding of the
basic techniques of modern electronic
circuit design, analog and digital,
discrete and integrated. A broad
spectrum of topics are included in
Microelectronic Circuit Design which
gives the professor the option to easily
select and customize the material to
satisfy a two-semester or three-quarter
sequence in electronics. Jaeger/Blalock
emphasizes design through the use of
design examples and design notes.
Excellent pedagogical elements include
chapter opening vignettes, chapter
objectives,
“Electronics in Action” boxes, a
problem-solving methodology, and
“Design Note” boxes.
The use of the well-defined problemsolving
methodology presented in this
text can significantly enhance an
engineer’s ability to understand the
issues related to design. The design
examples assist in building and
understanding the design process.
FEATURES
• Several new Design Note boxes:
The mathematical model for the
NMOS transistor and the PMOS
transistor; The Q-Point values for
the MOS transistor using the fourresistor
bias network.
• Several new Electronics in Action
boxes: High Performance CMOS
technologies; Diode Rectifier as an
AM Demodulation; A Second Look
at Noise Margins (graphical flip-flop
approach); Offset Voltage, Bias
Current and CMPR Measurement;
Sample-and-Hold Circuits, Voltage
Regulator with Series Pass
Transistor; Noise Factor, Noise
Figure and Minimum Detectable
Signal; Series-Parallel and Parallel-
Series Network Transformations;
and Passive Diode Mixers.
• Numerous new End of Chapter
problems have been added to each
chapter.
CONTENTS
Part I—Solid State Electronics and
Devices 1.Introduction to Electronics
2.Solid-State Electronics 3.Solid-State
Diodes and Diode Circuits 4.Field-
Effect Transistors 5.Bipolar Junction
Transistors Part II—Digital Electronics
6.Introduction to Digital Electronics
7.Complementary MOS (CMOS) Logic
Design 8.MOS Memory and Storage
Circuits 9.Bipolar Logic Circuits Part
III—Analog Electronics 10.Analog
Systems and Ideal Operational
Amplifiers 11.Nonideal Operational
Amplifiers and Feedback Amplifier
Stability 12.Operational Amplifier
Applications 13. Small-Signal Modeling
and Linear Amplification 14. Single
Transistor Amplifiers 15. Differential
Amplifiers and Operational Amplifier
Design 16. Analog Integrated Circuit
Design Techniques 17. Amplifier
Frequency Response 18. Transistor
Feedback Amplifiers and Oscillators
Appendices A: Standard Component
Values B: Device Models and SPICE
C: Two-Port Review
MICROELECTRONICS
52 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
MICROELECTRONICS
2nd Edition
by Jacob Millman; Columbia
University; Grabel, Arvin,
Northeastern University
1999 / 1001 Pages
ISBN : 9780074637364
CONTENTS
Part I. Semiconductor Devices
1. Semiconductors 2. The pn Junction
Diode 3. Bipolar Junction Transistors 4.
Field-Effect Transistors 5. Integrated-
Circuits Fabrication Part II. Digital
Circuits and Systems 6. Basic Logic
(Digital) Circuits 7. Combinatorial
Digital Circuits 8. Sequential Circuits
and Systems 9. Very Large Scale
Integrated Systems Part III. Amplifier
Circuits and Systems 10. Basic
Amplifier Stages at Low Frequencies
11. Frequency Response of Amplifiers
12. Feedback Amplifiers 13. Stability
and Response of Feedback
Amplifiers14. Operational-Amplifier
Characteristics Part IV. Signal
Processing and Data Acquisition 15.
Waveform Generators and
Waveshaping 16. Signal Conditioning
and Data Conversion Part V. Large-
Signal Electronics 17. Power Circuits
and Systems 18. Appendixes
International Edition
MICROELECTRONICS CIRCUIT
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN,
4th Edition
by Donald A. Neamen, University Of
New Mexico-Albuquerque
2009 / Pages:1392
ISBN: 9780071289474 [IE]
Microelectronics: Circuit Analysis and
Design is intended as a core text in
electronics for undergraduate electrical
and computer engineering students.
The fourth edition continues to provide a
foundation for analyzing and designing
both analog and digital electronic
circuits. The goal has always been to
make this book very readable and
student friendly. An accessible approach
to learning through clear writing and
practical pedagogy has become the
hallmark of Microelectronics: Circuit
Analysis and Design by Donald
Neamen. Now in its fourth edition, the
text builds upon its strong pedagogy and
tools for student assessment with key
updates as well as revisions that allow
for flexible coverage of op-amps.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Flexible Presentation of Key Topics.
Revisions have given the text a level
of flexibility such that ideal op-amps
(Chapter 9) can be presented as the
first topic in electronics; either MOS
or Bipolar transistors can be studied
as the first transistor type; and
digital electronics can be covered
before analog electronics. This
flexibility allows instructors to
present topics in whatever order
makes the most sense for their
students.
• New Problems. The fourth edition
features a substantial number of
new problems. This includes: over
45 percent new exercise and Test
Your Understanding Problems; over
45 percent new end-of-chapter
problems; and over 70 percent new
open-ended design problems and
computer simulation problems.
• Website features PowerPoint slides,
an image library, the complete
Instructor’s Solution Manual
(password protected), data sheets,
laboratory manual, COSMOS, and
links to other important websites.
CONTENTS
Part I: Semiconductor Devices and
Basic Applications 1. Semiconductor
Materials and Diodes 2. Diode Circuits
3. The Field-Effect Transistor 4. Basic
FET Amplifiers 5. The Bipolar Junction
Transistor 6. Basic BJT Amplifiers 7.
Frequency Response 8. Output Stages
and Power Amplifiers Part II: Analog
Electronics 9. Ideal Operational
Amplifiers and Op-Amp Circuits 10.
Integrated Circuit Biasing and Active
Loads 11. Differential and Multistage
Amplifiers 12. Feedback and Stability
13. Operational Amplifier Circuits 14.
Nonideal Effects in Operational
Amplifier Circuits 15. Applications and
Design of Integrated Circuits Part III:
Digital Electronics 16. MOSFET
Digital Circuits 17. Bipolar Digital
Circuits
International Edition
PSPICE FOR BASIC
MICROELECTRONICS
by Joseph G. Tront, Virginia Polytech
Institute & State University
2007
ISBN : 9780071263894
Text introduces readers to the
fundamental uses of Pspice in support
of Microelectronic circuit analysis. This
book goes beyond basic circuit analysis
to include analysis of more complex
electronic problems. Analysis of diodes,
BJTs, JFETs, MOSFETs, and
transformers will be included- all key
areas in the Electronics course.
FEATURES
• Step-by-step instructions to support
novice users as they perform
schematic capture and circuit
simulation.
• Detailed explanations and examples
of the use of PSpice in typical
problem-solving situations.
• Explains some of the salient
features of PSpice, including
information on OrCAD Capture and
Probe.
MICROELECTRONICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 53
BASICS OF CMOS CELL DESIGN
by Sicard
2005
ISBN : 9780070599338
CONTENTS
• Introduction • The MOS device • MOS
modeling • The Inverter • Interconnects
• Basic Gates • Arithmtics • Sequential
Cell Design • Analog Cells •
Conclusion/ Appendix: Design rulesl /
Appendix B: List of Commands
Microwind / Appendix C: List of
Commands Dsch / Appendix D: Quick
Reference Sheet Microwind-Dsch
ANALOG / DIGITAL
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
by S. Salivahanan, Principal, SSN
College of Engineering, Tamil Nadu;
Kanchana Bhaaskaran, V. S., Asst.
Professor, SSN College of Engineering,
Tamil Nadu
2007 / 625 pages
ISBN : 9780070648180
Meant for the undergraduate students of
electrical and electronics engineering
this text on “Linear Integrated Circuits
and Op Amps” covers the entire
syllabus of the subject. Written in a
simple and student friendly language, it
will help in building strong foundation in
the principles of linear integrated
circuits.
FEATURES
• Strong focus on the design aspects
of Integrated circuits.
• Descriptive mathematical examples
for practical situations given while
designing circuits
• Individual chapters devoted to Non
Linear Circuits, Multipliers and
Special function ICs
• Separate chapter on applications of
OPAMPs
• Exposure to ORCAD PSpice with
specific design problems.
PEDAGOGY
• Solved Examples: 102
• Chapter End Review Questions: 663
• Numerical Problems: 120
• Over 500 illustrations to facilitate
conceptual clarity and objectivity.
• Chapter ‘objectives’ at the beginning
and ‘Summary’ at the end.
CONTENTS
1. Integrated Circuit Fabrication
2. Circuit Configurations for Linear ICs
3. Operational Amplifier Characteristics
4. Applications of Operational Amplifiers
5. Non-Linear Circuits 6. Active Filters 7.
Waveform Generators 8. Voltage
Regulators 9. Analog Multipliers 10.
Phase Locked Loop 11. D/A and A/D
Converters 12. Special Function
Integrated Circuits 13. Advanced
Operational Amplifiers 14. Simulation
Using Pspice
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
(Sigma Series)
by S P Bali Formerly Faculty Member
Military College of Electronics &
Mechanical Engineering,
Secunderabad
2008 / 512 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648074
This book on Linear Integrated Circuits
has a judicious mix of theory along with
numerous solved examples, objective
type questions and theoretical review
questions with special emphasis on the
linear applications.
FEATURES
• Unique chapters on Bridge
Balancing, RF Amplifiers, and
Analog Sub Circuits
• Special emphasis on the
applications of Linear Integrated
Circuits
EXCELLENT PEDAGOGICAL
FEATURES INCLUDE
• 1005 Solved examples
• 390 Review questions
• 157 Supplementary questions
• 764 Objective type questions
CONTENTS
1.Linear I C fabrications and devices
2.Analog sub circuits 3. Differential
amplifiers. 4.Operational amplifiers
parameters 5.Inverting and non inverting
amplifiers 6.Voltage Comparators
7.Wide Band amplifiers 8.Power
Amplifiers 9.Instrumentation and Bridge
amplifiers 10. Modulating,
demodulating, frequency changing and
AF/RF amplifiers 11.Non linear
amplifiers and phase locked loops 12.
DA and AD converters 13.Timers and
waveform generators 14.Active filters
and Switched capacitor circuits
15.Applications- linear IC's 16.Voltage
regulators.
DESIGN WITH OPERATIONAL
AMPLIFIERS AND ANALOG
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
3rd Edition
by Sergio Franco, San Francisco State
University
2003 / 672 Pages
ISBN : 9780070530447
Franco’s “Design with Operational
Amplifiers and Analog Integrated
Circuits, 3e” is intended for a designoriented
course in applications with
operational amplifiers and analog ICs.
This new edition includes indepth
coverage of negative feedback, more
effective layout), updated technology
(currentfeedback and folded-cascode
amplifiers, and low-voltage amplifiers),
and increased topical coverage (currentfeedback
amplifiers, switching
regulators and phase-locked loops).
CONTENTS
1 Operational Amplifier Fundamentals. 2
Circuits with Resistive Feedback. 3
Active Filters: Part I: 4 Active Filters:
Part II: 5 Static Op Amp Limitations. 6
Dynamic Op Amp Limitations. 7 Noise.
8 Stability. 9 Nonlinear Circuits. 10
Signal Generators. 11 Voltage
References and Regulators. 12 D-A and
A-D Converters. 13 Nonlinear Amplifi
ers and Phase-Locked Loops
MICROELECTRONICS • ANALOG / DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
54 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
DESIGN OF ANALOG CMOS
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
by Behzad Razavi, University of
California, Los Angeles
2003 / 704 Pages
ISBN : 978000529038
This textbook deals with the analysis
and design of analog CMOS integrated
circuits, emphasizing recent
technological developments and design
paradigms that students and practicing
engineers need to master. The text
follows three general principles: (1)
Motivate the reader by describing the
significance and application of each
idea with real-world problems; (2) Force
the reader to look at concepts from an
intuitive point of view, preparing him/her
for more complex problems; (3)
Complement the intuition by rigorous
analysis, confirming the results obtained
by the intuitive, yet rough approach.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Analog Design. 2.
Basic MOS Device Physics. 3. Single-
Stage Amplifiers. 4. Differential
Amplifiers. 5. Passive and Active
Current Mirrors. 6. Frequency Response
of Amplifiers. 7. Noise. 8. Feedback. 9.
Operational Amplifiers. 10. Stability and
Frequency Compensation. 11. Bandgap
References. 12. Introduction to
Switched-Capacitor Circuits. 13.
Nonlinearity and Mismatch. 14.
Oscillators. 15. Phase-Locked Loops.
16. Short-Channel Effects and Device
Models. 17. CMOS Processing
Technology. 18. Layout and Packaging
CMOS DIGITAL INTEGRATED
CIRCUITS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
3rd Edition
by Sung-Mo (Steve) Kang,
University of California—Santa Cruz;
Yusuf Leblebici, Swiss Federal
Institute of Technology
2003 / 672 Pages
ISBN : 9780070530775
CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits:
Analysis and Design is the most
complete book on the market for CMOS
circuits. This book starts with CMOS
processing, and then covers MOS
transistor models, basic CMOS gates,
interconnect effects, dynamic circuits,
memory circuits, BiCMOS circuits, I/O
circuits, VLSI design methodologies,
low-power design techniques, design for
manufactur ability and design for
testability. This book provides rigorous
treatment of basic design concepts with
detailed examples. It typically addresses
both the computer-aided analysis issues
and the design issues for most of the
circuit examples. Numerous SPICE
simulation results are also provided for
illustration of basic concepts.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Fabrication of
MOSFETS. 3. MOS Transistor. 4
Modeling of MOS Transistors Using
SPICE. 5. MOS Inverters: Static
Characteristics. 6. MOS Inverters:
Switching Characteristics and
Interconnect Effects. 7 Combinational
MOS Logic Circuits. 8 Sequential MOS
Logic Circuits. 9 Dynamic Logic Circuits.
10 Semiconductor Memories. 11 Low-
Power CMOS Logic Circuits. 12
BiCMOS Logic Circuits. 13 Chip Input
and Output (I/O) Circuits. 14 Design for
Manufacturability. 15 Design for
Testability
DIGITAL INTEGRATED
ELECTRONICS
by Herbert Taub, City University of New
York; Donald Schilling;
City University of New York
2008 / 672 Pages
ISBN : 9780070265080
This book is intended for the first-level
course on Digital Integrated Electronics.
FEATURES
• Detailed discussion on Operational
Amplifiers
• Excellent coverage of Logic Circuits,
Resistor-Transistor Logic and
Integrated-Injection Logic, Diode-
Transistor Logic, Transistor-
Transistor Logic
• More than 400 problems ranging
from routine exercise to
sophisticated design problems
CONTENTS
Preface / 1. Electronic Devices 2.
Operational Amplifiers and Comparators
3. Logic Circuits 4. Resistor-Transistor
Logic and Integrated-Injection Logic 5.
Diode-Transistor Logic 6. Transistor-
Transistor Logic 7. Emitter-Coupled
Logic 8. MOS Gates 9. Flip-Flops 10.
Resistors and Counters 11. Arithmetic
Operations 12. Semiconductor
Memories 13. Analog Switches 14.
Analog-to-Digital Conversion 15. Timing
Circuits / Appendix Transmission Lines
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF DIGITAL
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, IN DEEP
SUBMICRON TECHNOLOGY
3rd Editon
(Special Indian Edition)
by David Hodges, University of CALIFBERKELEY
2005 / 600 Pages
ISBN : 9780070593756
CONTENTS
1. Deep Submicron Digital IC Design 2.
Transistors & Devices – MOS and
Bipolar 3. Fabrication, Layout and
Simulation 4. MOS Inverter Circuits 5.
Static MOS Gate Circuits 6. High-Speed
CMOS Logic Design 7. Transfer Gate
and Dynamic Logic Design 8.
Semiconductor Memory Design 9.
Additional Topics in Memory Design 10.
Interconnect Design 11. Power Grid and
Clock Design Appendix A – A Brief
Introduction to SPICE.
VLSI TECHNOLOGY
2nd Edition
by Sze, National Chiao Tung University
2003 / 688 Pages
ISBN : 9780070582910
The second edition of Sze: VLSI
Technology describes the theoretical
and practical aspects of the most
advanced state of electronics
technology-very large scale integration
(VLSI). From crystal growth to reliability
testing, the reader is presented with all
the major steps in the fabrication of
VLSI circuits. In addition many broader
ANALOG / DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 55
topics such as process simulation and
analytical techniques are considered in
detail. Each chapter describes one
aspect of VLSI processing. The problem
at the end of each chapter form an
integral part of the development of the
topic.
CONTENTS
List of Contributors Preface Introduction
1. Crystal Growth and Wafer
Preparation 2. Epitaxy 3. Oxidation 4.
Lithography 5. Reactive Plasma Etching
6. Dielectric and Polysilicon Film
Deposition 7. Diffusion 8. Ion
Implantation 9. Metallization 10. Process
Simulation 11. VLSI Process Integration
12. Analytical Techniques 13. Assembly
Techniques and Packaging of VLSI
Devices 14. Yield and Reliability
Appendixes Index
US Edition
SYSTEM-ON-PACKAGE (SOP)
MINIATURIZATION OF THE ENTIRE
SYSTEM
by Tummala Chair Rao,
Professor and Director, Packaging
Research Center at Georgia Tech.
2008 / 785 Pages
ISBN : 9780071459068
System-on-Package (SOP) is an
emerging microelectronic technology
that places an entire system on a single
chip-size package. Where “systems”
used to be bulky boxes housing
hundreds of components, SOP saves
interconnection time and heat
generation by keep a full system with
computing, communications, and
consumer functions all in a single chip.
Written by the Georgia Tech developers
of the technology, this book explains the
basic parameters, design functions, and
manufacturing issues, showing
electronic designers how this radical
new packaging technology can be used
to solve pressing electronics design
challenges.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to the System-on-
Package (SOP) Technology 2.
Introduction to System-on-Chip (SOC)
3. Stacked ICs and Packages (SIP) 4.
Mixed-Signal (SOP) Design 5. Radio
Frequency System-on-Package (RF
SOP) 6. Integrated Chip-to-Chip
Optoelectronic SOP 7. SOP Substrate
with Multilayer Wiring and Thin-Film
Embedded Components 8. Mixed-
Signal Reliability 9. MEMS Packaging
10. Wafer-Level SOP 11. Thermal SOP
12. Electrical Test of SOP Modules and
Systems 13. Biosensor SOP / Index
US Edition
HIGH PERFORMANCE FLIP CHIP
PROCESS TECHNOLOGIES
by Daniel Baldwin, Associate Professor
of mechanical engineering at the
Georgia Institute of Technology
2008 / 500 Pages
ISBN : 9780071468954
High Performance Flip Chip
Technologies fully covers the new
lowcost flip chip processes and material
systems that make the manufacture of
miniature consumer electronic devices
possible.
CONTENTS
Part 1: Flip Chip Technology Part 2:
Advances in Flip Chip Process
Technology Part 3: Modeling and
Analysis of Flip Chip Process
Technology Part 4: Thermal Analysis,
Stress Analysis and Reliability
Prediction
EMBEDDED CORE DESIGN
WITH FPGA
by Zainalabedin Navabi Professor of
Electrical and Computer
Engineering, Northeastern University.
2008 / 433 Pages
ISBN : 9780070139787
This book is divided into three parts.
Part 1 covers the fundaments of logic
design, RT Level Verilog, computer
architectures and the architecture of
modern field programmable devices.
Part 2 shows the design of utility cores
that are utilized for high-level corebased
designs, with a specific focus on
existing Altera cores. Part 3 covers
higher-end design projects, including
hardware/software systems, CPU
configurations and the utilization of
various altera NIOS II processors.
CONTENTS
Introduction / Acknowledgments / 1.
Elements of Embedded Design 2. Logic
Design Concepts 3. RTL Design with
Verilog 4. Computer Hardware and
Software 5. Field Programmable
Devices 6. Tools for Design and
Prototyping 7. Design of Utility
Hardware Cores 8. Design with
Embedded Processors 9. Design of an
Embedded System / Appendix A: Nios II
Instruction Set / Appendix B: Additional
Resources / Index
U.S. Edition
NANOSCALE CMOS VLSI CIRCUITS:
DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURABILITY
by Sandip Kundu, and Aswin
Sreedhar
2010 / 256 Pages
ISBN : 9780071635196
Covering defect analysis, equipment,
and lithographic control evaluations, this
book offers a holistic approach for VLSI
circuit designers to evaluate and
analyze IC circuit designs from the
manufacturability point of view. This
practical guide is ideal for design
engineers, managers, students, and
academics interested in understanding
the sources of semiconductor chip
failures and how these problems can
be mitigated through design.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 1.1. Current trends in
CMOS VLSI Design 1.2. What is
Design for Manufacturability 1.2.1. Why
ANALOG / DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
56 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
is its important 1.2.2. Economics of
DFM 1.3. What is Design for Reliability
1.3.1. Traditional definition 1.3.2.
Expanded definition 1.3.3. Why is this
an important topic 1.4. Summary
2. Semiconductor Manufacturing 2.1.
Introduction 2.2. Fabrication Process
2.3. Lithography Simulation 2.3.1.
Fraunhofer Diffraction 2.3.2. Aerial
Image Formation 2.4. Importance of
Aerial imaging simulation 2.5. Inverse
Lithography Simulation 2.6. Summary
3. Lithographic Process Variability
3.1. Introduction 3.2. Variability in Gate
Length & Width 3.3. Threshold Voltage
Variability
LOW VOLTAGE, LOW
POWER VLSI SUBSYSTEMS
by Kiat-Seng Yeo, and Kaushik Roy
2009 / 294 Pages
ISBN : 9780070677500
FEATURES
• Cutting-edge design techniques for
lower power circuits
• Low power SRAMS, DRAMS, and
signal processors
• Performance comparison between
low power subsystems
• Low complexity design techniques
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Low-Power CMOS VLSI
Design. Chapter 2: Circuit Techniques
for Low-Power Design. 3. Low-Voltage
Low-Power Adders. 4. Low Voltage
Low-Power Multipliers. 5. Low-Voltage
Low-Power Read-Only Memories. 6.
Low-Voltage Low-Power Static
Random-Access Memories. 7. Low-
Voltage Low-Power Dynamic Random-
Access. 8. Large Low-Power VLSI
System Design and Applications.
Index.
PROBABILITY AND
RANDOM PROCESSES
PROBABILITY, STATISTICS
AND RANDOM PROCESSES
3rd Edition
by T Veerarajan, Dean, Velammal
College of Engineering & Technology,
Madurai, Tamil Nadu
2008 / 612 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669253
This book, designed with the right blend
of theory and applications, provides
thorough knowledge on the basic
concepts of Probability, Statistics and
Random Variables offered to the
undergraduate students of engineering.
FEATURES
• Detailed coverage on Statistical
Measures of Central Tendency
• In-depth discussion on Dispersion,
Skewness and Kurtosis, and
applications of Random Variables
• New topical coverage on Linear
Correlation and Regression
• Special Probability Distributions and
their inter-relation are explained with
great clarity
RICH PEDAGOGY
• 366 Solved examples
• 1149 Numerical problems
CONTENTS
1. Probability Theory 2. Random
Variable 3. Function of Random
Variables 4. Statistical Averages 5.
Some Special Probability Distributions
6. Random Processes 7. Special
Random Process 8. Test of Hypothesis
9. Queueing Theory 10. Design of
Experiments
PROBABILITY, RANDOM
VARIABLES AND STOCHASTIC
PROCESSES
4th Edition
by Athansious Papoulis and
S Unnikrishna Pillai, both of
Polytechnic University
2002 / 864 Pages
ISBN : 9780070486584
The fourth edition of Probability,
Random Variables and Stochastic
Processes develops the subject of
probability theory and stochastic
processes as a deductive discipline and
to illustrate the theory with basic
applications of engineering interest.
CONTENTS
Part 1 Probability and Random
Variables. 1. The Meaning of
Probability. 2. The Axioms of
Probability. 3 Repeated Trials. 4 The
Concept of a Random Variable. 5
Functions of One Random Variable. 6
Two Random Variables. 7 Sequences
of Random Variables. 8 Statistics. Part
2 Stochastic Processes. 9 General
Concepts. 10 Random Walk and Other
Applications. 11. Spectral
Representation. 12. Spectral
Estimation. 13 Mean Square
Estimation. 14 Entropy. 15 Markov
Chains. 16 Markov Processes and
Queueing Theory
PROBABILITY, RANDOM
VARIABLES AND RANDOM SIGNAL
PRINCIPLES
4th Edition
by Peyton Peebles, University of
Florida, Gainesville
2001 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9780070474284
The fourth edition of “Probability,
Random Variables and Random Signal
Principles” continues the success of
previous editions with its concise
introduction to probability theory. The
book offers a careful, logical
organization which stresses
fundamentals and includes almost 900
student exercises and abundant
ANALOG / DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS • PROBABILITY AND RANDOM PROCESSES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 57
practical applications for engineers to
understand probability concepts. The
most important new material in this
edition relates to discrete-time random
processes and sequences, and other
topics in the general area of digital
signal processing, such as the DT linear
system.
CONTENTS
1. Probability. 2. The Random Variable.
3. Operations on one Random
Variable— Expectation. 4. Multiple
Random Variables. 5. Operations of
Multiple Random Variables. 6. Random
Processes-Temporal Characteristics. 7.
Random Processes-Spectral
Characteristics. 8. Linear Systems with
Random Inputs. 9. Optimum Linear
Systems. 10. Some Practical
Applications of the Theory. / Appendix A
Review of the Impulse Function. /
Appendix B Gaussian Distribution
Function. / Appendix C Useful
Mathematical Quantities. / Appendix D
Review of Fourier Transforms. /
Appendix E Table of Useful Fourier
Transforms. / Appendix F Some
Probability Densities and Distributions.
/ Appendix G Some Mathematical
Topics of Interest.
INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY
AND STATISTICS: PRINCIPLES AND
APPLICATIONS FOR ENGINEERING
AND THE COMPUTING SCIENCES
4th Edition
by J. Susan Milton; Redford University
& Jesse Arnold; Virginia Polytechnic
Institute
2007
ISBN : 9780070636941
The text offers a balanced presentation
of applications and theory. The
theoretical foundations for the statistical
methods is presented at a level that is
accessible to students with only a
calculus background. Practical
implications of the formal results to
problem-solving are explored so
students gain an understanding of the
logic behind the techniques as well as
practice in using them. The examples,
exercises, and applications were
chosen specifically for students in
engineering and computer science and
include opportunities for real data
analysis.
FEATURES
• References to statistical analysis
packages have been added. This
enables students to see how the
techniques are applied by using
these popular packages.
• Discussion of Tukey’s method of
paired comparisons and a section
on the use of tolerance limits in
quality control
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Probability and
Counting / 2. Some Probability Laws / 3.
Discrete Distributions / 4. Continuous
Distributions / 5. Joint Distributions / 6.
Descriptive Statistics / 7. Estimation / 8.
Inferences on the Mean and Variance of
a Distribution / 9. Inferences on
Proportions / 10. Comparing Two Means
and Two Variances / 11. Sample Linear
Regression and Correlation.
SIGNALS & SYSTEMS
SIGNALS & SYSTEMS
1st Edition
by A. Nagoor Kani,Founder of RBA
Educational Group
2010 / 760 Pages
ISBN : 9780070151390
The text presents key concepts of
signals and systems in a lucid and
concise format supported by numerous
solved examples and practice
questions. It focuses both on continuous
time & discrete time signals & systems.
Due weightage has been given on
important topics like Fourier Series &
Fourier Transform, Discrete Fourier
Transform (DFT), Laplace Transform, Z
Transform, and Fast Fourier Transform
(FFT) with problem solving
methodology.
FEATURES
• Simplified and concise presentation
of Signals & Systems concepts with
problem solving approach.
• Detailed treatment of Continuous
Time Signals and Systems and
Discrete Time Signals and Systems
• Exhaustive presentation on Fourier
Series and Fourier transform in 2
Chapters (a) Fourier Series and
Fourier Transform of Analog Signals
(b) Fourier Series and Fourier
Analysis of Discrete Time Signals
• Key topics like Laplace Transform
and Z transform covered in lucid
manner supported by various solved
examples.
PEDAGOGY
• Solved problem - 330
• Practice questions - 265
• Objective type questions - 165
• Short answer type questions - 120
• MATLAB Examples - 25
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Continuous Time
Signals and Systems 3. Laplace
Transform 4. Fourier Series and
Fourier Transform of Analog Signals 5.
State Space Analysis of Continuous
Time Systems 6. Discrete Time Signals
and Systems 7. Z Transform 8. Fourier
Series & Fourier Transform of Discrete
Time Signals 9. Discrete Fourier
Transform and Fast Fourier Transform
10. Structures for Realization of IIR and
FIR Systems 11. State Space Analysis
of Discrete Time Systems
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
by P Ramakrishna Rao, Director, Anil
Neerukonda Institute
of Technology & Sciences, Sangivalasa,
Visakhapatnam
2008 / 592 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669277
Designed for the undergraduate course
on Signals & Systems, this text covers
Continuous-time and Discrete-time
Signals & Systems in detail. Crisp and
concise theory, plethora of numerical
problems and MATLAB exercises make
this book unique offering for teachers
and students alike.
PROBABILITY AND RANDOM PROCESSES • SIGNALS & SYSTEMS
58 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
FEATURES
• Integrated coverage of Continuous-
Time and Discrete-Time signals and
systems
• Exhaustive coverage on Fourier
representation of Discrete-Time
signals covering Discrete-Time
Fourier Transforms, Discrete Fourier
Series, Discrete Fourier Transforms,
and Fast Fourier Transforms
• Separate chapter on Hilbert
Transforms and its applications
• Chapter-wise MATLAB examples
and exercises
EXCELLENT PEDAGOGY
• 202 Solved examples
• 106 Review questions
• 233 Exercise problems
• 191 Objective type questions
• 235 Multiple choice questions with
key
• 50 MATLAB examples and
exercises
CONTENTS
1. Signals – continuous-time and
Discrete-time 2. Laplace and ZTransforms
3. Fourier Series of
Continuous-time Signals 4. The
continuous-time Fourier Transform 5.
Fourier Representation of Discrete-
Time Signals 6. Sampling and
Reconstruction of Bandlimited Signals
7.Systems 8. Systems: Time and
Frequency Domain Analysis
9.Convolution & Correlation:
Continuous-Time Signals 10. Discrete
Time Convolutions & Correlations 11.
Hilbert Transform – Continuous &
Discrete-Time 12. Applications to
Communication and Signal Processing
FUNDAMENTALS OF SIGNALS
AND SYSTEMS,
2nd Edition
by Michael J Roberts, Professor,
Department of Electrical and Computer
Engineering,University of Tennessee;
Govind K Sharma, Professor,
Department of Electrical Engg, Indian
Institute of Technology, Kanpur
2010 / 766 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702219
The text aims to teach the concepts of
Signals and Systems directly to the
student, by using simple language and
illustrative pedagogy. In the book,
Continuous Time Signals and Systems
and Discrete Time Signals and Systems
are discussed alternately. This approach
is unique and has been conceived by
the author for some Universities/syllabi
in which either Discrete-Time or
Continuous-Time Signals and Systems
are taught but not both. By following this
book, it becomes simpler for the
instructors to pick the chapters they
want to teach. Also, in accordance with
the sequence of the University syllabi,
topics on Continuous-Time Signals and
Systems have been detailed before
Discrete-Time Signals and Systems
SALIENT FEATURES
1. Exhaustive span and in-depth
coverage of one semester course in
Signals and Systems. 2. Unique
alternating parallel coverage of
Continuous-Time and Discrete-Time
Signals and Systems 3. Excellent
clarity of presentation and story-telling
approach to make the subject of
Signals and Systems come alive 4.
Quality illustrations help to visualise the
concepts 5. Pedagogy: (a) Over 175
solved examples of a wide variety of
problems (b) 330 numericals with final
answers provided for cross-reference
(c) 350 unsolved numericals for
practice purposes 6. MATLAB
examples provided to generate visuals
of the subject (OLC contains an
Introduction to MATLAB and a Concept
Simulator to aid in understanding and
operating of MATLAB)
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Mathematical
Description of Continuous-Time Signals
3. Mathematical Description of Discrete-
Time Signals 4. Random Signals—
Continuous-Time 5. Random Signals—
Discrete-Time 6. Properties of
Continuous-Time Systems 7. Discrete-
Time System Properties 8. Time-
Domain Analysis of Continuous-Time
Systems 9. Time-Domain Analysis of
Discrete-Time Systems 10. The
Continuous-Time Fourier Series 11. The
Discrete-Time Fourier Series 12. The
Continuous-Time Fourier Transform 13.
The Discrete-Time Fourier Transform
14. Continuous-Time Fourier Transform
Analysis of Signals and Systems 15.
Discrete-Time Fourier Transform
Analysis of Signals and Systems 16.
Sampling and Discrete-Time Fourier
Transform 17. Correlation, Energy
Spectral Density and Power Spectral
Density 18. The Laplace Transform 19.
The z Transform / Appendices A.
Introduction to MATLAB / B. Useful
Mathematical Relations / C. Continuous-
Time Fourier Series Pairs / D. Discrete-
Time Fourier Series Pairs / E.
Continuous-Time Fourier Transform
Pairs / F. Discrete-Time Fourier
Transform Pairs / G. Laplace Transform
Pairs / H. Z Transform Pairs
SIGNALS & SYSTEMS,
2nd Edition
by I J Nagrath, Adjunct Professor &
Former Deputy Director - BITS Pilani; S
N Sharan, Director - Greater Noida
Institute of Technology, Greater Noida;
Rakesh Ranjan, Director-Principal,
International Institute of Technology and
Business, Sonepat
2009 / 656 Pages
ISBN : 9780070141094
Designed for the undergraduate
students of Electronics Communication,
Electrical Engineering, the coverage of
this text is in accordance with the
syllabus of Signals & Systems course
offered at various universities across
India. Profusion of illustrative examples
at the end of every topic, chapter-end
examples interlink the concepts covered
in the book.
SIGNALS & SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 59
FEATURES
• Thoroughly revised and updated
• New! Chapter on Sampling.
• New! Chapter on assorted topics
like Frequency response, Bode
plots, block diagram, and signal flow
graphs
• Latest computational algorithms of
FFT presented in a simple style
• Chapter on MATLAB Tools detailing
its application to various design and
analysis examples of digital filters
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Signals and Systems
2. Analysis of Continuous-Time
Systems (Time domain and Frequency
domain) 3. Analysis of LTI Discrete-
Time Systems (Time domain and
Frequency domain) 4. Discrete Fourier
Transform and Fast Fourier Transform
5. Sampling 6. Frequency Response,
Bode Plots, Block Diagrams, and
Signal Flow Graph 7. State Space
Analysis 8. Stability Analysis of LTI
Systems 9. Analog and Digital Filter
Design 10. MATLAB Tools for Design
and Analysis of Digital Filters.
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
2nd Edition
(Schaum’s Outline Series) (Special
Indian Edition)
by H P Hsu Professor of Electrical
Engineering, Fairleigh Dickinson
University, New Jersey; R Ranjan,
Dean, Institute of Technology and
Management, Gurgaon
2008 / 500 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669185
FEATURES
• Coverage of both continuous-time
and discrete-time signals & systems
• New Chapter on Sampling
• 910 solved and unsolved problems
CONTENTS
1. Signals and Systems 2. Linear Time-
Invariant Systems 3.Laplace Transform
and Continuous-Time LTI Systems 4.
Sampling 5. The Z-Transforms and
Discrete-Time LTI Systems 6. Fourier
Analysis of Continuous-Time Signals &
Systems 7. Fourier Analysis of Discrete-
Time Signals & Systems 8.State Space
Analysis 9. Random Variables and
Processes
SIGNALS & SYSTEMS
3rd Edition
by B Sasikala; Crescent Engg. college
Chennai; S Poornachandra, SSN
College of Engg.
2009 / 564 Pages
ISBN : 9780070672857
The understanding of Signals and
Systems is a pre-requisite to learning
Digital Signal Processing and
Communication Systems. This book,
designed as a fundamental textbook on
the subject, has its emphasis on clear
concepts and appropriate solved
examples and problems. Now in its
second edition, the book provides
detailed coverage of topics like FFT,
Structure Realization and State
Variables.
FEATURES
• Lucid presentation of basic concepts
of signals and systems
• Mathematical proofs with supporting
examples for better understanding
• Elaborate coverage of both
continuous-time and discrete-time
analysis separately
• More than 280 solved problems
chosen from various university
question papers
• Chapter-end review questions
CONTENTS
1. Signals 2. Systems 3. Continuoustime
Linear Time-invariant (LTI) System
4. Discrete-time Linear Time-invariant
(LTI) Systems 5. Continuous-time
Fourier Series 6. Discrete-time Fourier
Series 7. Continuous-time Fourier
Transform 8. Discrete-time Fourier
Transform 9. Discrete Fourier
Transform and Fast Fourier Transform
10. Laplace Transform 11. Z-Transform
12. Structure Realization 13. State
Variables 14. Sampling Theorem
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO SIGNALS
AND SYSTEMS
by Douglas K Lindner, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute
1999 / 984 Pages
ISBN : 9780071164894
DIGITAL SIGNAL
PROCESSING
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING,
3rd Edition (SIE)
by Sanjit K. Mitra, Dept. of Electrical
and Computer Engineering, University
of California, Santa Barbara
2007 / 992 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667563
This book on Digital Signal Processing
introduces the tools used in the analysis
and design of discrete-time systems for
Signal Processing. Practical examples
and applications bring theory to life.
FEATURES
• Coverage of transform-domain
representation of discrete-time
signals and systems
• Detailed coverage on Multirate
Digital Signal Processing.
• Simple yet Practical applications are
highlighted. Chapter 15 is dedicated
to applications of DSP.
• Text contains numerous practical
examples that expose students to
“real-life” signal procssing problems
• MATLAB based examples
demonstrate powerful capability for
solving Digital Signal Processing
problems – has about 150 MATLAB
exercises. A 3-stage pedagogical
approach is used to take advantage
of MATLAB’s capabilities
SIGNALS & SYSTEMS • DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
60 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
PEDAGOGY
• Solved Examples: 352
• Numerical Questions : 783
• Critical thinking questions: 163
CONTENTS
1. Signals and Signal Processing 2.
Discrete-Time Signals and Systems 3.
Discrete-Time Fourier Transform 4.
Digital Processing of Continuous-Time
Signals 5. Finite-Length Discrete
Transforms 6. z-Transform 7. LTI
Discrete-Time Systems in the
Transform Domain 8. Digital Filter
Structures 9 IIR Digital Filter Design 10.
FIR Digital Filter Design 11. DSP
Algorithm Implementation 12. Analysis
of Finite Wordlength Effects 13.
Multirate Digital Signal Processing
Fundamentals 14. Applications of
Digital Signal Processing / Appendix A:
Discrete-Time Random Signals
International Edition
DIGITAL SIGNAL
PROCESSING, W/CD
4th Edition
by Sanjit K. Mitra, University Of
California-Santa Barbara
2011
ISBN : 9780071289467 [IE]
Digital Signal Processing: A Computer-
Based Approach is intended for a twosemester
course on digital signal
processing for seniors or first-year
graduate students. The prerequisite for
this book is a junior level course in linear
continuous-time and discrete time
systems, which is usually required in
most universities. A key feature of this
book is the extensive use of MATLABbased
examples that illustrate the
program’s powerful capability to solve
signal processing problems. Practical
examples and applications bring the
theory to life. This popular book
introduces the tools used in the analysis
and design of discrete-tme systems for
signal processing.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Discussion of additional timedomain
algorithms used mostly in
speech processing along with the
MATLAB programs implementing
these algorithms.
• Computer programs in each chapter
except 1. The computer project
solutions can be found on the
instructor side of the website.
CONTENTS
1. Signals and Signal Processing 2.
Discrete-Time Signals in the Time
Domain 3. Discrete-Time Signals in the
Frequency Domain 4. Discrete-Time
Systems 5. Finite-Length Discrete
Transforms 6. z-Transform 7. LTI
Discrete-Time Systems in the
Transform Domain 8. Digital Filter
Structures 9. IIR Digital Filter Design
10. FIR Digital Filter Design 11. DSP
Algorithm Implementation 12. Analysis
of Finite Wordlength Effects 13.
Multirate Digital Signal Processing
Fundamentals 14. Multirate Filter
Banks and Wavelets / Appendix A:
Analog Lowpass Filter Design
Appendix B: Design of Analog
Highpass, Bandpass, and Bandstop /
Filters / Appendix C: Discrete-Time
Random Signals
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING,
2nd Edition
by A Nagoor Kani, Founder, RBA
Educational Group, Chennai
2010 / 1056 Pages
ISBN : 9780070086654
This text attempts to provide an
overview of the fundamental concepts of
Digital Signal Processing. The topics
are written in simple language covering
important aspects of DSP and the
computational tasks involved in it. As
the subject is highly mathematical in
nature, the emphasis is given on
problem solving methodology. The book
has excellent pedagogy with sufficient
step wise solved examples and practice
questions. Plenty of short answer type
questions and objective type questions
are given in the text extensively for
exam preparation. Important concepts
and terminologies are highlighted in the
chapters for asy understanding.
FEATURES
• Fundamentals of Digital Signal
Processing presented in easy,
student oriented language
• Apt coverage on Discrete Fourier
Transforms (DFT) and Fast Fourier
Transforms ( FFT)
• Detailed description of Filter Design
including FIR & IIR Filter designs
• All theorems and properties are well
defined with proofs presented in
highlighted boxes
• Step by step solved examples for
easy understanding
• Rich pool of pedagogy including
solved problems, practice questions,
objective type questions and short
answer type questions
• Total 800 Problems (T)
• 150 Fully solved examples
• 100 Practice questions
• 250 Objective type questions
with answers
• 275 Short answer type
questions
• 25 MATLAB examples
CONTENTS
1. Linear Shift Invariant Systems 2.
Discrete Fourier Transform 3. FIR
Filters 4. IIR Filters 5. Finite Word
Length Effects in Digital Filters 6.
Multirate Digital Signal Processing 7.
DSP Processors
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 61
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
2nd Edition
by Salivahanan S., Principal, S S N
College of Engineering, Chennai;
Gnanapriya, C., Head, Architecture
Group, Communications, Media &
Entertainment Business Unit, Infosys
Technologies Limited, Bangalore
2009 / 936 Pages
ISBN: 9780071329149
This book comprehensively covers the
undergraduate course on Digital Signal
Processing. Computer usages are
integrated into the text in the form of
problem solving using MATLAB. Solved
examples and critical-thinking exercises
and review questions enhance the
reader’s comprehension of the
concepts.
FEATURES
• Includes a new chapter on Digital
Signal Processors
• New topical inclusion on Parseval’s
Theorem, Linear Constant
Coefficient Differential Equation,
Discrete Fourier Series and
Convolution Theorem ,Wiener
Filters, Kalman Filters, Application in
Wireless Communication
• In-depth coverage of the key topics
including IIR Filters, FIR Filters,
Effect of Finite Word Length Effects
in Digital Filters and Multirate Digital
Signal Processing
• Detailed treatment on Applications
of Digital Signal Processing
• Emphasizes on problem solving
methodology
• Exhaustive pedagogy
• 256 Solved examples
• 646 Practice questions
• MATLAB examples
CONTENTS
1. Classification of Signals and Systems
2. Fourier Analysis of Periodic and A
periodic Continuous-Time Signals and
Systems 3. Applications of Laplace
Transform to System Analysis 4. z-
Transforms 5. Linear Time Invariant
Systems 6. Discrete and Fast Fourier
Transforms 7. Finite Impulse Response
(FIR) Filters 8. Infinite Impulse
Response (IIR) Filters 9. Realisation of
Digital Linear Systems 10. Effects of
Finite Word Length in Digital Filters 11.
Multirate Digital Signal Processing 12.
Spectral Estimation 13. Adaptive Filters
14. Applications of Digital Signal
Processing 15. Digital Signal
Processors 16. MATLAB Programs 17.
Index
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
2nd Edition
(Special India Edition)
(Schaum’Outlines Series)
by Monson H. Hayes, Professor,
Electrical and Computer Engineering,
Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta,
Georgia; Subrata Bhattacharya,
Associate Professor, Department of
Electronics and Instrumentation
Engineering, Indian School of Mines
(ISM) Dhanbad
2009 / Pages
ISBN: 9780070153868
The book is intended to provide an
introduction to basic principles of Digital
Signal Processing. In keeping with the
basic approach of all schaums series
books, this book aims to help the
students develop their problem solving
skills. The plethora of solved examples
and practice questions in the book
enables the stiudents to get a intutive
grasp on the subject.
FEATURES
• New topical coverage on Goertzel
Algorithm and Chirp- Z Transform
• Includes discussion on Digital Signal
Processors and Application of
Digital Signal Processing
• More than 650 Solved and Unsolved
problems
CONTENTS
1. Signals and Systems 2. Fourier
Analysis 3. Sampling 4. The z-
Transform 5. Transform Analysis of
Systems 6. The DFT 7. The Fast
Fourier Transform 8. Implementation of
discrete –Time Systems 9. Filter
Design 10. Applications of Digital
Signal Processing 11. Digital Signal
Processors
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
3rd Edition
by S Poornachandra Head,
Department of Electronics and
Communication Engineering, RMD
Engineering College; B Sasikala, Asst.
Professor, Department of Electronics
and Communication Engineering,
Crescent Engineering College, Chennai
2009 / 792 Pages
ISBN : 9780070672796
Designed for a first course in digital
signal processing, this book covers
major topics like Discrete Fourier
Transform Fast Fourier Transform),
design of digital filters, effect of finite
word length and multirate signal
processing. Written in a clear style, the
book provides lot of solved problems,
illustrations and flow graphs that will
facilitate easy learning of the subject.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of FIR
and IIR filters
• Simple and student-friendly
presentation
• Appropriate mathematical analysis
to understand concepts
• New chapter on Digital Signal
Processor
• A tutorial on MATLAB with solved
• More than 250 solved problems and
numerous exercises for practice
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Digital Signal
Processing 2. Introduction to Signals
and Systems 3. Linear Time Invariant
Systems 4. Fourier Series 5. Fourier
Transforms 6. Z-Transforms 7. Finite
Impulse Response (FIR) Filter 8.
Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) Filter 9.
Analysis of Finite Word Length Effect
10. Random Signal Processing 11.
Multirate Digital Signal Processing 12.
Introduction to Speech Processing 13.
Digital Signal Processors
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
62 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
by Andreas Antoniou, University of
Victoria
2006
ISBN : 9780070636330
CONTENTS
1: Introduction to Digital Signal
Processing / 2: The Fourier Series and
Fourier Transfer / 3: The z Transform /
4: Discrete-Time Systems / 5:
Application of the z Transform / 6: The
Sampling Process / 7: The Discrete
Fourier Transform / 8: Realization of
Digital Filters / 9: Design of
Nonrecursive (FIR) Filters /10:
Approximations for Analog Filters /11:
Design of Recursive (IIR) Filters /12:
Recursive (IIR) Filters Satisfying
Prescribed Specifications 713: Random
Signals /14: Effects of Finite Word
Length in Digital Filters / 15: Design of
Nonrecursive Filters Using Optimization
Methods /16: Design of Recursive
Filters Using Optimization Methods /17:
Wave Digital Filters / 18: Digital Signal
Processing Applications
International Edition
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
by Charles A Schuler, and Mahesh
Chugani
2005 / 352 Pages
ISBN: 9780071113311 [IE]
CONTENTS
1.Introduction to Digital Signal
Processing. 2.Converting Analog
Signals to Digital Signals. 3.Correlation
and Convolution. 4.Periodic Functions
and Fourier Synthesis. 5.Discrete
Fourier Transform. 6.Windows. 7.Digital
Filters. 8.Practical Implementation of
Filters. 9.Digital Signal Processing
Systems.
DSP PRIMER
(with CD)
by Rorabaugh
2005 / 560 Pages
ISBN : 9780070603493
DIGITAL FILTERS : ANALYSIS,
DESIGN AND APPLICATIONS
2nd Edition
by Antoniou, University of Victoria
1999 / 689 Pages
ISBN : 9780074635124
CONTENTS
1. Elementary Analysis 2. The z
Transform 3. The Application of the z
Transform 4. Realization 5. Analog
Filter Approximations 6. Continuous-
Time, Sampled, and Discrete-Time
Signals 7. Approximations for
Recursive Filters 8. Recursive Filters
Satisfying Prescribed Specifications 9.
Design of Nonrecursive Filters 10.
Random Signals 11. Effects of Finite
Word Length in Digital Filters 12. Wave
Digital Filters 13. The Discrete Fourier
Transform 14. Design of Recursive
Filters Using Optimization Methods 15.
Design of Nonrecursive Filters Using
Optimization Methods 16. Digital Signal
Processing Applications
U S Edition
SIGNAL PROCESSING FOR
WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
by Joseph Bocuzzi Principal Scientist,
wireless business unit of Broadcom
Corporation.
2008 / 537 Pages
ISBN : 9780071489058
This resource provides applicationfocused
guidance to the key concepts
and essential algorithms of wireless
signal processing— one of the most
difficult aspects of wireless
communications.
CONTENTS
1. Wireless Topics 2. Modulation
Theory 3. Wireless Multipath Channel
4. Modulation Detection Techniques 5.
Performance Improvement Techniques
6. Receiver Digital Signal Processing 7.
3G Wideband CDMA 8. Computer
Simulation Estimation Techniques 9.
3G and Beyond Discussion / Appendix
A: Useful Formulas / Appendix B:
Trigonometric Identities / Appendix C:
Definite Integrals / Appendix D:
Probability Functions / Appendix E:
Series and Summations / Appendix F:
Linear Algebra / Index
LABVIEW DIGITAL SIGNAL
PROCESSING AND DIGITAL
COMMUNICATIONS
by Clark
2005 / 205 Pagess
ISBN : 9780070601413
National Instrument‘s LabVIEW
graphical programming language allows
engineers to create instruments in
software — at tremendous cost savings
compared to purchasing the actual
hardware. LabVIEW virtual instruments
can make DSP (digital signal
processing) work faster and less
expensively — making it particularly
valuable to engineers working on
cutting-edge communications systems.
This resource provides engineers with
step-by-step tutorial to using LabVIEW
to create virtual instruments to handle
the most sophisticated DSP
applications. CD-ROM contains sample
LabVIEW virtual instruments and color
images from the book.
CONTENTS
Part 1: Getting Started 1. Digital
Communications and LabVIEW 2.
Getting a Signal into LabVIEW Part 2:
Building Blocks 3. Spectral Analysis
4. Digital Filters 5. Multirate Signal
Processing in LabVIEW 6. Generating
Signals with LabVIEW Part 3:
Building a Communication System
7. Assembling the Pieces 8. System
Performance 9. Optimizing LabVIEW
Signal Processing
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 63
DIGITAL SIGNAL
PROCESSORS
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS
2nd edition
by B Venkatramani, Head, Department
of ECE National Institute of Technology,
Tiruchirappali Tamilnadu M Bhaskar,
Assistant Professor, Department of ECE
National Institute of Technology,
Tiruchirappali Tamilnadu
2010 / 570 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702561
Venkatramani-Bhaskar’s Digital Signal
Processors is considered as the best
selling text on this subject. Designed for
the first course on Digital Signal
Processors, this text provides thorough
understanding of the architecture and
programming of Digital Signal
Processors. A wide variety of Texas
Instrument (TI) DSP chips including
C3X, C5X, C55X series are discussed in
detail. This revised edition offers
dedicated chapters on emerging trends
in Digital Signal Processors including
TMS320C6X series and FPGA based
processors. The application of each
processor is given along with the topics
to help student connect with the topics.
A large number of solved examples,
practice questions and objective type
questions are given in the text for better
understanding of the concepts. The
assembly language programs are
presented in the book for student’s
reference and practice.
FEATURES
• NEW CHAPTERS ON
• TMS320C6X Assembly
Language Instructions
• Architecture & Application
Programs of TMSC55X
• FPGAs and their Applications
• Discusses a wide variety of Texas
Instruments (TI) Digital Signal
Processors including C3X, C5X,
C563XX and C55X
• In depth analysis and explanation of
architecture and programming of
DSP processors
• Strong emphasis on the application
of each set of Digital Signal
Processors
• Application of the CODE
COMPOSER STUDIO software for
design & testing of DSP based
systems
CONTENTS
1. An Overview of Digital Signal
Processing and Its Applications 2.
Introduction to Programmable DSPs 3.
Architecture of TMS320C5X 4.
TMS320C5X Assemble Language
Instructions 5. Instruction Pipelining in
C5X 6. Application Programs in C5X 7.
Architecture of TMS320C3X 8.
Addressing Modes and Assembly
Language Instructions of C3X 9.
Application Programs in C3X 10. An
Overview of TMS320C54X 11.
TMS320C54X Assembly Language
Instructions 12. Application Programs
in C54X 13. Architecture of
TMS320C6X DSPs 14. TMS320C6X
Assembly Language Instructions 15.
Application Programs & Peripherals 16.
Architecture of TMSC55X 17. Recent
Trends in DSP System Design 18.
FPGAs in Telecommunication
Applications
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEMS
ANALOG AND DIGITAL
COMMUNICATION
By T L Singal, Professor, Department of
Electronics and Communication
Engineering, Chitkara Institute of
Engineering and Technology Rajpura,
Punjab
2012 / 936 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072694
The book, though comprehensive, has
been developed in a reader-friendly
fashion by providing numerous
pedagogical aids for the study of
Communication Systems. The product
has been designed as per the need of
the student whose requirement is to
gain apt knowledge as per the
examinations. An important feature is
that the book takes a balanced
approach towards both Analog & Digital
Communications.
FEATURES
• Complete coverage of
undergraduate curriculum on Analog
and Digital Communications with a
balance of theoretical explanations
and mathematical examples
• Requisite review of concepts of
probability and mathematical
representation of noise
• Comprehensive treatment of
transmission and reception of
analog, digital, discrete and spread
spectrum signals
• Important concepts of D/A
converters, Lempel-Ziv coding,
Lossy source coding etc elucidated
• Inclusion of MATLAB and unique
feature of hands-on-projects to aid
visualization
• Examination oriented pedagogical
features:
• Step-wise solved examples: 360
• Objective type questions (including
MCQs): 780
• Practice Questions: 500
• Review Questions: 450
• Model Test Papers
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Electronic
Communications 2. Signals, Probability
and Random Processes 3. Noise 4.
Amplitude Modulation Techniques 5.
Angle Modulation Techniques 6. Analog
Transmission and Reception 7.
Sampling Theorem and Pulse-
Modulation Techniques 8. Digital
Baseband Transmission and
Multiplexing 9. Digital Modulation
Techniques 10. Information Theory 11.
Source and Channel Coding 12.
Spread Spectrum Communication
Appendix A: Standards for Analog and
Digital Communications B:
Mathematical Formulae C: Model Test
Papers D: Abbreviations and Acronyms.
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS • COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
64 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
TAUB’S PRINCIPLES OF
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS,
3rd Editon
by Herbert Taub, City University of NY;
Schilling Donald L., City University of
NY; Revisor: Saha, Goutam, Dept. of
Electrical and Electronics Engineering,
Indian Institute of Technology,
Kharagpur
2007 / 884 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648111
This hallmark text on Communication
Systems has been revised to bring in
the latest on the subject. It covers the
undergraduate syllabi of Analog and
Digital Communication and also gives
the background required for advanced
study on the subject. Plethora of solved
examples and practice questions
elucidate the text and give clarity in the
discussions.
NEW CHAPTERS ON
• Phased Lock Loops
• Miscellaneous topics in
communication (telephone
switching, Computer
communications, telephone
communication, satellite and optical
communication etc.)
NEW TOPICS ON
• Transmitters and Receivers
(Includes Radio Transmitter)
• Line Coding, Scramblers
• TI Coding Standards
• Regenerative repeater
PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• 120 new solved examples
• 54 MATLAB examples (Altogether a
new feature)
• 255 objective type questions
(Altogether a new feature)
CONTENTS
1. Introduction: Signals and Spectra
2. Random Variables and Processes
3. Amplitude-Modulation Systems 4.
Angle Modulation 5. Pulse Modulation
and Digital Transmission of Analog
Signal 6. Digital Modulation and
Transmission 7. Mathematical
Representation of Noise 8. Noise in
Amplitude Modulation System 9. Noise
in Frequency Modulation System 10.
Phase Locked Loops 11. Optimal
Reception of Digital Signal 12. Noise in
Pulse Code Modulation and Delta
Modulation System 13. Information
Theory and Coding 14. Communication
System and Component Noises 15.
Spread Spectrum Modulation 16.
Miscellaneous Topics in Communication
Systems
ANALOG COMMUNICATION
1st Editon
By P. Ramakrishna Rao, Advisor,
Raghu Engineering College,
Visakhapatnam
2011 / 488 Pages
ISBN : 9780070704800
Analog Communications is a text that
encompasses features that make study
interesting for the student. Generally
taught to students of Electronics and
Communication Engineering in their 4th
semester, the course, and hence the
book, delves into the fundamentals of
Communications, which is the
understanding of signals and their
transmission. The book enables the
reader to develop an understanding of
the principles of Communication, while
enjoying the learning experience
through the attractive format followed
FEATURES
• Standalone text on the principles of
communication, viz. Analog
Communications
• Focused coverage of Transmitters
and Receivers
• In-depth discussion on Noise
aspects – randomness and
performance
• Pedagogically enriched text written
in simple language
• Inclusion of relevant MATLAB
examples
• Pedagogical Features:
a. Solved Examples: Present in
abundance and designed to
provide all steps to solving ;
166
b. Review Questions: End of
chapter conceptual questions ;
191
c. Fill-in-the-blanks & MCQs:
Useful for objective type
entrance examination
preparation ;366
d. Problems: End of chapter
numericals of different challenge
levels ; 147
e. Illustrations: To enhance visual
effect ; 310
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Signals, Transforms
and Spectral Analysis 3. Signal
Transmission through Systems 4.
Amplitude Modulation 5. Angle
Modulation 6. AM & FM Transmitters
and Receivers 7. Probability and
Random Processes 8. Noise 9. Noise
Performance of AM and FM Systems
10. Sampling and Analog Pulse
Modulation
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
3rd Edition
by R P Singh & S D Singh, MANIT
Bhopal
2012 / 772 Pages
ISBN : 9781259004605
Communication Systems, by nature, is
largely an abstract area of study. In this
text, the authors have intrinsically
intertwined theory and pedagogy with
the concepts. This is especially done to
immensely enhance visualization of this
subject and its mathematical identities.
Adequate topical enhancements
according to current curriculum
requirements, crisp descriptions, and
numerous illustrations make this book is
a very interesting read. In addition,
thoroughly refreshed pedagogical aids
are provided as useful learning tools for
all students.
FEATURES
• In depth review of the probabilistic
nature of signals
• Generation and detection of analog
and digital signals discussed in
detail
• Elaborate coverage on noise
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 65
considerations and system
performances
New to this edition:
• Chapter on Spread-Spectrum
Modulation
• Summary of content and interesting
review questions for every chapter
• Refreshed solved examples and
MCQs from various technical and
competitive examinations
• Pedagogy includes:
• 200 solved examples
• Over 150 unsolved numericals
• 380+ MCQs
• 160 review questions
• More than 410 illustrations
CONTENTS
1. Signal Analysis 2. Linear Systems 3.
Probability and Random Signal Theory
4. Noise 5. Amplitude Modulation
Systems 6. Angle Modulation Systems
7. Pulse Modulation Systems 8. Pulse
Code Modulation 9. Data Transmission
10 Information Theory 11. Coding 12.
Spread-Spectrum Modulation 13.
Advanced Communication Systems
KENNEDY’S ELECTRONIC
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
5th Editon
By George Kennedy, Supervising
Engineer, Overseas Telecommunications
Commission, Australia, Bernard
Davis, Electronics Instructor, Dade
County Public Schools, SRM Prasanna,
Associate Professor, Dept. of
Electronics and Electrical Engineering,
Indian Institute of Technology, Guwahati
2011 / 680 Pages
ISBN : 9780071077828
Kennedy’s Electronic Communication
Systems is a classic literature on
Communications. The subject of
Communications is abstract and highly
mathematical, which is why it often
eludes the young student. Kennedy
scores in simplifying the concepts and
presenting the subject in as
diagrammatic and theoretical manner as
possible. In the adaptation, the original
flavour of the text has been maintained
while the old technology has been
updated with the more latest ones. Due
weightage has been provided to the
discussion of Digital Communications,
which has gained in importance since
the last revision of Kennedy.
FEATURES
• Thoroughly revised and streamlined
edition
• The state-of-the art technology and
trends reflected in the contents
• Enhanced coverage of Analog
Communication and Radio
Transmitters and Receivers
• New Chapters on:
• Pulse Modulation Techniques
• Digital Modulation Techniques
Revised and updated pedagogy
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to communications
systems 2. Noise 3. Amplitude
modulation techniques 4. Angle
Modulation Techniques 5. Pulse
modulation Techniques 6. Digital
Modulation Techniques 7. Radio
Transmitters and Receivers 8.
Television Broadcasting 9. Transmission
Lines 10. Radiation and propagation of
waves 11. Antennas 12. Waveguides,
resonators and Components 13.
Microwave tubes and circuits 14.
Semiconductor microwave devices and
Circuits 15. Radar Systems 16.
Broadband communication systems 17.
Introduction to Fiber Optic Technology
THEORY AND PROBLEMS OF
ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Lloyd Temes, Department of Electric
Technology, College of Staten Island,
City University of New York; Michel E.
Schultz,Western Wisconsin Technical
College, USA; Pinaki Mukherjee,
Professor, Department of Electronics
and Communication Engineering
Institute of Engineering & Management,
Kolkata
2009 / 244 Pages
ISBN: 9780070151444
The book is intended to provide an
introduction to basic concepts of
Electronic Communication. In keeping
with the basic approach of all schaums
series books, this book aims to help the
students develop their problem solving
skills. The plethora of solved examples
and practice questions in the book
enables the stiudents to get a intutive
grasp on the subject.
FEATURES
• Separate chapters on Amplitude
Modulation and Frequency
Modulation
• Lucid presentation on topics like
Antennas and Transmission Lines.
• Emphasis on problem solving skills
• More than 300 Solved and Practice
Questions with Answers
CONTENTS
1. Characteristics of Tuned LC Circuits
2. RF Oscillators, PLLs, and Frequency
Synthesizers 3. Amplitude Modulation
4. Frequency Modulation 5. Noise 6.
Digital Communication 7. Transmission
Lines 8. Antennas
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
66 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
COMMUNICATION NETWORK
2nd Edition
by Alberto Leon-Garcia University of
Toronto and Indra Widjaja
2004 / 848 Pages
ISBN : 9780070595019
CONTENTS
Preface / 1. Communication Networks
and Services. 2. Application and
Layered Architectures. 3. Digital
Transmission Fundamentals. 4.
Transmission Systems and Circuit
Switching Networks. 5. ARQ and Flow
Control. 6. Local Area Networks and
Medium Access Control. 7. Packet-
Switching Networks. 8. TCP/IP. 9. ATM
Networks. 10. Advanced Network
Architectures. 11. Network Security. 12.
Multi-Media Information and
Networking. / Epilogue. / Appendixes. /
A Delay and Loss Performance. / B
Network Management
PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRONIC
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Louis E. Frenzel, Austin, Texas
2008 / 900 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667556
Meant for the course on Communication
Systems, the book lays emphasis on
the system level understanding of
wireless, networking and other
communication technologies.
Comprehensive coverage and strong
pedagogical features are some of its
key features.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Modern coverage of all major
communications topics,
concentrating on the key areas
students need to master.
• Extensive update on topics like
DSP, new DAC and ADC circuits,
digital modulation and spectral
efficiency.
• Expanded coverage of the I/Q
architecture for digital data
transmission.
• “Pioneers of electronics”: This
special feature helps the students to
review before going for
examinations.
• “Good to know”: This provides
interesting added insights to the
topics.
• Presence of critical thinking
problems at the end of every
chapter.
• Extensive coverage on current
technologies like,
1. Internet technologies
2. Cell phone technologies
3. Wireless technologies
PEDAGOGY
• Solved Examples: 98
• Review Problems: 1187
• Numerical Questions: 242
• Critical thinking questions: 117
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to electronic
communications 2. The fundamentals
of electronics- a review 3. Amplitude
modulation fundamentals 4. Amplitude
modulator and demodulator circuits 5.
Fundamentals of frequency modulation
6. FM Circuits 7. Digital Communication
techniques 8. Radio transmitters
9. Communication receivers 10.
Multiplexing and demultiplexing 11. The
transmission of binary data in
communication systems 12.
Introduction to networking and local
area networks 13. Transmission lines
14. Antennas and wave propagation 15.
Internet technologies 16. Microwave
communication 17. Satellite
communication 18. Telecommunication
systems 19. Optical communication 20.
Cell phone technologies 21. Wireless
technologies
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMMS
5th Edition
by A. Bruce Carlson Rensselaer
Polytech Institute; Paul B. Crilly
University of Tennessee-Knoxville Janet
RutledgeUniversity of Maryland at
Baltimore
2011 / 864 Pages
ISBN : 9780071321174
This exciting revision of Communication
Systems, a classic text in the
communications field, presents an
introduction to electrical communication
systems, including analysis methods,
design principles, and hardware
considerations. The fifth edition has
been updated to reflect current
technology in this ever-evolving field.
The text covers both analog and digital
communications. It features worked
examples and exercises for students to
solve within chapters, helping them to
master new concepts as they are
introduced.
FEATURES
• The author has added conceptual/
descriptive/thought questions
throughout the book as well as
MATLAB® questions on the
website.
• New worked out examples and endof-
chapter problems have been
added to further update the book.
• The appendix has been updated to
include material on radio wave
propagation.
• The end matter includes a new list
of abbreviations and math symbols.
• The fifth edition has expanded
coverage of bandwith, ultrawideband
systems, rake receivers,
expanded cell phone coverage,
discrete time signals and the
discrete Fourier transform, multiple
access, and orthogonal frequency
division multiplexing
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Signals and Spectra
3. Signal Transmission and Filtering 4.
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 67
Linear CW Modulation 5. Exponential
CW Modulation 6. Sampling and Pulse
Modulation 7. Analog Communication
Systems 8. Probability and Random
Variables 9 Random Signals and Noise
10. Noise in Analog Modulation
Systems 11. Baseband Digital
Transmission 12.D igitization
Techniques for Analog Messages and
Computer Networks 13. Channel
Coding and Encryption 14. Bandpass
Digital Transmission 15. Spread
Spectrum Systems 16. Information and
Detection Theory / Appendix: Circuit
and System Noise
ANALOG & DIGITAL
COMMUNICATION
(Special Indian Edition)
(Schaum’s Outline Series)
by Hwei P. Hsu, Fairleigh Dickinson
University; Debjani Mitra, Associate
Professor, Department of Electronics
and Instrumentation Engineering, Indian
School of Mines (ISM) Dhanbad
2009 / 368 Pages
ISBN: 9780070151505
The book is intended to provide an
Introduction to basic principles of Analog
& Digital Communication. In keeping
with the basic approach of all schaums
series books, this book aims to help the
students develop their problem solving
skills. The plethora of solved examples
and practice questions in the book
enables the stiudents to get a intutive
grasp on the subject.
FEATURES
• New Chapters on ‘Noise’ and ‘Digital
Modulation and Demodulation’
• Crisp and lucid coverage of Signal
Modulation, Transmission and
Filtering, Signal and Spectra,
Information Theory and Source
Coding
• More than 500 Solved and Unsolved
problems
CONTENTS
1. Signals and Spectra 2. Signal
Transmission and Filtering 3. Amplitude
Modulation 4. Angle Modulation 5.
Pulse Modulation Systems 6.
Probability and Random Variables 7.
Random Processes 8. Noise 9. Noise
in Analog Communication Systems 10.
Digital Modulation and Demodulation
11. Information Theory and Source
Coding
International Edition
ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION
6th Edition
by Robert L Shrader
2008 / 864 Pages
ISBN : 9780071136655
CONTENTS
• Current, Voltage, and Resistance
• Direct-Current Circuits • Magnetism.
• Alternating Current • Inductance and
Transformers • Capacitance •
Alternating-Current Circuits •
Resonance and LC Filters • Active
Devices • Power Supplies • Oscillators
• Digital Fundamentals • Measuring
Devices • Audio-Frequency Amplifiers •
Radio-Frequency Amplifiers • Basic
Trans-mitters • Amplitude Modulation
and SSB • Amplitude-Modulation
Receivers • Frequency Modulation •
Antennas • Two-Way Communications
• Microwaves • Fiber Optics •
Broadcast Stations • Television •
Maritime Radio • Radar • Sources of
Electricity • Operating Fundamentals
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION
By P. Ramakrishna Rao, Advisor,
Raghu Engineering College,
Visakhapatnam
2011 / 500 Pages
ISBN : 9780070707764
Digital Communications is meant for the
students of Electronics and
Communication Engineering who are
taught the subject either as part of the
Communication Systems course or
separately as a Digital Communications
course. The book builds on the
fundamentals learnt previously through
the course on Analog Communications.
The book has been so developed that it
may be used in tandem with the book
on “Analog Communications” by the
same author, or separately also, for
those who take a special higher course
on Digital Communications. The book
covers the complete spectra of a Digital
Communications paper and describes in
detail the modulation, transmission
techniques and also delves into Spread
Spectrum Techniques
FEATURES
• Focused coverage of the principles
and systems of Digital
Communications
• Detailed treatment of Probability to
• Comprehensive discussion on
Noise and performance of analog
systems in the presence of Noise
• Easy, lucid writing style
• Pedagogical Features:
• Solved Examples: Present in
abundance and designed to
provide all steps to solving ;
166
• Review Questions: End of
chapter conceptual questions ;
191
• Fill-in-the-blanks & MCQs:
Useful for objective type
entrance examination
preparation; 366
• Problems: End of chapter
numericals of different challenge
levels; 147
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
68 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
• Illustrations: To enhance visual
effect; 310
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Digital Communication
2. Signals, Probability and Random
Processes 3. Waveform Coding 4.
Baseband Digital Signalling 5.
Bandpass Digital Signalling 6.
Information Theory and Source Coding
7. Error - Control Coding (Channel
Coding) Chapter 8. Spread-Spectrum
Systems / APPENDIX-A: Some useful
Mathemati-cal Formulae / APPENDIXB:
Fourier Transform Pairs and
Theorems / APPENDIX-C: Error
Functions & Tables; Q- Function Tables
International Edition
DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS
5th Edition
by John Proakis, Northeastern
University, and Massoud Salehi,
Northeastern University
2008 / 1024 Pages
ISBN : 9780071263788
Digital Communications is a classic
book in the area that is designed to be
used as a senior or graduate level text.
The text is flexible and can easily be
used in a one semester course or there
is enough depth to cover two
semesters. Its comprehensive nature
makes it a great book for students to
keep for reference in their professional
careers. This all-inclusive guide delivers
an outstanding introduction to the
analysis and design of digital
communication systems. Includes
expert coverage of new topics:
Turbocodes, Turboequalization, Antenna
Arrays, Digital Cellular Systems, and
Iterative Detection. Convenient,
sequential organization begins with a
look at the history and classification of
channel models and builds from there.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Fresh new co-author brought on to
this project.
• End of Chapter Problems.
FEATURES
• Progressive Organization
• Complete and thorough introduction
to the analysis and design of digital
communication systems.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Deterministic and
Random Signal Analysis 3. Digital
Modulation Schemes 4. Optimum
Receivers for AWGN Channels 5.
Synchronization Techniques 6. An
Introduction to Information Theory 7.
Channel Coding I: Linear Block Codes
8. Channel Coding II: Trellis and Graph
Based Codes 9. Digital Communication
Through Bandlimited Channels 10.
Adaptive Equalization 11. Multi-channel
and Multi-carrier Systems 12. Spread
Spectrum Systems 13. Fading
Channels I: Characterization and
Signaling 14. Fading Channels II:
Capacity and Coding 15. Multiple-
Antenna Systems 16. Multi-user
Communications / Appendices
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION
by Amitabha Bhatacharya,
Assistant Professor in the
Department of Electronics &
Instrumentation Engineering at the
Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad.
2005 / 690 Pages
ISBN : 9780070591172
This book is an attempt to provide the
students with a simplified, focussed,
and comprehensive text for the
undergraduate course on Digital
Communication.
FEATURES
• Povides a systems approach to
Digital Communication right at the
foundational level (block
diagrammatic approach to the
various systems-Linear, Non-Linear,
Causal etc.).
• Covers digital modulation based on
signal-space concepts. This will
facilitate the students to design the
modern digital communication
systems on their own.
• Every system is judged in terms of
its bandwidth efficiency and power
efficiency. All the necessary theory
to derive these two crucial
parameters of a communication
system is derived from first
principles.
CONTENTS
Part I: Preview, Introduction, Signals
and Systems : some fundamental
concepts Part II: Baseband Systems,
3. Baseband Transmission Techniques:
Formatting 4. Baseband Transmission
Techniques: Coding 5. Baseband
Reception Techniques Part III:
Bandpass Systems 6. Bandpass
Signal Transmission 7. Bandpass
Signal Reception, Appendix A: Q and
error functions, Appendix B:
Continuous Phase Modulation (CPM),
Appendix C: Decision-Directed Carrier
Recovery
COMMUNICATION ELECTRONICS
3rd Editon
by Louis E. Frenzel; Austin, Texas
2006 / 448 Pages
ISBN : 9780070483989
Communication Electronics 3/e is a
comprehensive introduction to
communication circuits and systems for
students with a background in basic
electronics. All of the chapters have
been revised and updated to include the
latest circuitry systems and applications.
FEATURES
• Some of the new material includes
the Internet and World Wide Web,
an update of cell phones with the
new digital TDMA and CDMA
systems, data communications with
the latest modems (ADSL) and
network components, and high
definition of digital TV systems.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Communication.
2. Amplitude Modulation and Single-
Side Band. 3. Modulation. 4. Amplitude
Modulation Circuits. 5. Frequency
Modulation. 6. Frequency Modulation
Circuits. 7. Radio Transmitters. 8.
Communications Receivers. 9.
Multiplexing. 10. Antennas,
Transmission Lines, and Radio Wave
Propagation. 11. Microwave
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 69
Techniques. 12. Introduction to Satellite
Communications. 13. Data
Communication. Fiber-Optic
Telecommunications. 14. Television.
15. The Telephone Systems and its /
Applications.
FUNDAMENTALS OF
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
by Michael Fitz, University of California
2007 / 668 Pages
ISBN : 9780070222960
CONTENTS
Part 1: Mathematical Foundations Part
2: Analog Communication Part 3: Noise
in Communications Systems Part 4:
Fundamentals of Digital Communication
INFORMATION THEORY
INFORMATION THEORY, CODING
AND CRYPTOGRAPHY
2nd Edition
by Ranjan Bose, Department of
Electrical Engineering, Indian Institute of
Technology New Delhi
2008 / 348 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669017
The fields of Information Theory, Coding
and Cryptography are ever expanding,
and the last six years have seen a spurt
of new ideas germinate, mature and get
absorbed in industrial standards and
applications. Many of these new
concepts have been included in the
second edition, which will enable
students and professionals to learn
these topics quickly and efficiently
FEATURES
• Detailed chapter on Cryptography
covering fundamentals, private and
public key cryptography, current
encryption standards and the latest
trends
• Physical concept is provided
alongwith moderate mathematical
rigor
• 137 Solved examples
• 164 Chapter-end problems
New to this edition
• New sections on Space Time Block
Codes & Space Time Trellis Codes
• Expanded coverage on Turbo codes
and Trellis Coding Modulation
• New topical coverage on
• Multi Input Multi Output (MIMO)
Channels
• Low Density Parity Check (LDPC)
Codes
• Space Time Codes
• Interleaver Design for Turbo Codes
• Quantum Cryptography
• Biometric Encryption
CONTENTS
1. Source Coding 2. Channel Capacity
and Coding 3. Linear Block Codes for
Error Correction 4. Cyclic Codes
5. Bose-Chaudhuri Hocquenghem
(BCH) Codes 6. Convolutional Codes
7. Trellis Coded Modulation 8.
Cryptography
INFORMATION CODING
TECHNIQUES, 2nd Edition
by R Avudaiammal, Assistant
Professor, Department of Electronics
and Communication Engineering,
St.Joseph College of Engineering,
Chennai.
2009 / 342 Pages
ISBN : 9780070672826
Information Coding deals with
transmitting information efficiently and
accurately. This book provides a
thorough introduction to the subject. It
adopts a simplified and lucid approach
to presenting the concepts.
FEATURES
• Numerous solved and unsolved
problems
• Elaborate treatment of cyclic and
convolution codes
• Short and long answer questions
• Two-marks questions with answers
• University question papers with hints
CONTENTS
1. Information Entropy Fundamentals 2.
Error Control Coding 3. Data and Voice
Coding 4. Text and Image Compression
5. Audio Coding
MATLAB
International Edition
A CONCISE INTRODUCTION
TO MATLAB
by William J. Palm III
2008 / 448 Pages
ISBN : 9780071263726
A Concise Introduction to Matlab is a
simple, concise book designed to cover
all the major capabilities of MATLAB
that are useful for beginning s-+tudents.
Thorough coverage of Function
handles, Anonymous functions, and
Subfunctions. In addition, key
applications including plotting,
programming, statistics and model
building are also all covered MATLAB is
presently a globally available standard
computational tool for engineers and
scientists. The terminology, syntax, and
the use of the programming language
are well defined and the organization of
the material makes it easy to locate
information and navigate through the
textbook.
FEATURES
• Thorough Coverage of: Function
handles Anonymous functions
Subfunctions
• Applications including plotting,
programming, statistics and model
building
• Numerous examples and homework
problems drawn from all engineering
fields
• Mathematics are at the appropriate
level for freshman engineering
students
CONTENTS
1. An Overview of MATLAB 2. Numeric,
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS • INFORMATION THEORY • MATLAB
70 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Cell, and Structure Arrays 3. Functions
and Files 4. Decision-Making Programs
5. Advanced Plotting and Model Building
6. Statistics, Probability, and
Interpolation 7. Numerical Methods for
Calculus and Differential Equations 8.
Symbolic Processing
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO MATLAB 7 FOR
ENGINEERS, 2nd Edition
by William Palm, University of Rhode
Island—Kingston
2008 / 752 Pages
ISBN : 9780071232623
CONTENTS
1. An Overview of MATLAB 2. Numeric,
Cell, and Structure Arrays 3. Functions
and Files 4. Programming with MATLAB
5. Advanced Plotting and Model Building
6. Linear Algebraic Equations 7.
Probability, Statistics, and Interpolation
8. Numerical Calculus and Differential
Equations 9. Simulink 10. Symbolic
Processing with MATLAB / Appendix A:
Guide to Commands and Functions in
this Text / Appendix B: Animation and
Sound in MATLAB / Appendix C:
Formatted Output in MATLAB /
Appendix D: References / Appendix E:
Some Project Suggestions (Online)
Answers to Selected Problems
OPTICAL / SATELLITE
COMMUNICATION
OPTICAL FIBER
COMMUNICATIONS, 4th Edition
by Gerd Keiser, Boston University
2007 / 580 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648104
This book on Optical Fiber
Communication presents the
fundamental principles for
understanding and applying optical fiber
technology to sophisticated modern
telecommunication system.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive treatment of opticallink
constituents such as optical
fibers, light sources, photo
detectors, connecting and coupling
devices and optical amplifiers.
• Design principles of digital and
analog optical fiber transmission
links, including optical power
budgets, signal rise times, line
coding and noise effects on system
performance.
• Operating principles of WDM and its
components are explained.
• Architecture and performance of
Optical Networks explained in detail.
• Advanced communication
techniques such as soliton
transmission, optical CDMS, and
ultrafast time division multiplexing
discussed.
CONTENTS
1. Overview of Optical Fiber
Communications 2. Optical Fibers:
Structures, Waveguiding, and
Fabrication 3. Signal Degradation in
Optical Fibers 4. Optical Sources 5.
Power Launching and Coupling 6.
Photodetectors 7. Optical Receiver
Operation 8. Digital Links 9. Analog
Links 10. WDM Concepts and
Components 11. Optical Amplifiers 12.
Nonlinear Effects 13. Optical Networks
14. Performance Measurement and
Monitoring
OPTICAL COMMUNICATION
ESSENTIALS
(Special Indian Edition)
by Gerd Keiser Founder and President
of PhotonicsComm Solutions, Inc.
2008 / 396 Pages
ISBN : 9780070251755
Keiser has developed this readable tour
through the basics and cutting edge
applications of optical communications
for non-specialist engineers and lower
tech readers. Broken into short, 20-25
page modules, complete with
illustrations and sidebars, this is a
completely new approach to the topic,
ideal for use in the classroom,
independent study, or corporate training.
CONTENTS
1. Basic Concepts of Communications
Systems 2. Optical Communication
Systems Overview 3. The Behavior of
Light 4. Optical Fibers 5. Optical Fiber
Cables 6. Light Sources and
Transmitters Chapter 7.Photoiodes and
Receivers 8. Connectors and Splices 9.
Passive Optical Components 10. Active
Optical Components 11. Optical
Amplifiers 12. Wavelength Division
Multiplexing 13. Constructing the WDM
Network Puzzle Chapter
14. Performance Measures 15.
Performance Impairments 16. Optical
Link Design 17. Optical Networks 18.
Network Management 19. Test and
Measurement 20. Manufacturing Issues
/ Appendix A: Units, Physical Constants,
And Conversion Factors / Appendix B:
ITU-T Frequency And Wavelength Grid /
Appendix C: Acronyms / Index
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
OF OPTICAL COMMUNICATIONS
by Max Ming-Kang Liu, Quick Design
Systems, Inc.
2010 / 1024 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702509
Designed for a senior or graduate-level
course in optical communications, this
book offers comprehensive coverage of
a variety of light wave technologies not
often found in other texts. Taking an
applied approach to the subject, this text
has utility in a number of different optical
MATLAB • OPTICAL / SATELLITE COMMUNICATION
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 71
communications courses and in
advanced signal processing. The
coverage and approach reflect Dr. Liu’s
background in industry. They offer
students exposure to the latest
technologies and give strong
preparation for industry positions in
optical communications.
FEATURES
• Offers broad, balanced, and detailed
coverage of various lightwave
technologies
• Introduction of a wide variety of
technologies, including: decision
feedback lasers, tunable lasers,
external modulation, advanced
OEICs, noise analysis, transmission
link design, wavelength division
multiplexing, SONET, high-speed
multiple access, photonic switching,
optic networks, subcarrier
multiplexing for CATV applications,
coherent detection, carrier and bit
timing recoveries, optical amplifications,
and optical fiber soliton
transmission.
• Numerous examples and problems
support the concepts in each
chapter
CONTENTS
Part 1: Overview 1. Introduction 2.
From Point-To-Point To Networking Part
2: Basic Communications Blocks 3.
Light Sources 4. Optical Fibers 5. Light
Detection 6. Noise In Optical
Communications 7. Incoherent
Detection Part 3: Networking 8. Time-
Domain Medium Access 9. Wavelength-
Domain Medium 10. Subcarrier
Multiplexing 11. Photonic Switching Part
4: Signal Processing 12. Direct
Modulation 13. Distributed-Feedback
Laser Diodes And Modulation 14.
External Modulation 15. Coherent
Detection 16. Timing Recovery And Line
Coding 17. Optical Amplification 18.
Optical Fiber Soliton Transmission /
Appendix A: Important Physical and
Mathematical Constants / Appendix B:
International System Of units /
Appendix C: Important Physical
Constants Of III-V Compounds /
Appendix D : Important Variable
Definitions / Appendix E : Useful
Mathematical Formulas
AN INTRODUCTION TO FIBER
OPTICS SYSTEMS, 2nd Edition
by John Powers, Naval Postgraduate
School
2010 / 360 Pages
ISBN : 9780070701243
CONTENTS
1. Introduction / 2. The Optical Fiber /
3. Fiber Properties / 4. Splicers,
Connectors, and Couplers / 5. Opticasl
Sources / 6. Optical Receivers / 7.
Optical Link Design / 8. Fiber Optic
Networks / 9. Wavelength-Division
Multiplexing.
US Edition
OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN
by Robert F. Fischer
2008 / 809 Pages
ISBN : 9780071472487
Honed for more than 20 years in an
SPIE professional course taught by
renowned optical systems designer
Robert E. Fischer, Optical System
Design, Second Edition brings you the
latest cutting-edge design techniques
and more than 400 detailed diagrams
that clearly illustrate every major
procedure in optical design.
This thoroughly updated resource helps
you work better and faster with
computer-aided optical design
techniques, diffractive optics, and the
latest applications, including digital
imaging, telecommunications, and
machine vision. No need for complex,
unnecessary mathematical derivationsinstead,
you get hundreds of examples
that break the techniques down into
understandable steps. Contents
CONTENTS
Preface / Acknowledgments / 1. Basic
Optics and Optical System
Specifications 2. Stops and Pupils and
Other Basic Principles 3. Diffraction,
Aberrations, and Image Quality 4. The
Concept of Optical Path Difference 5.
Review of Specific Geometrical
Aberrations and How to Get Rid of
Them 6. Glass Selection (including
Plastics) 7. Spherical and Aspheric
Surfaces 8. Design Forms 9. The
Optical Design Process 10. Computer
Performance Evaluation 11. Gaussian
Beam Imagery 12. Basics of Thermal
Infrared Imaging in the 3- to 5- and 8- to
12-um Spectral Bands (Plus UV Optics)
13. Diffractive Optics 14. Design of
Illumination Systems 15. Performance
Evaluation and Optical Testing 16.
Tolerancing and Producibility 17.
Optomechanical Design 18. Optical
Manufacturing Considerations 19.
Polarization Issues in Optical Design 20.
Optical Thin Films 21. Hardware Design
Issues 22. Lens Design Optimization
Case Studies 23. Optical Sensor
Systems Modeling and Analysis 24.
Stray Light and Optical Scattering 25.
Bloopers and Blunders in Optics 26.
Rule of Thumb and Hints / Glossary /
Bibliography / Index
International Edition
DESIGN OF INTEGRATED
CIRCUITS FOR OPTICAL
COMMUNICATIONS
by Behzad Razavi, University of
California— Los Angeles
2003 / 384 Pages
ISBN : 9780071229715
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Optical Communications.
2. Basic Concepts. 3 Optical
Devices. 4. Transimpedance Amplifiers.
5. Limiting Amplifiers and Output
Buffers. 6. Oscillator Fundamentals. 7.
LC Oscillators. 8 Phase- Locked Loops.
9. Clock and Data Recovery. 10
Multiplexers and Laser Drivers.
OPTICAL / SATELLITE COMMUNICATION
72 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
DIGITAL SATELLITE
COMMUNICATION
(Special Indian Edition)
by Tri T Ha, Naval Postgraduate
School, Monterey, Canada
2008 / Pages
ISBN : 9780070077522
CONTENTS
Elements of Satellite Communication.
Communication Satellites and Orbital
Mechanics. Satellite Link. Time Division
Multiple Access. Efficient Techniques.
Satellite Packet Communication. Digital
Modulation. Carrier and Symbol Timing
Synchronization. Satellite Spread
Spectrum Communication. Very Small
Aperture Terminal Networks. Mobile
Satellite Communication.
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION
(Special Indian Edition)
by Dennis Roddy, Lakehead University
2008
ISBN : 9780070077850
Highly regarded for more than a decade
as both a teaching text and professional
tutorial, this classic guide to satellite
communications has been revised,
updated, and expanded to cover global
wireless applications, digital television,
and Internet access via satellite. Indepth,
textbook-style coverage
combined with an intuitive, low-math
approach makes this book particularly
appealing to the wireless and
networking markets
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Global wireless services, including
3G;
• Antenna Options,
• Error Coding
CONTENTS
1. Overview of Satellite Systems 2.
Orbits and Launching Methods 3. The
Geostationary Orbit 4. Radio Wave
Propagation 5. Polarization 6. Antennas
7. The Space Segment 8. The Earth
Segment 9. Analog Signals 10. Digital
Signals 11. Error Control Coding 12. The
Space Link 13. Interference 14. Satellite
Access 15. Satellites in Networks 16.
Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS)
Television 17. Satellite Mobile and
Specialized Services / Appendix A:
Answers To Selected Problems /
Appendix B: Conic Sections /
Appendix C: Nasa Two-line Orbital
Elements / Appendix D: Listings Of
Artificial Satellites / Appendix E:
Illustrating Third-order Intermodulation
Products / Appendix F: Acronyms /
Appendix G: Logarithmic Units / Index
GLOBAL SATELLITE
NAVIGATION SYSTEMS
GLOBAL SATELLITE NAVIGATION
SYSTEMS
by G S Rao,Professor,Department of
Electronics & Communication
Engineering; University College of
Engineering, Andhra University,
Vishakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh
2010 / 580 Pages (T)
ISBN : 9780070700291
This book comprehensively deals with
the fundamentals of Global Navigation
Satellite Systems (GNSS). Extensive
discussion on GPS, Galileo and
Satellite Based Augmentation (SBA)
systems are given in the text. The
regional satellite navigation systems
including IRNSSS (India), QZNSS
(Japan) and COMPASS/ Bediou (China)
are aptly covered. Inclusion of relevant
topics like Communication Satellites,
Multiple Access Techniques,
Geoinformatics and GPS Based
Surveying makes it more useful for the
students pursuing course on GPS,
GNSS and related courses. A large
number of solved examples, practice
questions and objective type questions
are provided to gain greater insight into
the subject.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage on
satellite navigation systems
including GPS, GLONASS and
GALILEO
• Vivid discussion on Satellite Based
Augmentation Systems including
WAAS, EGNOS, MSAS and
GAGAN
• Extensively deals with GPS
Receiver Signal Processing, Orbital
Dynamics and Positioning & Coordinate
Transformation
• Important topics like
Geoinformatics, Communication
Satellites, Multiple Access
Techniques and Surveying using
GPS included for enhanced
coverage
• Rich pool of pedagogy including
solved problems, practice questions
and objective type questions
• Total Problems: 630
• Solved examples: 67
• Practice questions: 283
• Objective type questions: 200
• Numerical questions : 55 (With
hints & answers)
• Open book exam questions: 25
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Global Navigation
Satellite Systems 2. Satellite Orbital
Dynamics and Position Determination
3. GPS Satellite Constellation and
Signal Structure 4. GPS Errors and
Ionospheric Effect on GPS Signals 5.
Galileo 6. Global Orbiting
NavigationSatellite Systems
(GLONASS) 7. Satellite Based
Augmentation Systems (SBAS) 8.
Differential GPS 9. GPS Receivers 10.
Coordinate Systems 11.
Geoinformatics Using Photogrammetry,
Remote Sensing and GPS 12.
Surveying with GPS 13. Satellite
Communications 14. Multiple Access
Techniques
OPTICAL / SATELLITE COMMUNICATION • GLOBAL SATELLITE NAVIGATION SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 73
MOBILE / WIRELESS
COMMUNICATION
WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
by T L Singal, Professor, Department of
Electronics & Communication
Engineering, Chitkara Institute of
Engineering & Technology, Rajpura,
Punjab
2010 / 624 Pages
ISBN : 9780070681781
The book presents detailed
understanding on fundamentals of
Wireless Communication. The topics
are written in simple language covering
important aspects of wireless
communication and networks. Emerging
trends like WLAN, Bluetooth, Fixed
Broadband and Wireless WAN
communications are aptly covered.
Technical concepts which are at the
core of design, planning and evaluation
of wireless communication are
presented in detail. The mathematical
derivations are given in step by step
manner for easy understanding. The
book has excellent pedagogy with
numerous solved examples and
practice questions. Plenty of short
answer type questions and objective
type questions are included in the text
extensively for exam preparation. Some
real life figures of wireless devices are
also provided in the book to invoke
student’s interest.
FEATURES
• Fundamentals of Wireless
Communications presented in easy
language
• Comprehensive coverage on
Cellular Communications and
Antenna System Design
Considerations
• Detailed description of Digital
Cellular Technologies including
GSM, GPRS, CDMA
• Brief overview of emerging trends
like Wi-Max, Wi-Media, UWB &
RFID
• Includes discussion on emerging
wireless technologies like IEEE
802.11x, IEEE 802.16x, WMAN,
MANETs, WSN
• Rich pool of pedagogy including
solved problems, practice
questions, objective type questions
and short answer type questions
• Total Problems:866
• Solved examples:147
• Practice questions:284
• Short answer type
questions:210
• Objective type questions:225
CONTENTS
1. Evolution of Wireless Communication
Systems 2 .Mobile Communication
Engineering 3. The Propagation Models
4. Principles of Cellular Communication
5. Cellular Antenna System Design
Consideration6.Frequency Management
and Channel Assignment 7. Cellular
System Design Trade Offs 8. Multiple
Access Techniques 9. A Basic Cellular
Systems 10. Wireless Communication
Systems 11. Global System for Mobile
(GSM) 12. CDMA Digital Cellular
Standards (IS 95) 13. 3G Digital Cellular
Technology 14. Emerging Wireless
Network Technologies
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION &
NETWORKS: 3G & BEYOND
by Iti Saha Misra , Reader, Department
of Electronics and Telecommunication
Engineering, Jadavpur University ,
Kolkata, West Bengal
2009 / 416 Pages
ISBN: 9780070151406
This book provides for a comprehensive
understanding of wireless and mobile
communication. With the up-to-date
coverage of latest and emerging
technologies, this book keeps the
reader abreast with the changing
scenario of the communication world.
FEATURES
• Coverage on Universal Mobile
Telecommunication Systems –The
3G Networks
• Extensive elucidation of GSM and
GPRS—network architecture,
protocol, and mobility management
• Detailed coverage on Multiple
Access Techniques including a
separate chapter on Code Division
Multiple Access Networks
• Includes latest mobile technologies
– the Wi-MAX and the Wi-Fi
• Detailed discussion on Mobile IP
with its limitation and solution
strategy
• Covers evolutionary path of modern
wireless communication networks
from First Generation to Fourth
Generation
CONTENTS
1. Introduction for Wireless
communication and Networks 2.
Cellular Mobile Wireless Networks:
Systems & Design Fundamentals and
Propagation Path Loss Models 3.
Evolution of Modern Mobile Wireless
Communication Systems 4. Multiple
Access Techniques in Wireless
Communications 5. Second Generation
Mobile Networks GSM: Architecture
and Protocols 6. 2.5 G Networks—
General Packet Radio Services
(GPRS) 7. Overview of CDMA Based
IS—95 2G Cellular Networks 8. 3GUniversal
Mobile Telecommunication
Systems (UMTS) 9. Overview of
Internet Protocol and Mobile Internet
Protocol 10. Mobility Management
Issues: Role of IP on Wireless
Networks 11. Fundamentals of
Wireless Local Area Networks 12:
Cellular and WLAN Integration :
Heterogeneous Network Architecture,
Step towards 4G Networks 13:
Overview of WiMax Technologies:
Broadband Wireless Communication
MOBILE COMMUNICATION
ENGINEERING
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by William CY Lee Vice President and
Chief Scientist for Applied Research and
Science, AirTouch Communications,
California.
2008 / 716 Pages
ISBN : 9780070252202
From one of the field’s foremost
educators, here is the classic guide to
mobile communication—fully revised. It
is unique because it shows readers how
to understand the differences in
applying technologies between wireline
MOBILE / WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
74 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
communications and wireless
communications. The new second
edition extensively updates the basics. It
also coves traffic and capacity analysis
on mobile communications networks
and addresses rapidly expanding new
technologies, such as digital cellular,
PCS, and multiple access techniques
not only including FDMA, TDMA,
CDMA, and SDMA, but also applying
the techniques on the virtual channels.
CONTENTS
Introduction. / The Mobile Radio Signal
Environment. / Statistical Communications
Theory. / Path Loss Over Flat
Terrain. / Path Loss Over Hilly Terrain
and General Methods of Prediction. /
Effects of System RF Design on
Propagation. / Received-Signal
Envelope Characteristics. Received-
Signal Phase Characteristics. /
Modulation Technology. / Diversity
Schemes. Combining Technology. /
Signal Processes. / Interference
Problems. Signal-Error Analysis Versus
System Performance. / Voice-Quality
Analysis Versus System Performance.
/ Multiple-Access (MA) Schemes. /
Classification of the Concepts of
Sensititve Topics. / New Concepts.
Military Mobile Communications.
International Edition
WIRELESS AND CELLULAR
COMMUNICATIONS
3rd Edition
by William C Y Lee, Chairman of
Linkair, Inc.
2006 / 544 Pages
ISBN : 9780071252553
Professional Book
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Complete on the ground
engineering coverage of new
systems: 3G, 4G, PHS
• Engineering parameters for portable
systems: WiFi, Bluetooth
• Wireless Local Loop
• Specifications for all major wireless
systems, including cdmaOne
• The field’s bestselling engineering
reference completely updated for a
new era
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Wireless
Communications. 2. Introduction to
Cellular Systems. 3. Specification of
Analog Cellular Systems. 4.
Specification of Digital Cellular
Systems. 5. Specification of Newly
Mobile Systems. 6. Specification of
WLL and WLAN Systems. 7. Cell
Coverage and Antennas. 8. Cochannel
Interferences. 9. Types of Non-
Cochannel Interference. Chap ter 10.
Frequency Management and Channel
Assignment. 11. Handoffs and Dropped
calls. 12. Operational Technology and
Techniques. 13. Switching and Traffi c.
14. Data Links and Microwaves. 15.
System Evaluations. 16. Intelligent Cell
Concept. 17. Intelligent and All IP
Network. 18. Mobile Communications.
Related Topics
U S Edition
COMPLETE WIRELESS DESIGN
2nd Edition
by Cotter Sayre senior RF hardware
engineer retired from 3COM
Corporation's Advanced Development
Group.
2008 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780071544528
Complete Wireless Design shows you
how to analyze and design – down
to the circuit level – the complex
wireless receivers and transmitters of
modern digital communications
systems. Updated to cover the latest
systems and equipment, this bestseller
retains its highly practical, algebrabased
approach and includes a CDROM
with wireless simulation and
design software.
CONTENTS
1. Wireless Essentials 2. Modulation
3. Amplifier Design 4. Oscillator Design
5. Frequency Synthesizer Design 6.
Filter Design 7. Mixer Design 8.
Support Circuit Design 9.
Communication System Design and
Propagation 10. Communication
Antennas 11. Radio Frequency
Simulation 12. Wireless Testing 13.
EMI Control and Printed Circuit Board
Layout 14. General Wireless Topics /
Appendix: Order of Operations/
Glossary / Bibliography / Index
MOBILE CELLULAR
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
ANALOG AND DIGITAL SYSTEMS
2nd Edition
by William C.Y. Lee; Link Air
Communication, Inc.
1995 / 664 Pages
ISBN : 9780070635999
Professional Book
International Edition
LEE’S ESSENTIALS OF WIRELESS
COMMUNICATIONS
by William C.Y. Lee; Link Air
Communication, Inc.
2001 / 450 Pages
ISBN : 9780071165365
Professional Book
CONTENTS
• How Telephones, Wireline, and
Wireless Were Born. • Why Mobile
Radio Systems are Difficult to Develop.
• How to Evaluate a Spectrum - An
Efficient System. • Important Factors of
Choosing a New Digital System.
• Learn From the Past. • Application of
CDMA. • What Is Our Future? • Internet
and Wireless Future.
MOBILE / WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 75
FUNDAMENTALS OF MOBILE
AND PERVASIVE COMPUTING
by Adelstein
2005 / 404 Pages
ISBN : 9780070603646
The only authoritative source offering a
holistic view of pervasive computing,
Fundamentals of Mobile and Pervasive
Computing explains computing
fundamentals from the increasingly
dominant mobile perspective. Focuses
on the principles behind technologies
such as security and wireless sensor
networks.
CONTENTS
1. Mobile Adaptive Computing. 2.
Mobility Management. 3. Data Dissemination
and Management. 4. Context-
Aware Computing. 5. Introduction to
Mobile Middleware. Chapter
6.Middleware for Application
Development: Adaptation and Agents.
7. Service Discovery Middleware:
Finding Needed Services. 8.
Introduction to Ad Hoc and Sensor
Networks. 9. Challenges. 10. Protocols.
11. Approaches and Solutions. 12.
Wireless Security. 13. Approaches to
Security. 14. Security in Wireless
Personal Area Networks. 15. Security
in Wireless Local Area Networks. 16.
Security in Wireless Metropolitan Area
Networks (802.16). 17. Security in
Wide Area Networks.
CARRIER GRADE VOICE OVER IP
2nd Edition
by Daniel Collins
2003 / 544 Pages
ISBN : 9780070603233
PROFESSIONAL BOOK
3G WIRELESS NETWORKS
2nd Edition
by Clint Smity
2006 / 704 Pages
ISBN : 9780070636927
3G (or 3-G) is short for thirdgeneration
technology. It is used in the
context of mobile phone standards. The
services associated with 3G provide the
ability to transfer simultaneously both
voice data (a telephone call) and nonvoice
data (such as downloading
information, exchanging email, and
instant messaging). In marketing 3G
services, video telephony has often
been used as the killer application for
3G.
WHAT’S INSIDE?
• Lays out the basics of first and
second generation wireless
components, architecture, and
regulations and moves on to explain
the steps necessary to successfully
build and operate a 3G wireless
network
• Detailed information on wireless
system design, high-speed voice
and data transmission, internetworking
protocols, and 4G
convergence
• New 3G RAN migration coverage
and more details on SMS and
EDGE
• Understand the air interface,
network architecture, and protocols
for WCDMA/UMTS (HSDPA),
CDMA2000 (1xRTT and EVDO),
TD-SCDMA and TD-CDMA
• Deliver high-resolution multimedia
content using WCDMA/UMTS
(HSDPA) and CDMA2000 (EVDO)
• Support asymmetric traffic and IP
streams with TD-SCDMA and TDCDMA
• Learn the details behind SIP and
H.323 VoIP standards
• Integrate WiFi, WiMAX, WiMAN,
Bluetooth, and cable systems
• Create and refine RF, WCDMA,
CDMA2000, TD-SCDMA, and TDCDMA
system design plans
• Visualize the various wireless
technology call flows for circuit and
packet services through numerous
diagrams
• Migrate existing platforms toward an
all-IP network
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. First-Generation (1G)
Analog 3. Second Generation (2G) 4.
Third Generation (3G) Overview 5. The
Evolution Generation (2.5G) 6.
Universal Mobile Telecommuni-cations
Service (UMTS) 7. CDMA2000 8. TDSCDMA
9. TD-CDMA 10. Voice over IP
(VoIP) Technology 11. Broadband 12.
3G System RF Design Considerations
13. Network Design Considerations 14.
Antenna System Selection 15. UMTS
System Design 16. CDMA2000 System
Design 17. TD-CDMA and TD-SCDMA
System Design 18. Communication
Sites 19. 4G and Beyond • APPENDIX:
ERLANG TABLES • INDEX
WIRELESS SECURITY MODELS,
THREATS, AND SOLUTIONS
by Randall Nichols, President,
COMSEC Solutions and Panos Lekkas
2006 / 657 Pages
ISBN : 9780070618848
Professional Book
CONTENTS
1. Why is Wireless Different? 2.
Wireless Information Warfare. 3.
Telephone System Vulnerabilities. 4.
Satellite Communications. 5.
Cryptographic Security. 6. Speech
Cryptology. 7. The Wireless Local Area
Network (WLAN). 8. Wireless
Application Protocol (WAP). 9.
Wireless Transport Layer Security
(WTLS). 10. Bluetooth. 11. Voice Over
Internet Protocol. 12. Hardware
Perspectives for End-to-End Security
(E2E) in Wireless Applications. 13.
Optimizing Wireless Security with
FPGAs and ASICs. Bibliography. /
Index
MOBILE / WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
76 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF
WIRELESS NETWORKING
by Ron Price
2007 / 528 Pages
ISBN : 9780071106610
This textbook provides a fundamental
introduction to network technologies,
including local area network topologies,
protocols, software, and hardware. Key
wireless topics, such as radio frequency
communications, wireless hardware
devices, and IEE standards are
explained in a straightforward, easy-toread
style. Learn step-by-step how to
build wireless LANs and personal
networks. Security, WANs, and other
advanced topics also covered.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Wireless Networks. 2.
Wireless Network Architectures.
3. Wireless Network Devices. 4. RF
Communications. 5. Wireless LAN
Standards. 6. Infrared Devices. 7.
Bluetooth. 8. Wireless LAN Planning
and Design. 9. Wireless LAN
Configuration and Installation Planning.
10. Antennas and Cables. 11. Wireless
LAN Security.
12. SOHO and Enterprise WLANs.
13. Troubleshooting Wireless Devices.
14. Wireless WANs. / Appendix A
Wireless Certification. / Appendix B
TCP/IP Review. / Appendix C Network
Addressing Basics. / Appendix D
Answers to the Line Check Exercises. /
Glossary.
International Edition
OPTICAL NETWORKING CRASH
COURSE
by Steven Shepard
2001 / 269 Pages
ISBN : 9780071202923
Professional Book
TELEVISION
ENGINEERING
TV ENGINEERING AND
VIDEO SYSTEMS
2nd Edition
By R G Gupta, Formerly Professor,
Department of Electronics &
Communication Engineering (ECE),
BBD National Institute of Technology &
Management, Lucknow
2011 / 600 PAGES
ISBN : 9780071077811
The text presents detailed treatment of
television engineering and video
systems. Emphasis is laid on the
systematic development of basic
concepts with essential theory. The
intricacies of television engineering
concepts are explained in easy to
understand language with practical
application which helps students in
getting a grasp over the subject. New
topics like LCD, LED, Plasma, DTH,
HDTV and Blue Ray Disc are included
in this revision for an up to date
coverage. Large number of solved
examples, practice questions, objective
type questions and short answer type
questions are given in the book for
students to hone their problem solving
skills
FEATURES
• Explores the fundamentals of
television engineering in easy to
understand language
• Separate chapters on television
Standards, Picture Tubes,
Monochrome Transmitters and
Monochrome Receivers for
complete coverage
• Covers latest trends including
HDTV, LCD, LED, Plasma and Blue
Ray Disc.
• Emphasizes on Installation, Quality
Maintenance, Troubleshooting and
Safety Precaution of equipments
• Large pool of problems including
solved examples, practice
questions, numerical questions,
objective type questions and short
answer type questions
CONTENTS
Part-I Television Fundamental 1.
Characteristics of Light and Sound 2.
Fundamental Concepts of Television 3.
Television Standards Part-II
Transducers for Television 4.
Television Camera Tubes 5. Picture
Tubes Part-III Television Broadcast
Systems and Circuits 6. Monochrome
Transmitter 7. Monochrome Receiver 8.
Compatibility and Colour Television
Fundamentals 9. NTSC and PAL Colour
Systems 10. SECAM Transmitter and
Receiver 11. Television Antennas and
Propagation Part-IV Advanced
Systems and Techniques for
Television 12. Satellite
Communications for Television 13.
Digital Television and Other Modern
Devices 14. Video Recording and
Reproduction 15. Television Studio and
Transmission Lines 16. Non Radiating
Video Systems Part- V Troubleshooting
and Maintenance 17. Power
Supply Systems for Television 18. Test
Instruments and Alignment Procedure
19. Troubleshooting in Video Systems
TELEVISION & VIDEO
ENGINEERING, 2nd Edition
by Arvind M. Dhake; (Late)
2001 / 667 Pages
ISBN : 9780074601051
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. The Basic Television
System and Scanning Principles. 3.
Composite Video Signal and Television
Standards. 4. Television Pick-up
Devices and Cameras. 5. Colour
Television Signals and Sys- tems. 6.
Studio Equipment, Organisation and
Control. 7. Television Transmission and
Relay Systems. 8. Propagation of
Television Signals.9. Television
Antenna Systems. 10. Broadcast
Television Receivers. 11. RF Tuner and
AGC Circuits. 12. Video IF Amplifiers.
13. Video Circuits. 14. Sound Section.
15. Monochrome Picture Tube and
Deflection Evils. 16. Colour Picture
MOBILE / WIRELESS COMMUNICATION • TELEVISION ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 77
Display Devices. 17. Horizontal
Deflection Circuits and EHT
Generation.18. Synchronizing and
Vertical Deflection Circuits. 19.
Miscellaneous Topics in TV Receivers.
20. Colour TV IC Receiver Circuits. 21.
Testing, Alignment and Servicing of
Television Receivers. 22. CCTV, VCR
and Video Disc Systems. 23. Cable
Television and Direct Broadcast
Satellite Systems. 24. Broadcast
Information Services. 25. Digital
Television Technology. 26. Advanced
Television Systems.
COLOUR TELEVISION - THEORY
AND PRACTICE
byS. P. Bali; Formerly with Military
College of Electronics & Mechanical
Engineering
1994 / 498 Pages
ISBN : 9780074600245
CONTENTS
1. Elements of Colour. 2. Composite
Colour Signal. 3. Colour TV Systems.
4. Colour Picture Tube. 5. Colour TV
Receiver Controls. 6. Colour TV
Receivers. 7. ITT (German) Colour TV
Receiver. 8. Samsung (Korean) Colour
TV Receiver. 9. Mitsubishi Colour TV
Receiver. 10. Bel Colour TV Receiver
CTS-86. 11. Systems Compatibility. 12.
Test Charts. 13. Projection TV. 14. 3 Dd
TV. 15. Digital Jargon. 16. Teletext and
View Data. 17. Video Cassette
Recorders. 18. Cable Television. 19.
Video Games. 20. Video Disc. 21.
Video Camera. 22. Satellite TV. 23.
High Definition TV (HDTV). 24. Digital
TV. 25. Computerised TV. 26. Safety.
AUDIO VIDEO SYSTEMS:
PRINCIPLES, MAINTENANCE &
TROUBLESHOOTING
2nd Edition
by R G Gupta, Professor, Department
of Electronics & Communication
Engineering (ECE), BBD National
Institute of Technology & Management,
Lucknow
2010 / 360 Pages
ISBN : 9780070699762
The book is intended to explore the
basic principles of Audio and Video
systems. It deals with all aspects of
troubleshooting and maintenance of
various audio and video systems.
Additional chapters on ‘Television
Fundamentals’ and ‘DVD’ are included
in this revised edition for up-to date
coverage. Large number of solved
examples, practice questions, objective
type questions and short answer type
questions are given in the book for
better understanding of the concepts.
FEATURES
• Two new chapters on “Television
Fundamentals” & “DVD”
• Detailed treatment on underlying
principles of Audio Video Systems
and its applications
• Simple and logical flowchart for
troubleshooting techniques
• Comparison table with relative merit
and demerits of each equipment
• Large pool of problems including
solved examples, practice
questions, numerical questions,
objective type questions and short
answer type questions.
• Total 737 Problems
• 42 Solved examples
• 271 Practice questions
• 62 Numerical questions
• 192 Objective type questions
• 170 Short answer type
questions
CONTENTS
1. Characteristics of Sound 2.
Microphones 3. Loudspeakers 4.
Gramophone Disc Recording 5.
Magnetic Recording 6. Optical
Recording 7. Audio Amplifiers 8. Noise
and Distortion 9. High-Fidelity (or Hi-Fi)
10. Stereophony 11. Public Address
System 12. Acoustic Reverberation 13.
Television Fundamentals 14. Television
Standards 15. Video Recording on
Magnetic Tape 16. Video Recording on
Discs 17. Troubleshooting in Audio and
Video Equipment
BASIC RADIO AND TELEVISION
2nd Edition
by S. Sharma; Delhi Colleg of
Engineering
2002 / 724 Pages
ISBN : 9780070473355
International Edition
VIDEO COMPRESSION
DEMYSTIFIED
by Peter Symes
2001 / 346 Pags
ISBN : 9780071189644
Professional Book
CONTENTS
Introduction. What is Compression?.
An Introduction to Images. Entropy
Coding. Predictive Coding. Transforms.
Quantization. JPEG. Motion
Compression. MPEG-1. MPEG- 2.
MPEG-4. MPEG-7 and MPEG-21. Pro-
MPEG and MPEG Operating Ranges.
DV Compression. Wavelets.
JPEG2000. Audio Compression.
Streaming Media. Closing Thoughts.
TELEVISION ENGINEERING
78 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
ELECTROMAGNETICS
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD
THEORY
By S. P. Ghosh, Assistant Professor,
Department of Electrical Engineering,
College of Engineering and
Management, Kolaghat, West Bengal
Lipika Datta, Assistant Professor,
Department of CSE & IT, College of
Engineering and Management,
Kolaghat, West Bengal
2012 / 744 Pages
ISBN : 9781259006319
Electromagnetic Field Theory is the
comprehensive study of characteristics
of electric, magnetic and combined
fields. This book has been designed for
the undergraduate students taking a
paper on the subject. The book aims
and thereby has been written in a very
simple and easy-to-understand manner.
The text, written in a highly pedagogical
manner, prepares the student
forclassroom, university and competitive
examinations thoroughly.
FEATURES
• Intensive review of vector algebra
and co-ordinate systems
• Application oriented discussion of
electrostatics and electromagnetic
waves and their applications
• Extra reading material on “Antenna
and Wave Propagation” available on
the Online Learning Center
• Content spans requirements of all
major technical universities
• Complexities of subject overcome
through easy explanation, illustrative
examples and simplified derivations
• Modular approach of discussion to
enable flexible teaching and study
• Highly diagrammatic and step-bystep
problem solving approach
• Numerous examples designed on
frequently asked examination
questions
• Pedagogy:
• Solved Examples: 300
• Exercises: 157
• Multiple Choice Questions: 189
• Review Questions: 130
CONTENTS
1. Vector analysis 2. Electrostatics 3.
Magnetostatics Part I: Behaviour of
Different Electrical Materials in
Electric Field Part II: Magnetostatic
Field 4. Electromagnetic Fields 5.
Propagation, Reflection, Refraction and
Polarisation of Electromagnetic Waves
6. Transmission lines 7. Waveguides
ENGINEERING
ELECTROMAGNETICS
7th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
By William H Hayt, Late Emiretus,
Professor, Purdue Univ, USA; John A
Buck, Georgia Institute of Technology,
USA; Dharmendra Singh, Associate
Professor, Department of Electronics
and Computer Engineering, Indian
Institute of Technology
2006 /
ISBN : 9780070612235
Hayt’s Engineering Electromagnetics is
a stalwart text on the fundamentals of
Electromagnetics and is a very helpful
book for the beginner. The author
approaches the subject from a layman’s
viewpoint and develops the ideas
naturally. Another interesting and helpful
feature of this text is the continuous
review and reference to content that has
already been discussed and picking up
the thread from that discussion. This
allows for an easy transition from topic
to topic
FEATURES
• Course Coverage: Content set to
cover a course on the fundamentals
of Electromagnetics exhaustively
• Focus: Covers the Electrostatics
and Magnetostatics in details. New
chapter on Antennas
• Content: Updated and refreshed to
encompass the recent trends in
Transmission Lines, Guided Waves
• Pedagogy: Enhanced to suit the
examination orientation
• Supplements: Interactive CD-ROM
and OLC with simulation and 3D
diagrams
CONTENTS
1. Vector Analysis 2. Coulomb’s Law
and Electric Field Intensity 3. Electric
Flux Density, Gauss’s Law and
Divergence 4. Energy and Potential 5.
Current and Conductors 6. Dielectrics
and Capacitance 7. Poisson’s and
Laplace’s Equations 8. The Steady
Magnetic Field 9. Magnetic Forces,
Materials and Inductance 10. Time-
Varying Fields and Maxwell’s Equations
11. Transmission Lines and Constant
Voltage Source Excitation Analysis
12. Transmission Lines: Sinusoidal
Voltage Source Excitation Analysis 13.
The Uniform Plane Wave 14. Plane
Wave Reflection and Dispersion 15.
Guided Waves and Radiation 16. Basic
Principle of Radiation and Antenna
Parameters
PRINCIPLES OF
ELECTROMAGNETICS
By Sarat Chandra Mahapatra, Former
Professor, University College of
Engineering, Burla, Sambalpur
University, Orissa; Sudipta Mahapatra,
Associate Professor, Department of
Electronics and Electrical
Communication Engineering, Indian
Institute of Technology, Kharagpur
2011 / 706 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072601
Electromagnetics is a subject that
students in general find difficult to
comprehend, especially at the junior
undergraduate level. Mahapatra –
Principles of Electromagnetics aims to
make the subject more approachable
for the students. A number of twodimensional
and three-dimensional
illustrations are provided for easy
understanding. The explanations are in
sufficient depth to hold the reader’s
ELECTROMAGNETICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 79
interest without overwhelming them with
information. Mathematical problems
have been explained taking the reader
through each step of solving.
The material in this book, covered in ten
chapters, is suitable for a one-semester
course in the third / fourth / fifth
semester level for undergraduate
electrical science students. Features
such as numerous solved examples,
short-answer type questions, objectivetype
questions and many more such
pedagogical features make this book an
engrossing read.
FEATURES
• Focused discussion of a onesemester
course on Electromagnetics
written in unique “one
topic , one chapter” approach
• Holistic discussion based on
following format:
• Statement? Proof ? Explanation /
Interpretation ? Applications
• Chapter on “Solution of Boundary-
Value Problems” for both static
electric and magnetic fields
• Pedagogically enriched text written
in simple language
• Pedadogical Features:
• a) Solved Examples- 287
• b) Objective Questions- 168
• c) Test Questions- 248
• d) Problems- 363
• e) Diagrams – 282
CONTENTS
1. Introductory Topics 2. Static Electric
Fields 3. The Steady Conduction
Current 4. The Magnetic Fields of
Stationary Currents 5. Solution of
Boundary - Value Problems 6. Time-
Varying Electric and Magnetic Fields 7.
The Uniform Plane Electromagnetic
Wave 8. Two-Conductor Transmission
Lines 9. Wave Propagation between
Parallel Plates in Rectangular
Waveguides 10. Radiation from
Antennas
PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS IN
ELECTROMAGNETICS
by William H. Hayt, (Jr.) Late Emiretus
Professor, Purdue University John A
Buck, Georgia Institute of Technology
2010 / 588 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702745
SALIENT FEATURES
• Over 400 numericals solved for a
wide range of problems on
principles and concepts
• Highly illustrative, step-wise problem
solving approach
• 150 review numericals modeled on
frequently asked examination
questions provided with final
answers.
• Important concepts enumerated in
Question and Answer format
• Important formulae enlisted with
every chapter
• Exhaustive Question Bank provided,
modeled on previous years’
University examinations and GATE
and IES entrance question patters
CONTENTS
1. Vector Analysis 2. Coulomb’s Law
and Electric Field Intensity 3. Electric
Flux Density, Gauss’s Law and
Divergence 4. Energy and Potential 5.
Conductors, Dielectrics and
Capacitance 6. Experimental Mapping
Methods 7. Poisson’s and Laplace’s
Equations 8. The Steady Magnetic Field
9. Magnetic Forces, Materials and
Inductance 10. Time Varying Fields and
Maxwell’s Equations 11. The Uniform
Plane Wave 12. Transmission Lines
ELECTROMAGNETICS
3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
(Schaum’s Outline Series)
by Joseph A. Edminister, Professor
Emeritus, Department of Electrical
Engineering, University of Akron, Ohio,
USA; Vishnu Priye, Dept. of Electronics
& Instrumentation Engineering, Indian
School of Mines University, Dhanbad
2010 / 476 Pages
ISBN : 9780070681958
The book offers an introduction to basic
concepts of Electromagnetics. The new
edition contains a chapter on EMI &
EMC in addition to some important
topics like Vector calculus, Divergence
Theorem, Stoke’s Theorem, Planar
Wave Guides, TEM Modes which
makes the book apt for the course. The
main purpose of the book is to develop
problem solving skills among the
students through numerous solved
examples, practice questions, and
objective type questions.
SALIENT FEATURES
• New chapter on ‘EMI & EMC’
• Complete coverage of fundamentals
of ‘Electromagnetics’
• Addition of important topics like
Vector Calculus, Divergence
Theorem, Stoke’s Theorem
(Electrostatics), Planar Wave
Guides and TEM Modes
(Waveguides) for enhanced
coverage.
• Total 1060 problems.
• 94 Solved examples
• 349 Solved problems
• 480 Practice questions
• 137 Objective type questions
CONTENTS
1. Vector Analysis 2. Coulamb Forces
and Electric Field Intensity 3. Electric
Flux and Gauss’ Law 4. Divergence
and The Divergence Theorem 5. The
Electrostatic Field: Work, Energy &
Potential 6. Current, Current Density
and Conductors 7. Capacitance and
Dielectric Materials 8. Laplace’e
Equations 9. Ampere’s Law and
Magnetic Field 10. Forces and Torques
in Magnetic Field 11. Inductance and
ELECTROMAGNETICS
80 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Magnetic Circuits 12. Displacement
Current and Induced EMF 13.
Maxwell’s Equations and Boundary
Conditions 14. Electromagnetic Waves
15. Transmission Lines 16.
Waveguides 17. Antennas 18. Optical
Waveguides and Fibres 19. EMI &
EMC
ELECTROMAGNETICS
5th Edition
by John Kraus, Ohio State University
(Emeritus) and Daniel A Fleisch, Aerofl
ex-Lintele Corp, and Wittenburg
University
2010 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9780071164290
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2 Electric and Magnetic
Fields. 3 Transmission Lines. 4 Wave
Propagation, Attenuation, Polarization,
Reflection, Refraction and Diffraction. 5
Antennas, Radiation, Radar and
Wireless. 6 Electrodynamics. 7
Dielectric and Magnetic Materials. 8
Wave-guides, Resonators and Fiber
Optics. 9 Bio Electromagnetics. 10
Electromagnetic Effects in High-Speed
Digital Systems. 11 Numerical
Techniques
International Edition
ENGINEERING
ELECTROMAGNETICS, 8th Edition
By Williams H Hayt (deceased) and
John A Buck, Georgia Institute of
Technology
2011 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780071317078 [IE]
First published just over 50 years ago
and now in its Eighth Edition, Bill Hayt
and John Buck’s Engineering
Electromagnetics is a classic text that
has been updated for Electromagnetics
education today. This widely-respected
book stresses fundamental concepts
and problem solving, and discusses the
material in an understandable and
readable way. Numerous illustrations
and analogies are provided to aid the
reader in grasping the difficult concepts.
In addition, independent learning is
facilitated by the presence of many
examples and problems. Important
updates and revisions have been
included in this edition. One of the most
significant is a new chapter on
electromagnetic radiation and antennas.
This chapter covers the basic principles
of radiation, wire antennas, simple
arrays, and transmit-receive systems.
New to this edition
• New Problems and Pedagogy. New
end-of-chapter problems are added
throughout the text, and 130
problems are all new. A
“thermometer” icon is included
throughout the problem sets to help
the instructor select the preferred
level of difficulty of homework
assignments. Practice problems are
also updated and revised.
• New Coverage — Antennas.
Chapter 14, Antennas, covers
important changes in antennas
brought upon by the rapid advances
in wireless communications.
• New Coverage — Rectangular
Waves. The rectangular waveguides
coverage has been
expanded.
• Careful Learning Approach. The
book is written to make it easy and
possible for the student to learn
independently. By applying a
carefully graduated scale of difficulty
within each chapter, providing
numerical examples, a large number
of drill problems with answers, and a
graduated set of end-of-chapter
problems, it is possible for the
student to easily learn and absorb
the material.
CONTENTS
1. Vector Analysis 2. Coulomb’s Law
and Electric Field Intensity 3. Electric
Flux Density, Gauss’ Law, and
Divergence 4. Energy and Potential 5.
Conductors and Dielectrics 6.
Capacitance 7. The Steady Magnetic
Field 8. Magnetic Forces, Materials and
Inductance 9. Time-Varying Fields and
Maxwell’s Equations 10. Transmission
Lines 11. The Uniform Plane Wave 12.
Plane Wave Reflection and Dispersion
13. Guided Waves 14. Electromagnetic
Radiation and Antennas / Appendix A
Vector Analysis / Appendix B Units /
Appendix C Material Constants /
Appendix D The Uniqueness Theorem /
Appendix E Origins of the Complex
Primitivity / Appendix F Answers to Odd-
Numbered Problems
ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
by R.K. Shevgaonkar, IIT Mumbai
2005 / 590 Pages
ISBN : 9780070591165
This book is written for the
undergraduate course on
Electromagnetic Waves offered by the
electrical, electronics and
communication and other disciplines of
engineering.
FEATURES
• Attempts to impart understanding of
the EM Waves w.r.t the modern
communication systems. (complete,
detailed chapter on Applications of
EM Waves).
• Solved/Unsolved problems included
are of practical relevance.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Transmission Lines 3.
Maxwell’s Equations 4. Uniform Plane
Wave 5. Plane Waves at Media
interface 6. Waveguides 7. Dielectric
Waveguide 8. Radiation 9. Antenna
Arrays 10. Propagation of Radio Waves
ELECTROMAGNETICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 81
INTRODUCTION TO
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS,
4th Edition
by Clayton. R. Paul, University of
Kentucky, Keith. W. Whites, University
of Kentucky; Syed. A. Nasar, University
of Kentucky
2007 / 796 Pages
ISBN : 9780070659049
This introduction to electromagnetism
for undergraduate students provides a
balanced coverage of both static and
dynamic fields. This is the first text to
integrate computer visualization
(Mathcad) and computation throughout
the text.
FEATURES
• provides balanced coverage of both
Static and Dynamic Fields including
Transmission Lines, Waveguides
and Antennas
• examples are designed to impart
understanding of electromagnetic
principles rather than calculation
skills
• This textbook contains 431
homework problems, answers to all
problems are located at the end of
the text
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Vector Analysis 3.
Electrostatic Fields 4. Magnetostatic
Fields 5. Maxwell’s Equation 6.
Propagation of Uniform Plane Waves 7.
Transmission Lines 8. Waveguides and
Cavity Resonators 9. Antennas /
Appendix A: Derivation of Ampere’s Law
/ Appendix B: Faraday’s Law of Moving
Contours /Appendix C: The Smith Chart
/ Appendix D: Physical Constants,
Material Properties, and other useful
data Answer to End-of –Chapter
problems Index
WAVES AND
WAVE GUIDES
TRANSMISSION LINES AND
WAVEGUIDES, 2nd Edition
by L Ganesan, Alagappa Chettiar
College of Engineering and Technology,
Karaikudi; S S Sreejamole,
Government College of Engineering,
Tirunelveli.
2009 / 352 Pages
ISBN: 9780070672833
This basic text on Transmission Lines
and Waveguides provides a basic
understanding of subject through crisp
theory aplty supported by a plethora of
solved examples. A detailed step by
steps approach is the hallmark of this
book.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage on
Symmetrical T-Network, impedance
matching, impedance
transformation, stub matching of
transmission lines
• Covers topics on Attenuation Factor
for TE, TM, TEM, stub matching
• Derivations are dealt in detail
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Lines at Radio and
Higher Frequencies 3. Waveguides 4.
Rectangular Waveguide 5. Circular
Waveguide
SECRETS OF RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
3rd Edition
by Carr Joseph
2004 /416 Pages
ISBN : 9780070593855
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to RF electronics. 2. RF
components and tuned circuits. 3.
Variable capacitors in RF circuits. 4.
Winding your own coils. 5. Radio
receivers: Theory and projects. 6.
Direct-conversion radio receivers. 7.
RF amplifier and preselector circuits. 8.
Building IF amplifiers. 9. Interpreting
radio receiver specifications. 10.
Building signal-generator and oscillator
circuits. 11. RF directional couplers. 12.
The RF hybrid coupler. 13. Build simple
VLF radio receivers. 14. What’s that
mess coming from my receiver?
Filtering circuits against EMI. 15.
Measuring inductors and capacitors at
RF frequencies. 16. Building and using
the RF noise bridge. 17. Vectors for RF
circuits. 18. Impedance matching:
Methods and circuits. 19. Using the
double-balanced mixer (DBM). 20. PIN
diodes and their uses. 21. UHF and
microwave diodes, transistors, and
integrated circuits. 22. LC RF filter
circuits. 23. Time-domain reflectometry
on a budget. 24. Solving frequency drift
problems. 25. The Smith chart. 26.
Detector and demodulator circuits.
ANTENNAS / RADAR
ANTENNAS AND WAVE
PROPAGATIONS
4th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by John D. Kraus, Professor of
Electrical Engineering, The Ohio State
University USA; Ronald J Meherfka,
Professor of Electrical Engineering, The
Ohio State University, USA; Ahmad
Shahid Khan, Director, Vivekananda
College of Technology, Aligarh, U.P
2010 / 940 Pages
ISBN : 9780070671553
This book includes almost all topics
related with antennas and often referred
as “Antenna Bible”. The text is targeted
to give in depth coverage of
developments in the field of antenna
engineering. The topics of Wave
Propagation including Ground Wave
Propagation, Space Wave Propagation ,
Sky Wave Propagation and Microstrip
Antenna are added in the book for up-to
date coverage. Numerous solved
examples and practice questions are
given in the text for easy understanding
of the subject. Over 1200 illustrations
and photographs of various antennas
helps in clear understanding of the
concepts.
ELECTROMAGNETICS • WAVES AND WAVE GUIDES • ANTENNAS / RADAR
82 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
FEATURES
• New chapters on:
• Radiation
• Microstrip Antenna
• Wave Propagation Basics
• Ground Wave Propagation
• Space Wave Propagation
• Sky Wave Propagation
• In-depth coverage of Practical
Antennas like Helical, Reflector,
Broadband & Frequency Antenna,
Loop, Slot , Patch & Horn Antenna
• Plethora of Solved examples &
practice questions for getting a
grasp of topics
• Over 1200 illustration including 18
real life photographs of Antennas &
other equipments to invoke students
interest
• Total problems: 570
• Solved examples: 130
• Practice questions: 340
• Objective Type Questions: 100
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Antenna Basics 3.
The Antenna Family 4. Radiation 5.
Point Source and Their Arrays 6.
Electric Dipoles, Thin Linear Antennas
and Arrays of Dipoles and Apertures 7.
Loop, Slot and Horn Antennas 8.
Helical Antennas 9. Reflector Antenna
10. Lens Antenna 11. Broadband and
Frequency-Independent Antennas 12.
The Cylindrical Antenna and the
Moment Method (MM) 13. Frequency
Selective Surfaces and Periodic
Structures 14. Microstrip Antenna 15.
Antennas for Special Applications 16.
Practical Design Considerations of
Large Aperture Antennas 17. Antenna
Temperature, Remote Sensing and
Radar Cross section 18. Self and
Mutual Impedance 19. The Fourier
Transform Relation Between Aperture
Distribution and Far Field Pattern 20:
Baluns 21. Antenna Measurements 22.
Wave Propagation Basics 23. Ground
Wave Propagation 24. Space Wave
Propagation 25. Sky Wave Propagation
U S Edition
SMALL ANTENNAS: MODERN
MINIATURIZATION TECHNIQUES &
APPLICATIONS
by John Volakis, Chi-Chih Chen, and
Kyohei Fujimoto
2010 / 400 Pages
ISBN: 9780071625531
As the world of wireless applications
continues to explode, the need for
smaller, more powerful antennas
increases exponentially. This
authoritative guide provides the most
up-to-date techniques for designing and
building antennas of the future.
Written by experts at the forefront of
research in this area, this book details
the newest antenna design,
miniaturization and wideband methods,
vial material loading, wave slow down
techniques, and shaping. For the first
time in any publication, the new class of
metamaterial antennas are also
covered. The book combines theory and
basic design techniques with numerous
practical applications for
narrowband and wideband antennas.
CONTENTS
1. Electrically Small Antenna Properties
2. Wideband Electrically Small
Antennas 3. Impedance Matching
Techniques 4. Antenna Size Reduction
Techniques 5. Miniature Wideband
Spirals 6. Low Profile Small Antennas
7. Metamaterial Basics 8. Metamaterial
Antennas 9. Textile and RFID Antennas
10. Physically Constrainted Antennas
International Edition
ANTENNAS FOR BASE STATIONS IN
WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
by Zhi Ning Chen, and Kwai-Man Luk
2009 / 412 Pages
ISBN: 9780071612883
Written by a global team of expert
contributors, this book offers complete
details on the wide range of antennas
used in today’s wireless communication
networks. Coverage includes the most
popular applications in WWAN (GSM,
CDMA, and WCDMA), WLAN
(Bluetooth and WiFi), WMAN (WiMAX),
and WPAN (UWB and RFID). Antennas
for Base Stations in Wireless
Communications presents a full picture
of modern base station antenna
technology—from fundamentals and
parameters to engineering and
advanced solutions—and highlights new
technologies in antenna design with
enhanced performance. Real-world
case studies provide you with practical
examples that can be applied to your
own system designs.
CONTENTS
Preface / Acknowledgments, Introduction
1. Fundamentals of Antennas
2. Base Station Antennas for Mobile
Radio Systems 3. Antennas for Mobile
Communications: CDMA, GSM, and
WCDMA 4. Advanced Antennas for
Radio Base Stations 5. Antennas
Issues and Technologies for Enhancing
System Capacity 6. New Unidirectional
Antennas for Various Wireless Base
Stations 7. Antennas for WLAN (WiFi)
Applications 8. Antennas for Wireless
Personal Area Network (WPAN)
Applications: RFID/UWB Positioning,
Index
ANTENNAS / RADAR
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 83
US Edition
SATELLITE ANTENNAS SYSTEM
ARCHITECTURE, TECHNOLOGY,
AND EVALUATION
by Robert Dybdal
2009 / 340 Pages
ISBN: 9780071609180
This authoritative resource discusses
antenna technology for communication
satellites, addressing both the space
and user segments. The book provides
a system view of antenna applications,
a description of various antenna
technologies, and guidance on
methodologies for antenna evaluation.
Communication Satellite Antennas
begins with an overview of the
parameters that characterize antennas,
and goes on to cover the antenna
designs, technologies, and system
architectures required for
communication satellite systems.
Techniques to mitigate interference are
covered, and the processes used in the
development and characterization of
antenna systems are reviewed.
CONTENTS
1. Fundamental Parameters 2.
Technology Survey 3. Communication
Satellite System Architectures 4.
Propagation Limitations and Link
Performance 5. Interference
Susceptibility and Mitigation 6. Space
Segment Antenna Technology 7. User
Segment Antennas 8. Antenna Test
Facilities and Methodologies 9.
Satellite Antenna System Evaluation,
Index
INTRODUCTION TO RADAR
SYSTEMS
3rd Edition
by Merrill I. Skolnik,
Naral Research Loboratory
2001 / 784 Pages
ISBN : 9780070445338
CONTENTS
1. An Introduction to Radar. 2. The
Radar Equation. 3. MTI and Pulse
Doppler Radar. 4. Tracking Radar. 5.
Detection of Signals in Noise. 6.
Information from Radar Signals. 7.
Radar Clutter. 8. Propogation of Radar
Waves. 9. The Radar Antenna. 10.
Radar Transmitters. 11. Radar
Receiver.
INTRODUCTION TO RADAR
SYSTEMS
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Merrill I. Skolnik, Former
Superintendent of Radar Division, Naval
Research Academy
Washington, D. C.
2006 / 591 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634411
The course on which this book is based
is a proven method for introducing the
students to the subject of Electronic
Systems. It integrates and applies the
basic concepts of Radar Systems. Indepth
methodology of radar technology
is discussed in the book which will help
the students to thoroughly understand
the basic concepts of Radar Systems.
FEATURES
• Contains the updated knowledge
about the developments in the field
of Radar Systems.
• The book covers the important
topics like MTI, radar receivers, CW
receivers.
• The text has been well explained
with the help of suitable graphs and
diagrams.
CONTENTS
1. The Nature of Radar 2. The Radar
Equation 3. CW and Frequency-
Modulated Radar 4. MTI and Pulse
Doppler Radar 5. Tracking Radar 6.
Radar Transmitters 7. Radar Antennas
8. The Electronically Steered Phased
Array Antenna in Radar 9. Receivers,
Displays, and Duplexers 10. Detection
of Radar Signals in Noise 11.
Extraction of Information and
Waveform 12. Propagation of Radar
Waves 13. Radar Clutter 14. Other
Radar Topics Index
FUNDAMENTALS OF RADAR
SIGNAL PROCESSING
by Mark Richards , Georgia Institute of
Technology
2005 / 528 Pages
ISBN : 9780070607378
Mark Richard’s Fundamentals of Radar
Signal Processing provides clear,
modern instruction in radar DSP basics
and the skills needed in both design and
analysis of common radar algorithms.
This text is ideal for those looking to go
beyond the cursory treatment of signal
processing in general radar systems
books to seek more detailed treatments
of signal models, waveforms,
interference reduction, and detection, as
well as to gain the foundation needed
for specialty texts that focus on
advanced radar signal processing topics
such as SAR and STAP.
CONTENTS
Introduction to Radar Systems • Signal
Models • Sampling and Quantization of
Pulsed Radar Signals • Radar
Waveforms • Pulse Compression
Waveforms • Doppler Processing •
Detection Fundamentals • Constant
False Alarm Rate (CFAR) Detection •
Introduction to Synthetic Aperture
Imaging
ANTENNAS / RADAR
84 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
U S Edition
RADAR HANDBOOK
3rd Edition
by Merrill Skolnik, Hopkins Radiation
Laboratory, Sylvania, MIT Lincoln
Laboratory, and the U.S. Naval
Research Laboratory.
2008 / 1328 Pages
ISBN : 9780071485470
CONTENTS
1. An Introduction and Overview of
Radar 2. MTI Radar 3. Airborne MTI 4.
Pulse Doppler Radar 5. Multifunctional
Radar Systems for Fighter Aircraft 6.
Radar Receivers 7. Automatic
Detection, Tracking, and Sensor
Integration 8. Pulse Compression
Adrenals> 9. Tracking Radar 10. The
Radar Transmitter 11. Solid-State
Transmitters 12. Reflector Antennas
Chapter 13 .Phased Array Radar
Antennas 14. Radar Cross Section 15.
Sea Clutter 16. Ground Echo 17.
Synthetic Aperture Radar 18. Space-
Based Remote Sensing Radars 19.
MetMeteorologicaldar 20. HF Over-the-
Horizon Radar 21. Ground Penetrating
Radar 22. Civil Marine Radar 23.
Bistatic Radar 24. Electronic Counter-
Countermeasures 25. Radar Digital
Signal Processing 26. The Propagation
Factor Fpf in the Radar Equation /
Index
ELEMENTS OF ELECTRONIC
NAVIGATION
2nd Edition
by N.S. Nagaraja
2001 / 192 Pages
ISBN : 9780074623015
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Radio direction
Finding 3. Radio Ranges 4. Hyperbolic
systems of Navigation 5. DME and
TACAN 6. Aids to Approach and
Landing 7. Doppler Navigation 8.
Inertial Navigation 9. Satellite
Navigation Systems
U S Edition
SPACE BASED RADAR
by S. Unnikrishna Pillai, Professor of
electrical and computer engineering at
Polytechic University; Ke Yong Li C&P
Technologies, Inc., Braham Himed,
Chief research officer,Signal Labs, Inc
2008 / 434 Pages
ISBN : 9780071497565
This is the first comprehensive
professional reference covering the
design and application of the complex
radio systems located in outer space
that serve various military and civilian
functions.
CONTENTS
2. The Conics 3. Two Body Orbital
Motion and Kepler's Laws 4. Space
Based Radar: Kinematics 5. Space-
Time Adaptive Processing 6. STAP for
SBR 7. Performance Analysis Using
Cramer-Rao Bounds 8. Waveform
Diversity 9. Advanced Topics / Index
MICROWAVE
ENGINEERING
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING
2nd Edition
by Annapurna Das, Professor, G N
Institute of Technology, Kolkata; Sisir K
Das, Dean, GN Institute of Technology,
Kolkata
2008 / 580 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667389
This edition has been revised
extensively to provide a comprehensive
coverage of all major topics in
Microwave Engineering. It thoroughly
covers the basic principles, analysis,
design and measurement techniques
with the help of simple explanations and
a large number of solved and unsolved
problems.
FEATURES
• Coverage on Microwave Integrated
Circuit Design and Manufacturing.
• Detailed and separate chapters on
Microwave Measurements and
Microwave Radiation Hazards.
• Detailed coverage of Microwave
Vacuum Tube Devices.
• Inclusion of advanced topics like
Measurements, Industrial Control,
Scattering Matrix etc… are unique in
this book.
• Comprehensive coverage on the
applications of Microwave
Engineering.
NEW TO THE EDITION
• New chapter on Microwave
Integrated Circuits and
Manufacturing. Inclusion of design
of lumped elements in the chapter.
• Detailed discussion about micro
strip, slot and coplanar lines.
• Detailed explanations about new
MIC passive devices.
• Recent development of microwave
radiation hazards included.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Propagation of
Electromagnetic Waves 3. RF and
Microwave Transmission Lines 4.
Microwave Integrated Circuits Design
and Manufacturing 5. Impedance
Transformations for Matching 6.
Microwave Network Theory and
Passive Devices 7. Microwave
Resonators 8. Microwave Filters 9.
Microwave Vacuum Tube Devices 10.
Microwave Solid State Devices and
Circuits 11. Applications of Microwaves
12. Microwave Radiation Hazards 13.
Microwave Measurements
MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION
NETWORKS
2nd Edition
by Harvey Lehpamer
2010 / 400 Pages
ISBN: 9780070703513
Microwave Transmission Networks,
Second Edition covers all stages of
microwave network build-out from initial
planning and feasibility studies to real
ANTENNAS / RADAR • MICROWAVE ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 85
system deployment. Emphasis is given
to practical guidelines. The book
discusses planning and creating the
business case for microwave networks,
including advantages and
disadvantages— essential for decision
makers.
The second edition will contain all new
diagrams and tables to reflect new and
updated standards and information.
New sections include new technologies
implemented in microwave point-topoint
radios (Ethernet), as well as
Adaptive Modulation. Newly opened
millimeterwave bands and their
applications in licensed and licenseexempt
broadband microwave radios
will be discussed. Based on customer
feedback on the Project Management
chapter, a new FAQ section has been
added regarding microwave links.
Information on regulatory and ethical
issues and conflicts of interests during
international projects is included,
content that is not provided in other
microwave engineering texts.
CONTENTS
1.Transmission Network Fundamentals
2.Basics of Microwave
Communications 3.Microwave Link
Design 4.Planning the Microwave
Network 5.Microwave Network Design
6.Microwave Deployment 7.Project
Management / Appendix A: American
Cable Stranding / Appendix B: Quick
RF Reference Sheet / Appendix C:
Useful Physical Quantities and Units of
Measuremen
COMPUTER
ORGANIZATION
U S Edition
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
6th Edition
by Carl Hamacher, Queen’s University,
Canada, Zvonko Vranesic, Dept. of
Electrical & Computer Engineering &
Computer Science University of Toronto,
Safwat Zaky, University of Toronto,
Canada, Naraig Manjikian, Queen’s
University, Canada
2011 / 736 Pages
ISBN : 9780073380650
The sixth edition of this book covers the
key topics in computer organization and
embedded systems. It presents
hardware design principles and shows
how hardware design is influenced by
the requirements of software. The book
carefully explains the main principles
supported by examples drawn from
commercially available processors.
The book is suitable for undergraduate
electrical and computer engineering
majors and computer science
specialists. It is intended for a first
course in computer organization and
embedded systems.
FEATURES
• Four Popular Processors are
represented in the book. While the
main explanations are generic,
Altera’s Nios II, Freescale’s
ColdFire, ARM, and Intels IA-32 are
covered in detail in separate
appendices.
• More Coverage of Embedded
Systems reflects the reality that
many devices not thought of as
computers do have computers in
them. Microcontrollers and systemon-
a-chip implementations are
discussed and demonstrated.
• Graduated Difficulty Problems at
the end of each chapter are
classified as Easy, Medium, or
Difficult. This allows instructors to
easily assign problems based upon
difficulty level.
CONTENTS
1. Basic Structure of Computers 2.
Instruction Set Architecture 3. Basic
Input/Output 4. Software 5. Basic
Processing Unit 6. Pipelining 7. Input/
output Organization 8. The Memory
System 9. Arithmetic 10. Embedded
Systems 11. System-On-A-Chip—A
Case Study / Appendix A: Logic Circuits
/ Appendix B: The Altera Nios II
Processor / Appendix C: The ColdFire
Processor / Appendix D: The ARM
Processor / Appendix E: The Intel IA-32
Architecture
COMPUTER SYSTEM
ORGANIZATION
1st Edition
by Naresh Jotwani, Director School of
Solar Energy PDPU, Gandhinagar,
Gujarat
2009 / 324 Pages
ISBN : 9780070087101
Computer System Organization gives
an integrated approach to hardware,
software and processor design, which
takes an account of commercial
processors (e.g. Intel Pentium) through
case studies. Discussions on essentials
of computer system and software
development are unique to this book.
FEATURES
• Follows a design oriented approach.
• Concept building through
discussions on general processor.
• A separate chapter dedicated to
Case studies of various commercial
processors like; Pentium®
Processor, JAVA Virtual Machine,
8051 Microcontroller® Family.
• Tutorial based treatment-deals with
important concepts through solved
examples.
• Custom processor called NICE used
to build concept in all chapters.
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
86 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
RICH PEDAGOGY INCLUDES:
• Solved Examples: 71
• Review Questions: 373
• Exercises: 164
• Programs: 10
CONTENTS
1. Overview 2. Representation of Data
in Binary 3. Hardware Building Blocks
4. Processor Instruction Set – I 5.
Processor Instruction Set – II 6.
Processor Design 7. Control Unit 8.
Computer Arithmetic 9. Memory
Organization 10. Input and Output
Organization 11. User Interaction 12.
Secondary Storage and Other Devices
13. Parallelism 14. Multiprocessor
Systems 15. Software 16. Case Studies
International Edition
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
AND ORGANIZATION
3rd Edition
by John P Hayes, University of
Michigan
1998 / 624 Pages
ISBN : 9780071159975
CONTENTS
1. Computation and Computers.
2. Design Methodology. 3. Processor
Design. 4. Datapath Design. 5. Control
Design. 6. Memory Organization. 7.
System Organization
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
(FOR DOEACC ‘A’ LEVEL)
by ISRD Group, Lucknow
2006 / 308 Pages
ISBN : 9780070593619
This book is designed for the course on
Computer Organization offered to
students taking the DOEACC’s ‘A’ level
certificate examination. The book will
also be useful to the Diploma students
who take a paper on Computer
Organization.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of
Number Systems with the help of
worked out examples.
• Coverage of Design of Assemblers.
• Assembly Language Programming
dealt with in detail with the help of
numerous sample programs.
• The last 5 Question papers of
DOEACC ‘A’ level examinations
included at the end of the book as
an appendix.
CONTENTS
1. Number System 2. Digital Signals and
Logic Gates 3. Logic Circuit Designing
4. Digital Devices 5. Computer
Organization 6. Memory Organization 7.
Input/Output Organization 8. Control
Organization 9. Parallel Processing
10. Introduction to System Software 11.
Loaders 12. Macros 13. Introduction to
Operating System
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER
ARCHITECTURE
by Senthil Kumar, Asan Memorial
College of Engineering & Technology,
Chengalpattu
2006 / 350 Pages
ISBN : 9788182091122
Fundamentals of Computer Architecture
deals with the basic structure and
operations of a digital computer. This
book is designed for the First course on
Computer Architecture. The book covers
control units, arithmetic and logic unit,
memory unit and I/O unit.
CONTENTS
1. Basics of Computers 2. Instructions
and Instruction Sequencing 3. Basic
Arithmetic Operations 4. Processor Unit
5. Advanced Concepts 6. Memory
System 7. Input-Output Organization 8.
Input-Output Devices 9. Buses and
Standard I/O Interfaces
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
(Schaum's Outline Series)
by Nicholas Carter, University of
Illinois; Rajkamal, Devi Ahilya
University, Indore
2009 / 632 Pages
ISBN : 978007141797
Computer System Architecture and
Organization emphasises on the
efficient use of system resources. It
gives a step-by-step explanation of the
interface of hardware with software. This
book, being Schaum’s Outline, is a vital
study guide for the students to master
their problem-solving skills.
FEATURES
• Core concepts of hardware and
software for computer systems.
• Concise and to-the-point
discussions of concept.
• Coverage of latest concepts like;
Memory stick, SD Card, Flash
Memory
• Tutorial based treatment-deals with
important concepts through solved
examples and solved problems to
master the problem-solving skills.
RICH PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• Solved Examples: 251
• Solved Problems: 316
• Object Type Questions: 195
• Unsolved Problems: 164
CONTENTS
• Introduction • Computer Organization •
Computer Arithmetic • Instruction Sets
and the Processor Organizations •
Processing Unit Design • Instruction
Pipelining and Parallel Processing •
Instruction-Level Parallelism • The
Memory System • Caches • Virtual
Memory • Input/Output Organization •
Multiprocessor Architectures
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 87
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND
LOGIC DESIGN
By Thomas Bartee
2010 / 628 Pages
ISBN : 9780071067133
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Number Systems. 3.
Boolean Algebra and Gate Networks. 4.
Logic Design. 5. The Arithmetic-Logic
Unit. 6. The Memory Element. 7. Input-
Output. 8. Buses and Interfaces. 9.
The Control Unit. 10. Computer
Architecture. 11. Selected Architectures.
12. Logic Circuits Overview.
International Edition
COMPUTERS SYSTEMS
ARCHITECTURE, NETWORKS AND
COMMUNICATIONS
by Sebastian Coope, John Cowley, and
Neil Willis
2003 / 450 Pages
ISBN : 9780077098032
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
AND ORGANIZATION
2nd Edition
by B Govindarajulu, Rajalakshmi
Engineering College, Chennai
2010 / 892 Pages
ISBN : 9780070152779
This book provides a comprehensive
coverage of the architecture and
organization of the computers.
Supported by solved problems, case
studies, and examples, it provides a
complete description of computer
architecture for professionals ranging
from beginners to experienced ones.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of
concepts Revised and enhanced
review questions
• Modifications in the chapters
according to the latest
developments.
CONTENTS
1. Basic Computer Organization 2.
Evolution of Computers 3. CPU
Architecture and Instruction Set
Principles 4. ALU Design and Datapath
5. Binary Arithmetic Operations 6.
Instruction Processing And Control Unit
7. Main Memory Design 8. Memory
Management techniques 9. Secondary
Storage Devices 10. I/O Concepts and
Techniques 11. I/O Devices 12. RISC,
Parallelism and Pipelining 13.
Superscalar Architecture 14. Vliw and
epic architecture 15. Vector computing
and array processing 16.
Multiprocessor Systems and servers /
Annexure 1: Number Systems and
Conversions, / Annexure 2: Types of
Computer Software, / Annexure 3:
ASCII Code, / Annexure 4: Hardware
Components and ICs
ADVANCED COMPUTER
ARCHITECTURE
ADVANCED COMPUTER
ARCHITECTURE
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
By Kai Hwang, University of Hong
Kong, Hong Kong, China; Naresh
Jotwani, Director, School of Solar
Energy, PDPU, Gandhinagar, Gujarat
2010 / 810 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702103
This book deals with advanced
computer architecture and parallel
programming techniques.. It offers a
balanced treatment of theory,
technology architecture and software
used by advanced computer systems. It
presents state-of-the-art principles and
techniques for designing and
programming parallel, vector, and
scalable computer systems. The
emphasis on parallelism, scalability and
programmability lends an added flavor
to this text. The new chapter on -
Instruction Level Parallelism describes
the basic techniques of instruction level
parallelism, and discusses relevant
system design and performance issues
which place a limit on its successful
exploitation. While another newly added
chapter on Recent Advancements in
Computer Architecture discusses the
technological advances which have had
a major impact on computer
architecture, and details some recently
introduced processors, systems, and
multi-core systems-on-a-chip.
FEATURES
• Two New Chapters - Instruction
Level Parallelism & Recent
Advancements in Computer
Architecture
• Emphasizes on parallelism,
scalability and programmability
aspects related to computer
architecture
• Discusses case-studies of real
systems- IBM, Hitachi, Cray, Intel,
UltraSparc, Blue Gene (from IBM),
Cray XT series, XT5 and XMT,
Fujitsu, DEC, MasPar, Tera,
Stardent, etc.
• Issues related to instruction level
parallelism, processor clock speed,
and power consumption defined
according to the recent
developments in processor design
• Strong Pedagogical Features:
• Illustrations (Figures & Tables):
360
• Solved Examples: 114
• Exercise Problems: 251
• Case Study: 6
CONTENTS
Part I Theory of Parallelism 1. Parallel
Computer Models 2. Program and
Network Properties 3. Principles of
Scalable Performance Part II Hardware
Technologies 4. Processors and
Memory Hierarchy 5. Bus, Cache, and
Shared Memory 6. Pipelining and
Superscalar Techniques Part III Parallel
and Scalable Architectures 7.
Multiprocessors and Multicomputer 8.
Multivector and SIMD Computers 9.
Scalable, Multithreaded, and Dataflow
Architectures Part IV Software for
Parallel Programming 10. Parallel
Models, Languages, and Compilers 11.
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION • ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE • MICROPROCESSORS
88 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Parallel Program Development and
Environments 12. Instruction Level
Parallelism 13. Recent Advances in
Computer Architecture
International Edition
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND
PARALLEL PROCESSING
by Kai Hwang; University of Southern
California
1985 / 846 Pages
ISBN : 9780070663541
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Parallel Processing 2.
Memory and Input-Output Subsystems
3. Principles of Pipelining and Vector
Processing 4. Pipeline Computers and
Vectorization Methods 5. Structures and
Algorithms for Array Processors 6. SIMD
Computers and Performance
Enhancement 7. Multiprocessor
Architecture and Programming 8.
Multiprocessing Control and Algorthims
9. Example Multiprocessor Systems 10.
Data Flow Computers and VLSI
Computations
MICROPROCESSORS
MICROPROCESSORS AND
INTERFACING, (Revised 2nd Editon)
by Douglas V. Hall, Assistant Professor,
Department of Electrical & Computer
Engineering, Portland State University
2006 / 736 Pages
ISBN : 9780070601673
This book is written for a course on
microprocessor 8086. The only
prerequisite for this is some knowledge
of diodes, transistors and simple digital
devices
FEATURES
• Focused coverage of 8086
microprocessor.
• Introductory chapter refreshes digital
concepts.
• Introduction to the C programming
language including examples of
programs with C and assembly
language modules.
• Introduction to Neural Networks and
Fuzzy Logic.
NEW IN THIS EDITION
• Inclusion of a new chapter on
Pentium Processors.
• Focused discussion on Software
Keyboard Interfacing.
• Appendix on Multimedia
Technologies: MMX, SSE, SSE2
and SSE3
CONTENTS
1. Computer Number Systems, Codes,
and Digital Devices 2. Computers,
Microcomputers, and Microprocessors –
An Introduction 3. 8086 Family Assembly
Language Programming – Introduction
4. Implementing Standard Program
Structures in 8086 Assembly Language
5. Strings, Procedures, and Macros 6.
8086 Instruction Descriptions and
Assembler Directives 7. 8086 System
Connections, Timimg, and
Troubleshooting 8. 8086 Interrupts and
Interrupt Applications 9. Digital
Interfacing 10. Analog Interfacing and
Industrial Control 11. D M A ,
DRAMs, Cache Memories,
Coprocessors, and EDA Tools 12. C, a
High-Level Language for System
Programming 13. Microcomputer
System Peripherals 14.Data
Communications and Networks 15. The
80286, 80386, and 80486
Microprocessors
ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS
& PERIPHERALS
2nd Edition
by Dr. Ajoy Kumar Ray, Professor,
Department of Electronics and Electrical
Communication Engineering, Indian
Institute of Technology, Kharagpur;; Dr.
K. M. Bhurchandi, Assistant Professor,
Department of Electronics and
Telecommunication Engineering, Sri
Ramdeobaba Kamla Nehru Engineering
College, Nagpur
2006 / 712 Pages
ISBN : 9780070140622
This book is suitable for a one-semester
course on advanced microprocessors -
their architectures, programming,
hardware interfacing and applications.
The purpose of the book is to provide
the readers with a good foundation on
microprocessors, their principles and
practices. Thus it maintains the
appropriate balance between the basic
concepts and practical applications
related to microprocessors technology.
CONTENTS
1. The Processors: 8086/8088-
Architectures, Pin Diagrams and Timing
Diagrams 2. 8086/ 8088 Instruction Set
and Assembler Directives 3. The Art of
Assembly Language Programming with
8086/ 8088 4. Special Architectural
Features and Related Programming 5.
Basic Peripherals and Their Interfacing
with 8086/ 88 6. Special Purpose
programmable Peripheral Devices and
Their Interfacting 7. DMA, Floppy Disk
and CRT Controllers 8. Multimicroprocessor
Systems 9. 80286- 80287- A
Microprocessor with Memory Management
and Protection 10. 80386- 80387
and 80486 the 32 – Bit Processors 11.
Recent Advances in Microprocessor
Architectures- A Journey from Pentium
Onwards 12. Pentium 4- Processor of
the New Millennium 13. RISC
Architecture- An Overview 14.
Microprocessor Based Aluminium
Smelter Control 15. Design of a
Microprocessor Based Pattern Scanner
System 16. Design of an Electronic
ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE • MICROPROCESSORS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 89
Weighing Bridge 17. An Introduction to
Microcontrollers 8051 and 80196
MICROPROCESSORS AND
MICROCONTROLLERS
2nd Edition
By A Nagoor Kani, Founder, RBA
Group , Chennai
2011 / 864 Pages (T)
ISBN : 9780071329743
This book attempts to explain the basic
concepts od popular microprocessors
and microcontrollers programming and
interfacing techniques. It provides a
balanced coverage for 8085 and 8086
Microprocessors and detailed coverage
for 8051 Microcontroller. It discusses the
concepts using numerous examples
and programs and step-wise approach
which makes it easier for the readers to
grasp the concepts. The book has been
designed as a self-study material for the
students of engineering, polytechnic,
arts and science colleges.
“* Extensive coverage for topics such as
– 8086 Instruction sets, Memory &
Peripheral Interfacing
FEATURES
• Provides a balanced coverage for
8085 and 8086 Microprocessors
• Detailed coverage on 8051
Microcontrollers
• Discusses Interfacing and
Programming concepts together for
8085, 8086 & 8051
• Uses simple methodology (i.e.
Problem analysis —> Flowchart —
>Algorithm—>Code—>Sample
Data) for programming examples
• Provides chapter-end questions with
answers
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Microprocessors 2.
Introduction to Microontrollers 3.
Instruction Set of 8085 4. Instruction Set
of 8086 5. Instruction Set of 8051 6.
Memory and I/O Interfacing 7. Interrupts
8. Assembly Language Programming 9.
Peripheral Devices and Interfacing 10.
INTEL 80x86 Family of Processors 11.
System Design with 8086
Microprocessors
8086 MICROPROCESSORS
PROGRAMMING AND INTERFACING
2nd Edition
By A Nagoor Kani, Founder, RBA
Group, Chennai
2011 / 500 Pages
ISBN : 9780071077675
This book attempts to explain the basic
concepts od popular microprocessors
and microcontrollers programming and
interfacing techniques by taking INTEL
8086 microprocessor as an example. It
includes system design applications
based on 8086 Microprocessor. It
discusses the concepts using numerous
examples and programs and step-wise
approach which makes it easier for the
readers to grasp the concepts. The
book has been designed as a self-study
material for the students of engineering,
polytechnic, arts and science colleges.
FEATURES
• Extensive coverage for Instruction
sets, Memory & Peripheral
Interfacing of 8086 Microprocessor
• Discusses programming concepts
for 8086 using assembly language
• Uses simple methodology (i.e.
Problem analysis—> Flowchart—
>Algorithm —> Code —>Sample
Data) for programming examples.
• Provides chapter-end questions with
answers!
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. INTEL 8086 Pins,
Signals and Architecture 3. Instruction
Set of 8086 4. Memory and I/O
Interfacing 5. Interrupts 6. Assembly
Language Programming 7. Peripheral
Devices and Interfacing 8. INTEL
80x86 Family of Processors 9. 8086
Microprocessor Based System
8085 MICROPROCESSORS AND ITS
APPLICATIONS, 3rd Edition
By A Nagoor Kani, Founder, RBA
Group, Chennai
2011 / 464 Pages (T)
ISBN : 9780071077682
This book attempts to explain the basic
concepts od popular microprocessors
and microcontrollers programming and
interfacing techniques by taking INTEL
8085 microprocessor as an example. It
includes system design applications
based on 8085 Microprocessor. It
discusses the concepts using numerous
examples and programs and step-wise
approach which makes it easier for the
readers to grasp the concepts. The
book has been designed as a self-study
material for the students of engineering,
polytechnic, arts and science colleges.
FEATURES
• Extensive coverage for Instruction
sets, Memory & Peripheral
Interfacing of 8085 Microprocessor
• Discusses programming concepts
for 8085 using assembly language
• Uses simple methodology for
programming examples. (i.e.
Problem analysis—>Flowchart —
>Algorithm —>Code—> Sample
Data)
• Provides chapter-end questions with
answers!
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Microprocessors 2.
Instruction Set of 8086 3. Memory and I/
O Interfacing 4. Interrupts 5. Assembly
Language Programming 6. Peripheral
Devices and Interfacing 7.
Microcomputer System Design and
MICROPROCESSORS
90 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Applications
MICROPROCESSORS AND
MICROCONTROLLERS:
ARCHITECTURE, PROGRAMMING
AND INTERFACING USING 8085,
8086 AND 8051
1st Edition
2011 / 796 Pages (T)
ISBN : 9780071328982
By SK Mandal, Associate Professor,
Department of Electrical Engineering,
National Institute of Technical Teachers’
Training and Research, Kollkata
This book is designed to provide indepth
treatment for the fundamentals
concepts of Microprocessors and
Microcontrollers. It provuides a
balanced coverage for 8085 and 8086
Microprocessors. It stresses on the use
of system programming concepts in
designing various system softwares.
Applications such as Traffic Control,
Keyboard interfacing, Stepper Motor
Control, Seven Segment Display,
Control of Firing Circuit of a Thyristor,
etc given in the book demonstrates
learnt concepts. Assembly Language
programs has been incorporated in this
book to simulate 8085 and 8086
Microprocessors and 8051
Microcontroller. This book can be used
as textbook for undergraduate and postgraduate
courses offered on
Microprocessors and Microcontrollers at
degree and diploma levels.
FEATURES
• Discusses Architecture, Programming,
Interfacing of Microprocessors
and Microcontrollers using
lucid anguage!
• Offres a balanced coverage for
8085 and 8086 Microprocessors
• Detailed coverage for Advanced
Microprocessors
• Hands-on approach through
applications such as Traffic Control,
Keyboard interfacing, Stepper Motor
Control, Seven Segment Display,
Control of Firing Circuit of a
Thyristor
• Strong Pedagogy includes—
Solved examples and programs
(100), MCQs (258), Short Answer
Questions (130), Review Questions
(399)
• Exhaustive Website
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Microprocessors and
Microcontrollers 2. Architecture of 8085
Microprocessor 3. Instruction Set and
Addressing Modes of 8085
Microprocessor 4. Assembly Language
Programs of 8085 Microprocessor 5.
Architecture of 8086 & 8088
Microprocessor 6. Instruction Set and
Addressing Modes of 8086
Microprocessor 7. Assembly Language
Programs of 8086 Microprocessor &
8087, 80287 and 80387 Numeric Data
Processor 8. I/O and Memory
Interfacing with 8085/8086
Microprocessor 9. Communication and
Bus Interfacing with 8085/8086
Microprocessor 10. Applications of
8085/8086 Microprocessors 11. 80186,
80286, 80386 & 80486 Microprocessor
12. Pentium and RISC Processors 13.
Introduction to 8051 Microcontroller 14.
Instruction Set and Programming of
8051 Microcontroller
ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS
AND INTERFACING
by Badri Ram; Bihar College of
Engineering, Patna
2001 / 404 Pages
ISBN : 9780070434486
FEATURES
• In-depth coverage of 16, 32 and 64
bit microprocessors-8086to
Pentium.
• Lucidly explains the various
assembly language programming
instructions citing relevant examples
alongside
• OpCode formation of 8086
Microprocessors described with
examples to help students develop
microprocessor-based industrial
application projects.
• Covers 16 and 32 bit microcontrollers
in a chapter.
• Details the conventional and latest
VLSI supporting peripheral chips.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Microprocessors, 2.
16- Bit Intel Microprocessors, 3. 8086
Instruction Set, 4. Assembly Language
Programs for 8086, 5. Debug and
Assembler, 6. Embedded Control, I/O
Processors and Co-Processors, 7. Intel
386 and 486 Microprocessors, 8. Input/
Output Devices and Supporting Chips,
9. Other Microprocessors, 10.
Interfacing and A/D Converter and
Applications, 11. Standards for Bus
Architectures and Ports, Appendix
U S Edition
VLIW MICROPROCESSOR
HARDWARE DESIGN
by Lee Weng Fook Emerald Systems
Design Center.
2008 / 219 Pages
ISBN : 9780071497022
This resource is a practical tutorial if you
want to master the fast-growing VLIW
architecture, using Verilog.The author
covers all VLIW hardware design
essentials, including microarchitectures,
RTL coding, ASIC flow
and FPGA flow of design.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Design Methodology
3. RTL Coding, Testbenching, and
Simulation 4. FPGA Implementation /
Appendix A: Testbenches and
Simulation Results / Appendix B:
Synthesis Results and Gate Level
Netlist / Bibliography / Index
INTRODUCTION TO
MICROPROCESSORS
3rd Edition
by A.P. Mathur; Purdua University
2001 / 640 Pages
MICROPROCESSORS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 91
ISBN : 9780074602225
International Edition
MICROPROCESSORS PRINCIPLES
AND APPLICATIONS
2nd Edition
by Charles M Gilmore
2008 / 544 Pages
ISBN : 9780071139656
CONTENTS
• What Is The Microprocessor? • The
Decimal And Binary Number Systems •
Processor Arithmetic • Basic
Microprocessor Architectural Concepts •
Inside The Microprocessor • An
Introduction To Microprocessor
Instructions • Communicating With The
Microprocessor • Two 8-bit
Microprocessors: The Z80 And 6802 •
The Microcontroller: A Single Chip
Microprocessor • Advanced
Microprocessors • Memory • Mass
Storage • Microprocessor I/o • An
Introduction To Programming •
Operating Systems And System
Software • Servicing Microprocessorbased
Products • Developing
Microprocessor-based Products • New
Developments In Microprocessor
Technology
International Edition
MODERN PROCESSOR DESIGN:
FUNDAMENTALS OF
SUPERSCALAR PROCESSORS
by John P Shen, Carnegie Mellon
University and Mikko Lipasti, University
of Wisconsin - Madison
2005 / 640 Pages
ISBN: 9780071244879 [IE]
CONTENTS
1. Processor Design. 2. Pipelined
Processors. 3. Memory and I/O
Systems. 4. Superscalar Organization.
5. Superscalar Techniques. 6. The
PowerPC 620. 7. Intel’s P6
Microarchitecture. 8. Survey of
Superscalar Processors. 9. Advanced
Instruction Flow Techniques. 10.
Advanced Register Data Flow
Techniques. 11. Executing Multiple
Threads.
MICROCONTROLLERS
8051 MICROCONTROLLERS
by V Udayashankara, Professor, Dept
of Instrumentation Technology, Sri
Jayachamarajendra Coll of Engg,
Mysore; M.S. Mallikarjunaswamy,
Assistant Professor, Department of
Instrumentation Technology; Sri
Jayachamarajendra College of Engg,
Mysore
2009 / 324 Pages
ISBN : 9780070086814
Targeted at UG students of CSE and
ECE, this text presents a concise
explanation of concepts making the
book focused and easy to understand.
The only text which gives programs for
Interfacing Experiments both in 8051
assembly and C language. Unique
approach of hardware, software &
applications makes the book standout
amongst all.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of
Important topics like; D/A – A/D.
These topics are important part of
Interfacing and find a place in major
University syllabi e.g. UPTU, PTU,
CUSAT & JNTU.
• Exhaustive discussion software
development tools like; A51
Assembler and S51 Simulator,
SC51 C compiler, μVision C
Compiler and Simulator (SIDE 51)
etc. for 8051.
• Programs for interfacing
experiments both in 8051 assembly
and C language
• Discussion of hardware interface
useful for laboratory
RICH POOL OF PEDAGOGY
INCLUDES
• Solved Examples: 220
• Section-end Questions: 277
• MCQs: 131
• Chapter-end exercises: 184
CONTENTS
• Introduction to Computer,
Microprocessor and Microcontroller •
The 8051 Microcontroller • 8051
Addressing Modes and Instruction Set
• 8051 Assembly Programming •
Software Development Tools for 8051 •
8051 Parallel I/O Ports • 8051 Interrupts
and Timers/Counters • 8051 Serial
Communication • 8255A Programmable
Peripheral Interface • Appendix •
Bibliography
• Index
MICROCONTROLLERS:
THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
by Ajay V Deshmukh, Assistant
Professor, Department of
Instrumentation, VIT Pune, Pune.
2004 / 352 Pages
ISBN : 9780070585959
This book is designed for the course on
Microcontrollers taken by under
graduate students of Computer
Science, Electrical, Electronics and
Communication, Instrumentation
Engineering. The book compre
hensively covers the architecture,
programming and interfacing of MCS
8051, ATMEL - 89CXX61 & 89C51, PIC
16C6X & 16C7X microcontrollers. The
book also includes case studies and
projects using each of the above Micro
controllers.
FEATURES
• Exhaustive coverage on MCS-51
Microcontroller; Discussion of
ATMEL and PIC Microcontrollers;
• Detailed presentation of assembly
language programming;
• Interfacing and Industrial
Applications of Microcontrollers :
Power MOSFETS, Process Control
Design, LED, ADC/DAC interfacing;
• Pedagogical aids like chapter
summary and review questions to
MICROPROCESSORS • MICROCONTROLLERS
92 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
test the readers’ grasp over the
subject
CONTENTS
Part 1: Learning Microcontrollers
1. Introduction to Microcontrollers 2.
8051 Microcontrollers 3. 8051 Pin
Description, Connections, I/O Ports and
Memory Organization 4. MCS 51
Addressing Modes and Instructions 5.
8051 Assembly Language Programming
Tools 6. MCS 51 Interrupts, Timer/
Counter and Serial Communication 7.
Design with Atmel Microcontrollers 8.
Applications of MCS-51 and Atmel
89C51 and 89C2051 Microcontrollers
Part 2: PICMicro-controllers 9. PIC
Microcontrollers 10. PIC 16F8XX Flash
Microcontrollers 11. More About PIC
Microcontrollers Part 3: Interfacing and
Industrial Applications of Microcontrollers
12. Interfacing and
Microcontroller Applications 13. Industrial
Applications of Microcon-trollers 14.
Advanced Programming and Math
Calculations Appendix I: PIC 16F877
Instructions Appendix II: Information from
Micro-controllers Data Sheet
References.
PROGRAMMING AND
CUSTOMIZING THE PIC
MICROCONTROLLER
by Myke Predko
2007 / 1263 Pages
ISBN : 9780070223509
With 100 experiments, projects, and
libraries, you get a firm grasp of PICs,
how they work, and the ins-and-outs of
their most dynamic applications.
Concentration on the three major PIC
families, to help you fully understand the
synergy between the Assembly, BASIC,
and C programming languages;
Coverage of the latest program
development tools; A refresher in
electronics and programming, as well as
reference material, to minimize the
searching you will have to do
CONTENTS
Part 1: The PIC Microcontroller Part 2:
Setting up your own PIC Microcontroller
Development Lab Part 3: PIC MCU
Basics Part 4: PIC Microcontroller
Interfacing Capabilities Part 5: PIC
Micro-controller Software Development
Part 6: PIC Microcontroller Applications
PROGRAMMING & CUSTOMIZING
THE 8051 MICROCONTROLLER
(WITH CD)
by Mike Predko
2000 / 560 Pages
ISBN : 9780070421400
PROGRAMMING AND
CUSTOMIZING THE AVR
MICROCONTROLLER
(with CD)
by Dhananjaya Gadre; IUCAA Pune
2003 / 368 Pages
ISBN : 9780070582293
MICROCONTROLLERS
by Kenneth J. Hintz; George Mason
University
2005
ISBN : 9780070606272
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Finite State Machines
3. Computer, Microprocessor, Microcontroller
Instruction Sets 4. Industrial
Controller Design 5. 8-Bit Microcontrollers
6. 16-Bit Microcontrollers 7.
The Super-scalar Microcontrollers 8.
Intel 80960CA.
EMBEDDED
SYSTEMS
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS:
ARCHITECTURE, PROGRAMMING
AND DESIGN, 2nd Edition
by Raj Kamal Institute of Computer
Sciences and Electronics, Devi Ahilya
University, Indore & TIFAC Center of
Relevance and Excellence in Network
Engg. Arulmigu Kalasalingam College of
Engineering, Krishnankoil
2008 / 700 Pages
ISBN :9780070667648
Raj Kamal: Embedded Systems, 2e,
gives an extensive account of
Embedded Systems ensuring balanced
coverage of hardware and software
concepts. This book gives due
weightage to architecture, programming
and design aspects. Comprehensive
treatment of popular Real time
Operating Systems will help the
students be in tune with the
requirements of the industry.
FEATURES
• Bottom-up approach - hardware and
software issues have been
discussed followed by case studies.
• Real Time Operating Systems
discussed in detail.
• Design process and examples are
covered throughout the book.
• Practical orientation: Two chapters
dedicated to case studies.
• Rich Pedagogy includes solved
examples, reviews questions and
exercise problems.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Better balance between Hardware
and Software aspects achieved by
including 8051 and other advanced
microprocessor architectures.
• Discussion of two new popular
RTOSes - Windows CE and
RTLinux.
• New topics on Design process in
embedded systems, Formalism of
system design, Wireless
MICROCONTROLLERS • EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 93
communication devices, Internet
enabled systems, Wireless and
Mobile system protocols.
• Expanded coverage of Memory
organization, Bus architecture and
Threads.
• Fresh new case studies on Digital
camera, Robot orchestra and Mobile
phone SMS creating and sending.
• Embedded programming in Java is
included.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to The Embedded
Systems 2. 8051 And Advanced
Processor Architectures, Memory
organization, and Real World Interfacing
3. Devices and Communication Buses
For Devices Network 4. Device Drivers
And Interrupts Servicing Mechanism 5.
Programming Concepts And Embedded
Programming In C, C++ and Java 6.
Program Modeling Concepts In Single
And Multiprocessor Systems Software-
Development Process 7. Real Time
Operating Systems- I: Inter Process
Communication And Synchronization Of
Processes, Task And Threads 8. Real
Time Operating Systems 9. RTOS
Programming - I: MicroC/OS-II and
VxWorks 10. RTOS PROGRAMMING -
II: Windows CE, OSEK, RTLinux and
Others 11. Design Examples And Case
Studies Of Program Modeling And
Programming With Rtos - 1 12. Design
Examples And Case Studies Of Program
Modeling And Programming With RTOS -
1
INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED
SYSTEMS
by Shibu K V, Technical Architect
,Embedded Systems & Device Lab,
Infosys Technologies Ltd.,Trivandrum
Unit, Kerala
2009 / 712 Pages
ISBN: 9780070145894
Meant for students and practicing
engineers, this book provides a
comprehensive introduction to the
design and development of embedded
hardware and firmware, their integration,
and the management of embedded
system development process.
FEATURES
• Follows a design oriented approach
• Detailed coverage of RTOS
internals, multitasking, task
management, task scheduling, task
communication and synchronization
• In-depth elucidation of the internals
of MicroC/OS-II and VxWorks RTOS
kernels
• Practical implementation using reallife
examples of Washing Machine,
Automotive, Stepper Motor, and
Mobile Phones
• Deals in embedded C, delving into
basics and unraveling advanced
level concepts
• Pedagogy
• 433 Review questions
• 428 Objective-type questions
• 25 Examples
• 80 Lab assignments
CONTENTS
Part 1: Embedded System:
Understanding the Basic Concepts 1.
Introduction to Embedded Systems 2.
The Typical Embedded System 3.
Characteristics and Quality Attributes of
Embedded Systems 4. Embedded
Systems—Application- and Domain-
Specific 5. Designing Embedded
Systems with 8bit Microcontrollers—
8051 6. Programming the 8051
Microcontroller 7. Hardware Software
Co-Design and Program Modelling
Part 2: Design and Development of
Embedded Product 8. Embedded
Hardware Design and Development 9.
Embedded Firmware Design and
Development 10. Real-Time Operating
System (RTOS) based Embedded
System Design 11. An Introduction to
Embedded System Design with
VxWorks and MicroC/OS-II RTOS 12.
Integration and Testing of Embedded
Hardware and Firmware 13. The
Embedded System Development
Environment 14. Product Enclosure
Design and Development 15. The
Embedded Product Development Life
Cycle (EDLC) 16. Trends in the
Embedded Industry / Appendix I:
Overview of PIC and AVR Family of
Microcontrollers and ARM Processors
Appendix II: Design Case Studies /
Bibliography / Index / 8051
Microcontroller
EMBEDDED REALTIME SYSTEMS
PROGRAMMING
by Iyer & Gupta
2003 / 349 Pages
ISBN : 9780070482845
CONTENTS
Section I : Introduction
1. Introduction to Embedded Realtime
Systems Section II: Embedded nittygritty
2. The Build Process for
Embedded Systems 3. Types of Memory
4. Memory Management in Embedded
Realtime Systems 5. Interrupts and ISRs
Section III: Correctness is not enough
6. Introduction to Realtime Theory 7.
Realtime Operating Systems Section IV:
But, I know this already! 8.
Requirement Engineering 9. Architecture
and Design of an Embedded System 10.
Implementation Aspects in Embedded
Systems 11. Estimation Modelling in
Embedded Software 12. Validation and
Debugging of Embedded Systems
DATA
COMMUNICATION &
NETWORKING
US Edition
COMPUTER NETWORKS:
A TOP DOWN APPROACH
FIRST EDITION
By Behrouz A. Forouzan, DEANZA
COLLEGE; Firouz Mosharraf, RIO
HONDO COLLEGE
2011 / 960 Pages
ISBN: 9780073523262
This new networking text follows a top-
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS • DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING
94 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
down approach. The presentation
begins with an explanation of the
application layer, which makes it easier
for students to understand how network
devices work, and then, with the
students fully engaged, the authors
move on to discuss the other layers,
ending with the physical layer. With this
top-down approach, its thorough
treatment of the topic, and a host of
pedagogical features, this new
networking book offers the market
something it hasn’t had for many yearsa
well-crafted, modern text that places
the student at the center of the learning
experience.
Forouzan’s Computer Networks
presents a complex topic in an
accessible, student-friendly way that
makes learning the material not only
manageable but fun as well. The
appealing visual layout combines with
numerous figures and examples to
provide multiple routes to
understanding. Students are presented
with the most up-to-date material
currently available and are encouraged
to view what they are learning in a realworld
context. This approach is both
motivating and practical in that students
begin to see themselves as the
professionals they will soon become.
FEATURES
• Top-Down Approach This book
approaches how application-layer
protocols exchange messages
before learning how these
messages are actually broken into
bits and signals and physically
carried through the internet.
• Visual Approach The book
Presents highly technical subject
matter without complex formulas by
using a balance of text and figures.
More than 700 figures in the text
provide a visual and intuitive
opportunity for understanding the
material. Network concepts are
easily grasped visually enhancing
student understanding.
• Simulation Experiments
demonstrate network concepts and
packet flow. Each hipster includes
Java applets and lab assignments
that mirror examples in the text.
• Companion Website includes a
host of supplements—a set of
quizzes for each chapter, lab
assignments, animated Power-
Points, several Java Applets for
each chapter, student solutions, and
professor solutions.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Application Layer 3.
Transport Layer 4. Network Layer 5.
Data Link Layer and Wired Networks 6.
Wireless Networks and Mobile IP 7.
Physical Layer and Transmission Media
8. Multimedia 9. Network Management
10. Network Security 11. Socket-
Interface Programming in Java
DATA COMMUNICATIONS AND
NETWORKING
4th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza
College
2006 / 1168 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634145
As one of the fastest growing
technologies in our culture today, data
communications and networking
presents a unique challenge for
instructors. As both the number and
types of students are increasing, it is
essential to have a textbook that
provides coverage of the latest
advances, while presenting the material
in a way that is accessible to students
with little or no background in the fi eld.
Using a bottom-up approach, Data
Communications and Networking
presents this highly technical subject
matter without relying on complex
formulas by using a strong pedagogical
approach supported by more than 700
figures. Now in its Fourth Edition, this
textbook brings the beginning student
right the forefront of the latest advances
in the fi eld, while presenting the
fundamentals in a clear, straightforward
manner. Students will fi nd better
coverage, improved fi gures and better
explanations on cutting-edge material.
The “bottom-up” approach allows
instructors to cover the material in one
course, rather than having separate
courses on data communications and
networking.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Visual approach is supported with
hundreds of figures and animations
on the text website
• Strong in-text pedagogy is designed
for the beginning student and
includes numerous fi gures,
highlighted points, examples and
real life applications, key terms,
chapter summaries, practice sets
and an extensive glossary and list of
acronyms.
• Text uses a bottom-up approach
where students learn about data
communications before learning
about networking. This approach
allows instructors to cover the
material in one course, rather than
having separate courses on data
communications and networking.
• An On-line Learning Center is
available to provide extra material to
both students and instructors. Some
features of the on-line learning
center include: PowerPoint Slides,
Solutions, and Animated Figures
from the text and solutions of oddnumbered
problems for students.
(even-numbered solutions for
instructor are password protected)
• Added coverage of TCP/IP
FEATURES
• Text lets students learn about data
communications before learning
about networking.
• More than 700 fi gures provide
complete, visual presentation of the
material. Figures replace the need
for students to rely on complex
formulas.
CONTENTS
Part 1: Overview of Data Communications
and Networking. 1. Introduction
2. Network Models Part 2: Physical
Layer 3. Signals 4. Digital Transmission
5. Analog Transmission 6. Multiplexing
7. Transmission Media 8. Circuit
Switching and Telephone Network 9.
High-Speed Digital Access: DSL, Cable
Modems, and SONET Part 3: Data Link
Layer 10. Error Detection and Correction
11. Data Link Control and Protocols 12.
DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 95
Point-to-Point Access: PPP 13. Multiple
Access 14. Local Area Networks:
Ethernet 15. Wireless LANs 16.
Connecting LANs, Backbone Networks,
and Virtual LANs 17. Cellular Telephone
and Satellite Networks 18. Virtual Circuit
Switching: Frame Relay and ATM Part 4
Network Layer 19. Host-to-Host Delivery:
Internetworking, Addressing, and
Routing 20. Network Layer Protocols:
ARP, IPv4, ICMP, IPv6, and ICMPv6 21.
Unicast and Multicast Routing: Routing
Protocols Part 5: Transport Layer 22.
Process-to-Process Delivery: UDP and
TCP 23. Congestion Control and Quality
of Service Part 6: Application Layer 24.
Client-Server Model: Socket Interface
25. Domain Name System (DNS) 26.
Electronic Mail (SMTP) and File Transfer
(FTP) 27. HTTP and WWW 28.
Multimedia Part 7 Security 29.
Cryptography 30. Message Security,
User Authentication, and Key
Management 31. Security Protocols in
the Internet / Appendix A ASCII Code. /
Appendix B Numbering Systems and
Transformation. / Appendix C The OSI
Model / Appendix D 8B/6T Code. /
Appendix E Checksum Calculation. /
Appendix F Structure of a Router. /
Appendix G ATM LANs. / Appendix H
Client-Server Programs. / Appendix I
RFCs. Appendix J UDP and TCP Ports.
Appendix K Contact Addresses
DATA COMMUNICATION AND
NETWORKING
2nd Update
by Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza
College
2004 / 980 Pages
ISBN : 9780070499355
Data Communication and Networking,
Second Edition Update provides an
excellent introduction to networking
technologies that are increasingly
important in today‘s world. using the
traditional seven layer OSI model,
Forouzan teaches students to
understand the underlying concepts of
network architecture. After laying a
sound framework in overall concepts, he
spends two chapters covering the
specifics of the TCP/IP protocol;
CONTENTS
Preface 1. Introduction 2. Basic
Concepts 3. The OSI Model 4. Signals
5. Encoding and Modulating 6.
Transmission of Digital Data: Interfaces
and Modems 7. Trans-mission Media 8.
Multiplexing 9. Error Detection and
Correction 10. Data Link Control 11. Data
Link Protocols 12. Local Area Networks
13. Metropolitan Area Networks 14.
Switching 15. Point to Point Protocol
(PPP) 16. Integrated Services Digital
Network (ISDN) 17. X.25 18. Frame
Relay 19. ATM 20. SONET/SDH 21.
Networking and Inter-networking
Devices 22. Transport Layer 23. Upper
OSI Layers 24. TCP/IP Protocol Suite:
Part I 25. TCP/IP Protocol Suite: Part II,
Application Layer 26. VLANs and VPNs
27. Network Security Appendixes:
Appendix A: ASCII Code Appendix B:
Numbering Systems and Transformation
Appendix C: Representation of Binary
Numbers Appendix D: Fourier Analysis
Appendix E: Hardware Equipment for
Error Detection Appendix F: Huffman
Encoding Appendix G: LZW
Compression Method Appendix H: Next
Generation of TCP/IP Protocol Suite:
IPv6 and ICMPv6 Appendix I: Spanning
Tree References Glossary Index
DATA COMMUNICATION &
NETWORKS
2nd Edition
2011 / 540 Pages (T)
ISBN : 9780071077705
by Achyut S Godbole, Managing
Director, SoftExcel Services Limited,
Mumbai; Atul Kahate, Senior
Consultant, Oracle Financial Services
Software Limited, Pune
This book is designed to provide
coherent and concise coverage for
fundamental topics of data
communication and network models
and protocols to the latest topics on
Internet and Multimedia Protocols using
simple language. The addition of a new
chapter on Wireless Communication
and topics on Medium Access Sub
Layer, Subnetting, SONET / SDH –
Synchronous transport signals,
Firewalls further enhances the topical
coverage of the book and makes it
updated with the advancements in
Wireless Networks field. This revised
edition will have new and refreshed
practice questions.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• New chapter on Wireless
Communication including latest
topics such as IEEE Standards,
Bluetooth, Wireless LANs, Cellular
Telephones
• Addition of new topics – Medium
Access Sub Layer, EIA RS-232C,
EIA RS-449, Comparison of OSI
and TCP/IP models, Firewalls, Web
Security, Subnetting , DTE-DTC
Interface, Queuing Theory,
Checksum, Hamming Code
• Expanded coverage for important
topics — Congestion Control ,
Ethernet, Multiplexing, X.25 Protocol
, ALOHA, Asynchronous Transfer
Mode, ISDN
• Independent, contemporary and
comprehensive coverage for various
protocols such as OSI, ATM, Frame
Relay, TCP/IP, ISDN, X.25
• Simplified explanations for basic to
advanced level topics
• 875 practice questions include 600
Objective-type questions (True/
False & Multiple choice questions
with Answers) & Review Questions
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Data Communication
and networking 2. Analog and Digital
Transmission Methods 3. Modes of
Data Transmission and Multiplexing 4.
Transmission Errors: Detection and
Correction 5. Data Compression and
Encryption 6. Transmission Media 7.
Network Topologies, Switching and
Routing Algorithms 8. Networking
Protocols and OSI Model 9. Local Area
Networks(LAN), Metropolitan Area
Networks(MAN) and Wide Area
Networks(WAN) 10. Medium Access
Sub Layer and ISDN 11. X.25 Protocol
12. Frame Relay and Congestion
Control 13. Asynchronous Transfer
Mode (ATM) 14. Wireless
Communication 15. Internetworking
DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING
96 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Concepts, Devices, Internet Basics,
History and Architecture 16. Ways of
Accessing the Internet 17. TCP/IP Part
I: An Introduction to TCP/IP, IP, ARP,
RARP, ICMP 18. TCP/IP Part II (TCP,
UDP)
19. TCP-IP Part III (DNS, Email, FTP,
TFTP) 20. TCP-IP Part IV (WWW,
HTTP, TELNET 21. Multimedia
Communications
DATA COMMUNICATION &
COMPUTER NETWORKS
(FOR DOEACC ‘A’ LEVEL)
by ISRD Group, Lucknow
2006 / 360 Pages
ISBN : 9780070616820
This book is designed for the course
on Data Communication and Computer
Networks offered to students taking the
DOEACC’s ‘A’ level certificate
examination. The book will also be
useful to the Diploma students who
take a paper on Data Communications
and Networks.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of
Communications and Transmission
fundamentals.
• Data Link Layer covered in detail as
two separate chapters.
• Detailed discussion on the Network
Layer.
• The last 5 Question papers of
DOEACC ‘A’ level examinations
included at the end of the book as
an appendix.
CONTENTS
1. An Introduction to Communications
2. Data Transmission 3. Modulation 4.
Transmission Media 5. Fiber Optic
Communication 6. Wireless
Transmission 7. Multiplexing 8.
Switching 9. Telecommunication
Networks 10. Introduction to Computer
Networks 11. ISO-OSI Reference Model
12. TCP/IP Protocol Suite 13. Modems
14. Elementary Protocols for Channel
Allocation 15. IEE Standard 802 for
LANs and MANs 16. Multichannel Data
Communication 17. Data Link Layer – I
18. Data Link Layer – II 19. X.25
Network 20. Local Area Network 21.
Wide Area Network 22. Network Layer
23. Security and Privacy
COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
2nd Edition
by Alberto Leon-Garcia, University of
Toronto and Indra Widjaja
2004 / 848 Pages
ISBN : 9780070595019
This book is designed for introductory
one-semester or one-year courses in
communications networks in upper-level
undergraduate programs. The second
half of the book can be used in more
advanced courses. As pre-requisites the
book assumes a general knowledge of
computer systems and programming,
and elementary calculus.
FEATURES
• The Big Picture is presented first in
chapter one and two with a
discussion of network-based
applications and services such as
the WWW, email, and home video
entertainment. The essential
functions in the operation of a
network are discussed, and
examples are given hat motivate the
notion of layering, and the OSI
Reference model. Exposing
students to the big picture will help
them learn and apply the
information more readily.
• Network performance is introduced
as an integral part of network design
and operation. Quantitative
examples are used to show the
tradeoffs involved in various
situations. This helps students
develop an intuitive feel for
performance issues by delving into
the underlying mathematics. Other
texts eliminate much of the
quantitative discussion of network
performance.
• The Berkeley API sockets are
introduced in an optional section in
Chapter 2 and socket programming
exercises are included. This will be
useful to those professors who wish
to introduce socket programming in
the course.Telnet-based exercises
to demonstrate the operation of
various TCP/IP protocols are also
included.
• Many figures, network graphs, time
diagrams, performance curves, etc.
are found throughout the text. These
diagrams are essential to effectively
convey concepts in networking. A
set of PowerPoint presentations,
upon which the book’s figures are
based, is available to adopters of
the text via the web site for the
book.
CONTENTS
Preface. / 1. Communication Networks
and Services. 2. Application and
Layered Architectures. 3. Digital
Transmission Fundamentals. 4.
Transmission Systems and Circuit
Switching Networks. 5. ARQ and Flow
Control. 6. Local Area Networks and
Medium Access Control. 7. Packet-
Switching Networks. 8. TCP/IP. 9. ATM
Networks. 10. Advanced Network
Architectures. 11. Network Security. 12.
Multi-Media Information and
Networking. Epilogue. Appendixes. A
Delay and Loss Performance. B
Network Management
COMPUTER NETWORKING
(Special Indian Edition)
by Ed Tittel, Austin Community College,
and B. Muthukumaran, Department of
I n f o r m a t i o n
Technology, Sri Venkateswara College
of Engineering, Sriperumbudur
2006 / 416 Pages
ISBN : 9780070617254
Schaum’s Outline of Computer
Networking introduces the underlying
concepts, principles, and terminology of
computer networks. Covering the full
scope of material taught in computer
networking courses, its problem-solving
approach presents the different
components of a network and shows
how these components fit together. It
also explains the varied harmonizing
functions needed for the interconnection
of many heterogeneous computer
networks.
FEATURES
• Complete coverage of hardware and
DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 97
software involved in networking
solutions.
• Real-world scenarios explained
step-by-step.
• Sections on Traffic and Traffic
Shaping, Integrated and
Differentiated Services and Random
Early Detection Switches, and
Dynamic DNS and Zone Transfers.
CONTENTS
1. Data Communications 2.
Communications Networks 3. Network
Technologies 4. Multiple Access 5.
Switching 6. Naming and Addressing 7.
Routing 8. Services and Applications 9.
Security Appendix A: Glossary Appendix
B: Online Internet and Networking
Standards Appendix C: Binary
Arithmetic and IP Address Calculation
Appendix D: Bibliography / Index
PRINCIPLES OF VOICE AND
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
by Regis Bud J. Bates,
TC International Consulting, Inc. and
Marcus Bates
2006 / 720 Pages
ISBN : 9780072257328
CONTENTS
1. Principles of Voice and Data
Communications- An Introduction. 2. The
Evolution of the Telephone Set. 3.
Introduction of the
Carriers and Regulation in the Industry.
4. Signaling System 7, Intelligent
Networks and Number Portability. 5.
Analog versus Digital Communications.
6. Integrated Services Digital Network
and SONET. 7. Data standards in Use.
8. Data Commu-nications. 9. The
Internet. 10. Local Area Networks
(LANs). 11. Packets, Frames and Cell
Switching Concepts. 12. xDSL. 13. Cable
Modem Systems and Technology. 14.
Overview of Cellular communications.
15. Security and Virtual Private Networks
(VPN.
COMMUNICATION NETWORKS:
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE
by Narang Kasera & Narang
2005
ISBN : 9780070583542
VOICE AND DATA
COMMUNICATIONS HANDBOOK
5th Edition
by J Regis ‘Bud’ Bates and Donald
Gregory
2001 / 650 Pages
ISBN : 9780070647664
NETWORKING:
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE
4th Edition
by Hallberg
2005 / 448 Pages
ISBN : 9780070607910
NETWORKING:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Zacker
2001 / 1136 Pages
ISBN : 9780070474161
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF NETWORKING
AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
(With CD)
by Sheldon
2001 / 1496 Pages
ISBN : 9780070447424
TCP / IP
TCP/IP PROTOCOL SUITE
4th Edition
by Behrouz A. Forouzan, DeAnza
College
2010 / 928 Pages
ISBN : 9780070706521
In a world where the number of people
who need to learn about data
communications and networking is
exploding, Forouzan's book is the
answer. The book's visual approach
makes it easy for students to learn
about and understand the concepts
involved in this rapidly developing field.
TCP/IP Protocol Suite teaches students
and professionals, with no prior
knowledge of TCP/IP everything they
need to know about the subject. This
comprehensive book uses hundreds of
figures to make technical concepts easy
to grasp as well as many examples
which help tie the material to the realworld.
The fourth edition of TCP/IP Protocol
Suite has been fully updated to include
all of the recent technology changes in
the field. Additionally, out-of-date
material has been overhauled to reflect
recent changes in technology.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• More exercises and open-ended
problems in each chapter.
• XML added to Chapter 22 (on World
Wide Web)
• A new chapter on Client/Server
Programming in Pseudocode
• Concept of flow and error control in
TCP
• Updated Chapter on Underlying
Technologies to cover new
technology
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. The OSI Model and
the TCP/IP Protocol Suite 3. Underlying
DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING • TCP / IP
98 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Technologies 4. IP Addresses: Classful
Addressing 5. IP Addresses: Classless
Addressing 6. Delivery, Forwarding, and
Routing of IP Packets 7. ARP and
RARP 8. Internet Protocol (IP) 9.
Internet Control Message Protocol
(ICMP) 10. Internet Group Management
Protocol (IGMP) 11. User Datagram
Protocol (UDP) 12. Transmission
Control Protocol (TCP) 13. Stream
Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP)
14. Unicast Routing Protocols (RIP,
OSPF, and BGP) 15. Multicasting and
Multicast Routing Protocols 16. Host
Configuration: BOOTP and DHCP 17.
Domain Name System (DNS) 18.
Remote Login: TELNET 19. File
Transfer: FTP and TFTP 20. Electronic
Mail: SMTP, POP, and IMAP 21.
Network Management: SNMP 22. World
Wide Web: HTTP 23. IP over ATM 24.
Mobile IP 25. Multimedia 26. Private
Networks, Virtual Private Networks, and
Network Address Translation 27. Next
Generation: IPv6 and ICMPv6 28.
Network Security / Appendix A ASCII
Code / Appendix B Numbering Systems
/ Appendix C Checksum / Appendix D
Error Detection / Appendix E Project 802
/ Appendix F Contact Addresses /
Appendix G RFCs / Appendix H UDP
and TCP Ports
WEB TECHNOLOGIES:
TCP/IP, ARCHITECTURE, AND
JAVA PROGRAMMING
2nd Edition
by Achyut S Godbole, Apar
Technologies, Mumbai; Atul Kahate, iflex
Solutions Ltd, Pune
2008 / 632 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669055
This book, designed as a text
forstudents of computer science,
presents the concepts in simple and
lucid language, supported by ample
examples and diagrams. It gives a stepby-
step and sequential introduction to
the subject. It will also serve as an
useful guide to all who are familiar with
the world of mainframes or client-server
architecture, and who want to
understand web technologies with a fair
amount of depth.
FEATURES
• Balanced coverage on TCP/IP,
Internet Application Architecture and
Programming aspects
• Enhanced exposure of Java
Programming
CONTENTS
1. Networking Protocols and OSI Model
2. Internetworking Concepts, Devices,
Internet Basics, History and
Architecture 3. TCP/IP Part I
(Introduction to TCP/IP, IP, ARP, RARP,
ICMP) 4. TCP/IP Part II (TCP, UDP) 5.
TCP-IP Part III (DNS, Email, FTP,
TFTP) 6. TCP-IP Part IV (WWW, HTTP,
TELNET) 7. JavaScript and AJAX 8.
ASP.NET – An Overview 9. Java Web
Technologies 10. Web Security 11.
Network Security 12. Online Payments
13. Introduction to XML 14. Web
Services and Middleware 15. Wireless
Internet
LAN
LOCAL AREA NETWORKS
With CD-ROM
2nd Edition
by Gerd Keiser, Boston University
2002 / 552 Pages
ISBN : 9780070529045
CONTENTS
1. Overview of LANs. 2. Network
Architectures and Protocols. 3. Data
Communication Concepts. 4. LAN
Access Techniques. 5. Ethernet. 6.
Token-Passing LANs. 7. ATM LANs. 8.
Wireless LANs. 9. Fibre Channel and
SANSs. 10. Inter- networking. 11
Network Management. 12 Network
Security
GENERAL
International Edition
DESIGN FOR ELECTRICAL AND
COMPUTER ENGINEERS
by Ralph Ford, Penn State Erie
Behrend College, Chris Coulston, Penn
State Erie Behrend College
2008 / 336 Pages
ISBN : 9780071263474
This book is written for students and
teachers engaged in electrical and
computer engineering (ECE) design
projects, primarily in the senior year. It
guides students and faculty through the
steps necessary for the successful
execution of design projects. The
objective of the text is to provide a
treatment of the design process in ECE
with a sound academic basis that is
integrated with practical application. It
has a strong guiding vision -- that a solid
understanding of the Design Process,
Design Tools, and the right mix of
Professional Skills are critical for project
and career success. This text is unique
in providing a comprehensive design
treatment for ECE.
FEATURES
• Strong guiding vision -- that a solid
understanding of the Design
• Process, Design Tools, and the right
mix of Professional Skills are critical
for project and career success
• This text does a good job of
providing comprehensive design
treatment for ECE.
• A text at the right level for senior
design--based on reviewer feedback
we have heard that no books
existed that were at the level
needed. This text seems to now
bridge that gap and will be the book
of choice.
TCP / IP • LAN • GENERAL
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 99
CONTENTS
Part I – The Engineering Design
Process 1: The Engineering Design
Process 2: Project Selection and Needs
Identification 3: The Requirements
Specification 4: Concept Generation and
Evaluation Part II – Design Tools 5:
System Design I: Functional
Decomposition 6: System Design II:
Behavior Models 7: Testing 8: System
Reliability Part III – Professional Skills
9: Teams and Teamwork 10: Project
Management 11: Ethical and Legal
Issues 12: Oral Presentations"
PROFESSIONAL
REFERENCES
US Edition
WIRE BONDING IN
MICROELECTRONICS, 3rd Edition
by George Harman
2009 / Pages: 384
ISBN:9780071476232
Wire Bonding in Microelectronics, Third
Edition, equips you with everything
needed to design and evaluate wire
bonds engineered with cutting-edge
metallurgies. The Second Edition
provides full details and step-by-step
instructions for engineering reliable
bonds at a very high yield
CONTENTS
1. The Technical Introduction to the
Third Edition; 2. Ultrasonic Bonding
Systems and Technologies, Including a
Description of the Ultrasonic Wire
Bonding Mechanism; 3. Bonding Wire
Metallurgy and Characteristics That
Can Affect Bonding, Reliability, or
Testing; 4. Wire Bond Testing; 5. Gold-
Aluminum Intermetallic Compounds
and Other Metallic Interface Reactions
in Wire Bonding; 6. Introduction to
Plating, Section A (Gold) and Section B
(Nickel-Based) Bond Pad Technology
and Reliability; 7. Cleaning to Improve
Bondability and Reliability; 8.
Mechanical Problems in Wire Bonding;
9. Advanced and Specialized Wire
Bonding Technologies; 10. An
Overview of the Materials and Material
Science of Copper, Low-k Devices that
Affect Bonding and Packaging; 11.
Wire Bonding Process Modeling and
Simulation; Glossary; Bibliography;
Index
PHOTONICS ESSENTIALS
2nd Edition
by Thomas P. Pearsall
2010 / 320 Pages
ISBN: 9780071629355
This unique book teaches photonics
through the hands-on measurement
techniques common to all photonic
devices. Perfect for students and
engineers looking for practical expertise
rather than abstract theory, this tutorial
does more than explain the workings of
photonic applications in standard
devices like lasers and
photodetectors—it offers worked
examples of measurement and
characterization problems.
Filled with these real-world examples
that feature commercially available
instruments, this practice-based book
enables you to analyze, characterize,
and handle any kind of photonic device.
CONTENTS
Part I: Introductory Concepts 1.
Introduction; 2. Electrons and Photons;
Part II: Photonic Devices 3.
Photodiodes; 4. Electrical Response
Time of Diodes; 5. Photoconductivity;
6. Light-Emitting Diodes; 7. Organic
Light-Emitting Diodes; 8. Lasers Part
III: Advanced Topics 9. Direct
Modulation of Laser Diodes; 10. Optical
Fibers and Optical Fiber Amplifiers;
Part V: Characterizing Photonic
Devices in the Laboratory 11.
Measurements in Photonics; 12.
Experimental Photonics: Device
Characterization in the, Laboratory,
Index
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS:
DESIGN, FABRICATION, ASSEMBLY
AND TESTING
by Khandpur
2005
ISBN : 9780070588141
Written in a lucid and easy to
understand language, Printed Circuit
Boards discusses all the steps involved
in the physical construction and testing
of PCBs. This domain derives from such
diverse disciplines as electronics,
mechanical engineering, fluid dynamics,
thermodynamics, chemistry, physics,
metallurgy and optics. The author, with
nearly four decades of experience in
R&D, technology development, and
education and training, provides a
practical and hand-on approach to the
subject, by covering the latest
technological developments and
covering all the vital aspects of PCB, i.e.
design, fabrication, assembly, testing,
including reliability and quality.
CONTENTS
• Basics of Printed Circuit Boards •
Electronic Components • Layout
Planning and Design • Design
Considerations for Special Circuits •
Artwork Generation • Copper Clad
Laminates • Image Transfer
Techniques • Plating Techniques •
Etching Techniques • Mechanical
Operations • Multilayer Boards •
Flexible Printed Circuit Boards •
Soldering, Assembly &
PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES
100 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Reworking Techniques • Quality Control
and Reliability • Environmental
Concerns in PCB Industry
CHALCOGENIDE GLASSES FOR
INFRARED OPTICS
by A. Ray Hilton
2010 / 304 Pages
ISBN: 9780071596978
An essential resource for infrared optical
system engineers, this volume shows
how to master hands-on techniques to
yield high-quality chalcogenide glasses.
Important details on their applications is
also included. The book contains
proprietary fabrication techniques of
chalcogenide glasses from Amorphous
Materials, Inc., and Texas Instruments.
CONTENTS
1. Transmission of Light by Solids 2.
Chalcogenide Glasses 3. Glass
Production 4. Careful Characterization
of Glass Properties 5. Conventional
Lens Fabrication, Spherical Surfaces 6.
Unconventional Lens Fabrication,
Aspheric Surfaces, Kinos 7. Other
Applications A. Extrusion B. Fiber
Drawing C. Fiber Applications D.
Infrared Fiber Imaging Bundles 8.
Crystal Materials Produced at AMI 9.
Other Infrared Optical Materials
US Edition
RUNNING SMALL MOTORS WITH
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS
by Harpit Sandhu
2009 / Pages:368pp
ISBN:9780071633512
US Edition
PROGRAMMING AND
CUSTOMIZING THE MULTICORE
PROPELLER MICROCONTROLLER
by Parallax
2010 / Pages:496
ISBN:9780071664509
Written by a team of Propeller experts,
this authoritative guide gives you
everything you need to master Spin, the
language of the Propeller. The book
begins with getting-started and software
setup chapters. Programming and
Customizing the Propeller: The Official
Guide is filled with hands-on projects,
including unmanned aerial vehicle
controllers, video games with
networking, real-time GPS datalogging
and control, balancing robots with
multiple sensors, wireless networks, and
hardware-free modems. This book
makes it easy to put your product ideas
into profitable production!
CONTENTS
1. The Propeller Chip Multi-core
Microcontroller - Jeff Martin 2.
Introduction to Propeller Programming -
Jeff Martin 3. Debugging Code for
Multiple Cores - Andy Lindsay Sensor
Basics for Multprocessing - Andy
Lindsay 4. Wirelessly Networking
Propeller Chips - Martin Hebel 5.
DanceBot, a Balancing Robot - Hanno
Sander Controlling a Robot with
Computer Vision - Hanno Sander 6.
Using Multi-core for Networking
Applications using an Off-the-shelf
Ethernet Chip - Shane Avery 7.
Portable Multivariable GPS Tracking
and Data Logger - Joshua Hintze 8.
Using the Propeller as a Remote
Virtual Peripheral for Media
Applications - Andre’ LaMothe 9. The
HVAC Green House Model - Vern
Graner 10. Synthesizing Speech with
the Propeller - Chip Gracey
U S Edition
AIDED NAVIGATION: GPS WITH
HIGH RATE SENSORS
by Jay Farrell Former Chair of the
Department of Electrical Engineering,
University of California, Riverside.
2008 / 530 Pages
ISBN : 9780071493291
Aided Navigation presents an industry
standard approach to aided navigation
system design. Incorporationg both
underlying theory and application, this
reference explains the essential theory,
concepts and tools for these versatile
systems.
CONTENTS
I. Theory / Part I: Overview / 1.
Overview / 2. Reference Frames / 3.
Deterministic Systems / 4. Stochastic
Processes / 5. Optimal State
Estimation / 6. Performance Analysis /
7. Navigation System Design / II.
Application / Part II: Overview / 8.
Global Positioning System / 9. GPS
Aided Encoder-Based Dead-Reckoning
/ 10. AHRS / 11. Aided Inertial
Navigation / 12. LBL and Doppler Aided
INS / Appendix A: Notation / Appendix
B: Linear Algebra Review / Appendix C:
Calculation of GPS Satellite Position &
Velocity / Appendix D: Quaternions /
Bibliography / Index
GREEN ELECTRONICS DESIGN
AND MANUFACTURING
by Sammy G. Shina
2008 / 384 Pages
ISBN: 9780071495943
Green Electronics Design and
Manufacturing shows you how to create
PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 101
environmentally- friendly electronic
products in the most cost effective
manner possible. You will learn how to
convert over to and design in a lead-free
manufacturing environment.
CONTENTS
1. Green Electronics Products 2.
Electronics Industry Global
Environmental Regulations 3.
Managing Corporate Strategy for Green
Products 4. Green Design Techniques
5. Green Laminates and Printed Circuit
Boards 6. Converting to Lead-Free
Electronics Manufacturing 7. Managing
Changes in Environmental Regulations
8. The Green Supply Chain 9. Testing
Green Products 10. Experimental
Techniques for Green Product
Verification
ELECTRICAL WIRING PRACTICE
VOLUME-1
7th Edition
by Keith Pethebridge, and Ian
Neeson, Sydney Institute of TAFE
2009 / Pages :
ISBN: 9780070286412
The 7th edition of Electrical Wiring
Practice has been thoroughly updated
to provide guidance in the use of the
Australian and New Zealand Wiring
Rules AS/NZS 3000:2007, including the
2009 Amendments and other related
standards. This text presents the
knowledge and skills specified in units of
competency in national training
packages for an electrical trade
qualification and advanced trade
competencies. Taking a practical
approach, Electrical Wiring Practice
employs clear visual tools to illustrate
the knowledge and practices required by
specified products and Standards.
Although the book is primarily written for
students and teachers of electrical
trades, it provides up-to-date reference
material that will be helpful to many
trade professionals. A portion of the
profits from this book will go to
WorldSkills Australia.
FEATURES
• Rewrites and revisions incorporating
AS/NZS 3000:2007
• Updated figures - many of the
graphics and photographs
throughout the text have been
updated to reflect the changes in
practices and equipment
• New design features - information
boxes, practical examples and
student exercises
CONTENTS
Volume 1 : 1. Electrical energy—past,
present and future 2. Workplace and
electrical safety 3. Regulations and
standards 4. Cables, connections and
terminations 5. Fixing methods and
accessories for electrical and data/
communications installations 6.
Drawings, diagrams, schedules and
documents used in electrical work 7.
Wiring and cabling systems 8.
Protection—earthing and other
protective methods 9. Testing
techniques and compliance verification
Answers, Acronyms, Index
TROUBLESHOOTING ELECTRONIC
EQUIPMENT: INCLUDES REPAIR
AND MAINTENANCE
2nd Edition
by Khandpur
2002 / 441 Pages
ISBN : 9780070483576
CONTENTS
1. Reliability Aspects of Electronic
Equipment 2. Fundamental
Troubleshooting Procedures 3.
Multimeters 4. Tools and Aids for
Servicing and Maintenance 5.
Soldering Techniques 6. Mechanical
and Electro-mechanical Components 7.
Passive Components and Their Testing
8. Testing of Semiconductor Devices 9.
Linear Integrated Circuits 10.
Troubleshooting Digital Circuits 11.
Troubleshooting Microprocessor-based
Systems 12. Rework and Repair of
Surface Mount Assemblies 13. Typical
Examples of Troubleshooting 14.
Preventive Maintenance 15.
Maintenance Management
VIDEO OVER IP NETWORKS AND
SYSTEMS
by Arvind R. Mallya, and Dipak Ghosal
2010 / 300 Pages
ISBN: 9780071596848
A one-stop resource on video over IP,
this book offers step-by-step coverage
of everything from content acquisitions
to network security. Video Over IP
covers the architecture of the backbone
network, the access network, and the
home network, and discusses the
various protocols associated with the
distribution and delivery of video using
the IP protocol.
This book covers current and emerging
network architecture standards.
Key security issues, including those
related to DRM and denial-of-service,
are also covered. The authors bring a
wealth of both industrial experience,
related to all aspects of IPTV networks,
applications and services, and
academic research experience,
specifically in IP networks and
protocols, to this definitive guide.
CONTENTS
PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES
102 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
1. Introduction 2. Content Acquisition
and Injection (Satellite/ UHF/VHF/
Decoders/
Encoders/Enhancement Methods etc)
3. Backbone Network Architectures
(SONET/GigE) 4. Access Network
Architecture (HFC/FTTX/FTTH
Wireless) 5. Home Network
Architecture (Ethernet/HPNA/Power
Line/Interfaces) 6. Protocols (MPEG/
UDP/RTP/PIM/Application Layer
protocols 7. Current Standards (IPTV
Transport RFCs)/ADSL/VDSL/HFC/
HPNA/HDMI/MPEG/Emerging
Standards) 8. Deployment of Video
Delivery and Distribution Network
(AT&T,Cable, Private Networks) 9.
Routing and Switching (MPLS/VLAN/
Multicast/Unicast/Anycasting/QoS
routing) 10. Quality and Reliability
(MDI/VQM/Network Relizability/Power
Reliability/Network Monitoring and
Testing/Testing Tools/Monitoring
Tools) 11. Security (DRM/DDOS/etc)
12. Emerging Services (Quad-play
services / New P2P b)
U S Edition
ELECTRICITY AND ELECTRONICS
FOR HVAC
by Rex Miller Professor Emeritus at
SUNY College at Buffalo; Mark Miller
University of Texas
2008 / 367 Pages
ISBN : 9780071496681
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Electricity 2. Current,
Voltage, Resistance, Power and Ohm's
Law 3. Resistors, Color Code, Other
Electric Components, and Their
Symbols 4. Series and Parallel Circuits
5. Magnetism, Solenoids and Relays 6.
Electrical Measuring Instruments 7.
Electrical Power: Direct Current and
Alternating Current 8. Inductors and
Transformers 9. Capacitors and
Capacitive Reactance 10. Single-
Phase and Three-Phase Alternating
Current 11. Solid-State Controls 12.
Alternating Current Motors 13.
Electrical Safety 14. Control Devices
15. Heating Circuits 16. Air-
Conditioning Circuits 17. Refrigeration
Circuits 18. Troubleshooting 19.
Controlling Electrical Power for Air-
Conditioning Units 20. Careers in Air
Conditioning and Refrigeration / Index
POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION :
STATIC RELAYS WITH
MICROPROCESSOR
APPLICATIONS
2nd Edition
by Rao
2001 / 736 Pages
ISBN : 9780074603079
CONTENTS
1. General Introduction to Static Relays
2. Comparators and Associated
Elements 3. Solid State Power Supply
Circuit 4. Timer Relays and Voltage
Relays 5. Directional Relays 6.
Overcurrent Relays 7. Differential
Relays 8. Distance Relays 9. Pilot Wire
and Carrier Current Schemes 10. Multi-
Input Comparator Circuit and
Associated Relays 11. Other Types of
Relays and Protection 12. Nonconventional
Types of Comparators 13.
Computer Applications to Protective
Relaying 14. Microprocessor
Applications to Protection 15.
Reliability, Testing and Maintenance 16.
Supplementary Notes on Commercial
Static Relays
REACTIVE POWER MANAGEMENT
by D. M. Tagare, Madhav Capacitors
Pvt Ltd
2004 / 756 Pages
ISBN : 9780070503038
CONTENTS
Part I: Terms, Power Qualities,
Loads and Load Management 1.
Reactive Power – Terms, Definitions
and Meters 2. Quality in Electric Power
Supply – Part I: Quality Problems 3.
Quality in Electrical Power: Supply –
Part II: Indices and Cost of Power
Quality Justification for Capital Costs 4.
Costing of Reactive Power – Under a
Changing Scenario Justification for
Tariffs 5. Load Patterns and Sectorial
Distribution of Loads Demand Side
Management 6. Power Tariffs and
Market: Forces Shaping of
Reactive Power Part II: Utility Side:
Reactive Power Scenario 7. Reactive
Power Requirement of the Utilities –
Own and Network Projections 8.
Reactive Power Supply by the Utilities
Synchronous Generators, Synchronous
Conden-sors, Synchronous Motors,
EHV Transmission Lines and
Capacitors 9. Reactive Power
Requirements Under Steady State
Voltage Stability and Dynamic Voltage
Stability 10. Reactive Power
Requirements to Cover Transient
Voltage Instability 11. System Losses
and Loss Reduction Methods 12.
Reactive Power Planning in Distribution
Systems 13. LT Distribution Systems –
Rural and Urban Part III: Utility Side:
Systems and Tools for Management,
Old and New 14. High Voltage DC
Transmission – HVDC 15. Static VAR
Controller – SVC 16. Series Capacitors
17. Phase Angle Regulators: Interphase
Controllers 18. Flexible AC
Transmission Systems (FACTS): An
Introduction 19. Static Compensators
for Shunt Reactive Power –
STATCONS 20. Static Series
Compensation and Unified Power Flow
Controllers (UPFC) 21. FACTS –
Present and Future
ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF
LOW-VOLTAGE SYSTEMS
by Massimo Mitolo (A Professional
Reference Title)
2009 / 304 Pages
ISBN: 9780071508186
Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage
Systems offers you a comprehensive
safety regimen, based on the
fundamental characteristics of lowvoltage
electrical systems. Fully
explaining the grounding and bonding
of low-voltage systems as they relate to
article 250 of the National Electrical
Code®, this essential safety tool
provides an analytical approach to
accident control to replace the
PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 103
haphazard rules of thumb currently in
use.
CONTENTS
Preface, 1. Basic Definitions and
Nomenclature 2. Fundamentals of
Electrical Safety 3. Mathematical
Principles of Electrical Safety 4. The
Earth 5. Effects of Electric Currents
Passing Through the Human, Body,
and Safety Requirements 6. TT
Grounding System 7. TN Grounding
System 8. Protective Multiple Earthing
(TN-C-S Grounding System 9. IT
Grounding System 10. Extra-Low-
Voltage Systems 11. Earth Electrodes,
Protective Conductors, and
Equipotential Bonding Conductors 12.
Safety Against Overvoltages 13. Safety
Against Static Electricity 14. Testing the
Electrical Safety 15. Applications of
Electrical Safety in Special Locations
and Installations
U S Edition
FABLESS SEMICONDUCTOR
IMPLEMENTATION
by Rakesh Kumar
2008 / 352 Pages
ISBN: 9780071502665
Fabless Semiconductor Implementation
tackles the challenges faced by
integrated circuit manufacturing firms
following or transitioning over to the
fables business model (focusing on
design and outsourcing the actual
manufacturing). This resource details
the potential pitfalls and solutions for
this new IC design model, allowing firms
to stay focused on cutting-edge design,
and not invest in manufacturing.
CONTENTS
1. Fabless Industry 2. The Big Picture
3. Lifecycle of a Fabless IC Company
4. Selecting the Implementation
Approach 5. Selecting the
Technologies 6. Implementing the COT
Approach 7. Managing Cost 8.
Managing the Implementation Program
Future Trends
PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES
104 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
INDEX
A
Achuthan : Fundamentals Of Semiconductor Devices ............. 46
Adelstein : Fundamentals Of Mobile And Pervasive
Computing ............................................................................ 75
Alciatore : Introduction To Mechatronics And
Measurement Syste ............................................................... 43
Anderson : Fundamentals Of
Semiconductor Devices ........................................................ 48
Antoniou : Digital Signal Processing ........................................ 62
Avudaiammal : Information Coding
Techniques, 2nd Edition ....................................................... 69
B
B.h.e.l : Transformers, 2nd Edition ............................................ 22
Balch : Complete Digital Design ................................................. 9
Baldwin : High Performance Flip Chip Process
Technologies ......................................................................... 55
Bali : 2000 Solved Problems In Digital
Electronics (Sigma .................................................................. 8
Bali : Colour Television - Theory And Practice ......................... 77
Bali : Linear Integrated Circuits ................................................. 53
Bangalore : Instrumentation Devices And
Systems, 2nd Edition ............................................................ 40
Bartee : Computer Architecture And Logic Design .................. 86
Bartee : Digital Computer Fundamentals, 6th Edition ............... 8
Basso : Switch-mode Power Supplies Spice
Simulations And P ................................................................ 33
Bates : Principles Of Voice And Data
Communications ................................................................... 97
Bates : Voice And Data Communications
Handbook 5th Edition .......................................................... 97
Bewoor : Metrology And Measurements ................................... 43
Bhargava : Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits ........................ 2
Bhatacharya : Digital Communication ..................................... 68
Bhattacharya : Electrical Machines 3rd Edition ...................... 20
Bhattacharya : Industrial Electronics & Control ....................... 3
Bocuzzi : Signal Processing For Wireless
Communications ................................................................... 62
Bose : Information Theory, Coding And
Cryptography 2nd Ed ........................................................... 69
Bose : Neural Network Fundamentals With
Graphs, Algorithm ................................................................ 38
Bouwens : Digital Instrumentation ............................................ 40
Brophy : Basic Electronics For
Scientists, 5th Edition ............................................................ 2
Brown : Fundamentals Of Digital Logic
Design With Vhdl, 2nd Edition ............................................. 6
Brown : Fundamentals Of Digital Logic
With Verilog Design, .............................................................. 6
Brown : Fundamentals Of Digital Logic
With Vhdl Design, 3rd Edition .............................................. 6
C
Carter : Computer Architecture
2nd Edition (Special Indian ................................................. 86
Cathey : Basic Electrical Engineering,
3rd Edition (Schaum’ ........................................................... 12
Chakrabarti : Basic Electrical Engineering ............................. 11
Chapman : Electric Machinery And Power Systems
Fundamentals ........................................................................ 22
Chapman : Electric Machinery
Fundamentals, 4th Edition ................................................... 21
Chapman : Electric Machinery
Fundamentals 5th Edition .................................................... 21
Charles : Fundamentals Of Electric
Circuits, (Sie) 3rd Editi ........................................................ 18
Charles : Fundamentals Of Electric
Circuits, 4th Edition ............................................................. 18
Chen : Antennas For Base Stations In
Wireless Communicati ......................................................... 82
Clark : Labview Digital Signal Processing
And Digital Comm ............................................................... 62
Collins : Carrier Grade Voice Over
IP 2nd Edition ....................................................................... 75
Coope : Computers Systems
Architecture, Networks And Commu .................................. 87
AUTHOR INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 105
D
Das : Microwave Engineering 2nd Edition ................................ 84
Das : Transients In Electrical Systems
Analysis, Recognised ........................................................... 31
Dasgupta : Design Of Transformers .......................................... 22
Deb : Robotics Technology And Flexible
Automation 2nd Edition ....................................................... 38
Deshmukh : Microcontrollers:Theory And
Applications .......................................................................... 91
Deshpande : Electrical Power System Design .......................... 28
Deshpande : Electronic Devices And Circuits .......................... 50
Desoer : Basic Circuit Theory .................................................... 18
Dhake : Television & Video
Engineering, 2nd Edition ..................................................... 76
Dhogal : Basic Electrical Engineering, Vol. 2 ........................... 13
Dhogal : Basic Electrical Engineering, Vol.-1 ........................... 13
Doebelin : Measurement Systems:
Application And Design 6th Edition ................................... 40
Dugan : Electrical Power Supply Quality .................................. 29
Dybdal : Satellite Antennas System
Architecture, Technology ..................................................... 83
E
Edminister : Electromagnetics 3rd Edition
(Special Indian Editi ............................................................. 79
Elgerd : Electric Energy Systems
Theory, 2nd Edition .............................................................. 22
F
Farrell : Aided Navigation: Gps
With High Rate Sensors ..................................................... 100
Fischer : Optical System Design ................................................ 71
Fitz : Fundamentals Of Communications Systems ................... 69
Fitzgerald : Basic Electrical Engineering ................................. 10
Fitzgerald : Basic Electrical Engineering 5th Edtion ............... 10
Fitzgerald : Electric Machinery, 6th Edition ............................ 21
Ford : Design For Electrical And Computer Engineers ............ 98
Forouzan : Computer Networks: A Top Down
Approach First Edition ......................................................... 93
Forouzan : Data Communication And Networking
2nd Update ............................................................................ 95
Forouzan : Data Communications And Networking
4th Edition (SIE) .................................................................. 94
Forouzan : Tcp/Ip Protocol Suite 4th Edition ........................... 97
Fowler : Electricity: Principles And
Applications, 7th Edition ..................................................... 14
Franco : Design With Operational Amplifiers
And Analog Inte .................................................................... 53
Frenzel : Communication Electronics 3rd Editon .................... 68
Frenzel : Principles Of Electronic
Communication Systems 3rd Edition .................................. 66
Fu : Neural Networks In Computer Intelligence ........................ 38
Fu : Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision,
And Intelligen ....................................................................... 38
G
Gadre : Programming And Customizing The
Avr Microcontrolle ............................................................... 92
Ganesan : Transmission Lines And
Waveguides, 2nd Edition ..................................................... 81
Gao : Digital Analysis Of Remotely Sensed Imagery ............... 36
Garcia : Communication Network 2nd Edition ........................ 66
Garcia : Communication Networks 2nd Edition ...................... 96
Ghosh : Electromagnetic Field Theory ...................................... 78
Ghosh : Network Analysis And Synthesis 1st Edition .............. 16
Gibilisco : Electronics Demystified: A Self-teaching
Guide ..................................................................................... 50
Gilmore : Microprocessors Principles And
Applications 2nd Edition ..................................................... 91
Godbole : Data Communication &
Networks 2nd Edition .......................................................... 95
Godbole : Web Technologies: Tcp/Ip,
Architecture, And Java ........................................................ 98
Gonzalez : Digital Image Processing Using Matlab® .............. 35
Gopal : Control Systems: Principles And
Design, 4th Edition ............................................................... 22
Gopal : Digital Control And State Variable
Methods, 4th Edition ............................................................ 24
Govindarajulu : Computer Architecture And
Organization 2nd Edition ..................................................... 87
AUTHOR INDEX
106 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Grainger : Power System Analysis ............................................ 27
Groover : Industrial Robotics: Technology,
Programming And A ............................................................. 39
Gupta : Audio Video Systems: Principles,
Maintenance & Tro ............................................................... 77
Gupta : Tv Engineering And Video
Systems 2nd Edition ............................................................. 76
Gupta : Virtual Instrumentation Using
Labview: Principles .............................................................. 44
Gussow : Schaum’s Outline Of Basic
Electricity, 2nd Edition ........................................................ 14
H
Ha : Digital Satellite Communication
(Special Indian Edition) ....................................................... 72
Hall : Microprocessors And Interfacing,
(Revised 2nd Edit ................................................................. 88
Hallberg : Networking: A Beginner’s
Guide 4th Edition ................................................................. 97
Hamacher : Computer Organization And
Embedded Systems 6th Edi ................................................. 85
Harman : Wire Bonding In
Microelectronics, 3rd Edition .............................................. 99
Hart : Power Electronics ............................................................ 33
Hayes : Computer Architecture And
Organization 3rd Edition ...................................................... 86
Hayes : Digital Signal Processing
2nd Edition (Special Ind ...................................................... 61
Hayt : Engineering Circuit Analysis,
7th Edition (SIE) .................................................................. 16
Hayt : Engineering Electromagnetics 7th Edition (SIE) ........... 78
Hayt : Engineering Electromagnetics, 8th Edition ................... 80
Hayt : Problems And Solutions In Circuit Analysis (SIE) ........ 17
Hayt : Problems And Solutions In Electromagnetics ................ 79
Hilton : Chalcogenide Glasses For Infrared Optics ................. 100
Hintz : Microcontrollers ............................................................. 92
Hodges : Digital Integrated Analysis And
Design Of Digital ................................................................. 54
Holman : Experimental Methods For
Engineers 7th Edition (SIE) ................................................. 42
Hsu : Analog & Digital Communication
(Special Indian Edition) ....................................................... 67
Hsu : Signals And Systems 2nd Edition
(Schaum’s Outline Series) .................................................... 59
Hwang : Advanced Computer Architecture
2nd Edition (Specia .............................................................. 87
Hwang : Computer Architecture And
Parallel Processing ................................................................ 88
I
Isrd Group : Computer Organization
(For Doeacc ‘A’ Level) ......................................................... 86
Isrd Group : Data Communication &
Computer Networks (For Doeacc ........................................ 96
Iyer : Embedded Realtime Systems Programming .................... 93
J
Jaeger : Microelectronic Circuit Design 4th Edition ............... 51
Jain : Digital Electronics, Microprocessors
Problems & So ........................................................................ 8
Jain : Digital Principles And
Applications (Sie), 7th Edition .............................................. 3
Jain : Machine Vision ................................................................. 39
Jayaraman : Digital Image Processing
(With Cd-rom) ...................................................................... 36
Joseph : Control Systems 3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition ......................................................... 25
Joseph : Secrets Of Rf Circuit
Design 3rd Edition ............................................................... 81
Jotwani : Computer System Organization
1st Edition ............................................................................. 85
K
Kalsi : Electronic Instrumentation 3rd Edition ......................... 40
Kamakshaiah : Hvdc Transmission, 1st Edition ...................... 30
Kamal : Embedded Systems: Architecture,
Programming And De ........................................................... 92
Kamaraju : Electrical Power Distribution Systems ................. 30
Kani : 8085 Microprocessors And Its
Applications, 3rd Edition ..................................................... 89
Kani : 8086 Microprocessors Programming
And Interfacing 2 .................................................................. 89
Kani : Digital Signal Processing, 2nd Edition .......................... 60
AUTHOR INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 107
Kani : Microprocessors And Microcontrollers
2nd Edition ........................................................................... 89
Kani : Signals & Systems 1st Edition ........................................ 57
Kasap : Electronic Materials And Devices, (Sie) ...................... 45
Kasera : Communication Networks:
Principles And Practice ........................................................ 97
Keiser : Local Area Networks With
Cd-rom 2nd Edition .............................................................. 98
Keiser : Optical Communication
Essentials (Special Indian Edition) ...................................... 70
Keiser : Optical Fiber Communications, 4th Edition ............... 70
Kennedy : Kennedy’s Electronic Communication
Systems 5th Edition .............................................................. 65
Khandpur : Handbook Of Analytical ........................................ 44
Khandpur : Handbook Of Analytical
Instruments, 2nd Edition ...................................................... 44
Khandpur : Handbook Of Biomedical
Instrumentation, 2nd Editio ................................................. 44
Khandpur : Printed Circuit Boards: Design,
Fabrication, Assem ............................................................... 99
Khandpur : Troubleshooting Electronic Equipment:
Includes Rep ....................................................................... 101
Koenig : Practical Control Engineering: Guide
For Engineers ........................................................................ 26
Kothari : Basic Electrical Engineering,
3rd Edition ............................................................................ 10
Kothari : Electric Machines, 4th Edition .................................. 20
Kothari : Electrical Machines (Sigma Series) .......................... 20
Kothari : Modern Power System Analysis 4th Edition ............ 27
Kothari : Power System Engineering 2nd Edition ................... 26
Kraus : Antennas And Wave Propagations
4th Edition (Specia ............................................................... 81
Kraus : Electromagnetics 5th Edition ....................................... 80
Kulshreshtha : Basic Electrical Engineering Revised
First Edition .......................................................................... 11
Kumar : Control Systems (Sigma Series) ................................. 24
Kumar : Fabless Semiconductor Implementation ...................103
Kumar : Fundamentals Of Computer Architecture ................... 86
Kumar : Neural Networks: A Classroom Approach .................. 37
Kundu : Nanoscale Cmos Vlsi Circuits:
Design For Manufactu .......................................................... 55
Kundur : Power System Stability And Control ......................... 29
Lander : Power Electronics 3rd Edition .................................... 33
L
Leach : Digital Principles And Applications
(Sie), 7th Edition .................................................................... 3
Lee : Lee’s Essentials Of Wireless
Communications ................................................................... 75
Lee : Mobile Cellular Telecommunications
Analog And Digi ................................................................... 75
Lee : Mobile Communication Engineering
2nd Edition (Spec ................................................................. 73
Lee : Wireless And Cellular Communications
3rd Edition ............................................................................ 74
Lehpamer : Microwave Transmission Networks
2nd Edition ........................................................................... 84
Limaye : Vhdl-a Design Oriented Approach ............................... 9
Lindner : Introduction To Signals And Systems ....................... 59
Liu : Principles And Applications Of Optical
Communication .................................................................... 70
M
Madras : Electrical Engineering Materials ............................... 15
Mahapatra : Principles Of Electromagnetics ........................... 78
Malley : Schaum’s Outline Of Basic
Circuit Analysis 2nd Rev ..................................................... 19
Mallya : Video Over Ip Networks And Systems 10 ................... 1
Malvino : Digital Computer Electronics:
An Introduction To M............................................................. 7
Malvino : Electronic Principles 7th Edition
[With CD] (Speci .................................................................... 1
Malvino : Problems And Solutions
In Basic Electronics ................................................................ 2
Mandal : Digital Electronics Principles
And Applications .................................................................... 3
Malvino : Microprocessors And Microcontrollers
Architectur ............................................................................ 90
Marcovitz : Introduction To Logic And
Computer Design (SIE) .......................................................... 5
Marcovitz : Introduction To Logic Design, 3rd Edition ............. 5
AUTHOR INDEX
108 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Massobrio : Semiconductor Device Modeling
With Spice 2nd Edition ........................................................ 48
Mathur : Introduction To Microprocessors
3rd Edition ............................................................................ 90
Miller : Industrial Electricity And Motor
Controls ................................................................................. 34
Millman : Microelectronics 2nd Edition ................................... 52
Millman : Millman’s Electronic Devices And
Circuits, 3rd Edition ............................................................. 45
Millman : Millman’s Integrated
Electronics, 2nd Edition ....................................................... 50
Millman : Pulse, Digital And Switching
Waveforms 3rd Edition ........................................................ 49
Milton : Introduction To Probability And
Statistics: Princi .................................................................... 57
Misra : Wireless Communication &
Networks: 3g & Beyond ....................................................... 73
Mitchell : Machine Learning ...................................................... 37
Mitolo : Electrical Safety Of Low-voltage
Systems ...............................................................................102
Mitra : Digital Signal Processing, 3rd Edition (Sie) ................ 60
Mitra : Digital Signal Processing,
W/Cd 4th Edition ................................................................. 60
Mittal : Robotics And Control ................................................... 38
Mittle : Basic Electrical Engineering 2nd Edition .................... 12
Mothiki : Pulse And Digital Circuits ......................................... 49
Muthusubramanian : Basic Electrical And Electronics
Engineering ........................................................................... 11
N
Nagaraja : Elements Of Electronic
Navigation 2nd Edition ........................................................ 84
Nagrath : Signals & Systems, 2nd Edition ............................... 58
Nahvi : Electric Circuits 5th Edition
(Schaum’s Outline Series) .................................................... 17
Naidu : High Voltage Engineering 4th Edition ......................... 35
Naidu : Introduction To Electrical Engineering ........................ 14
Nakra : Instrumentation, Measurements And
Analysis 3rd Edition ............................................................. 41
Nasar : Electric Power Systems, 2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition) ....................................................... 27
Nasar : Schaum’s Outline Of Electric
Machines And Electrom ....................................................... 22
Nasar : Schaum’s Solved Problems In
Electric Circuits, Boo ........................................................... 19
Natarajan : Microelectronics: Analysis
And Design ........................................................................... 51
Navabi : Embedded Core Design With Fpga ............................ 55
Navabi : Verilog Digital System Design,
2nd Edition (Specia ................................................................ 7
Navabi : Vhdl: Modular Design And
Synthesis Of Cores And Sy .................................................... 9
Neamen : Electronic Circuits: Analysis And
Design 3rd Edition ............................................................... 47
Neamen : Microelectronics Circuit Analysis And
Design, 4th Edition ............................................................. 52
Neamen : Semiconductor Physics And Devices
(Sie), 4th Edition .................................................................. 47
Nichols : Wireless Security Models, Threats,
And Solutions ....................................................................... 75
O
Oliver : Electronic Measurements And
Instrumentation ..................................................................... 44
Oza : Power System Protection & Switchgear .......................... 28
P
Pabla : Electric Power Distribution, 6th Edition ...................... 30
Palani : Control Systems Engineering 2nd Edition .................. 24
Palm : Introduction To Matlab 7 For
Engineers, 2nd Edition ......................................................... 70
Palm Iii : A Concise Introduction To Matlab ............................ 69
Palmer : Schaum ’s Outline Of Introduction
To Digital Syste ...................................................................... 7
Papoulis : Probability, Random Variables
And Stochastic Proce ............................................................ 56
Parallax : Programming And Customizing The
Multicore Propelle .............................................................. 100
Patranabis : Principles Of Industrial
Instrumentation, 3rd Edit ..................................................... 41
Patranabis : Telemetry Principles ............................................. 44
Paul : Introduction To Electromagnetic
Fields, 4th Edition ............................................................... 81
AUTHOR INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 109
Pearsall : Photonics Essentials 2nd Edition .............................. 99
Peebles : Probability, Random Variables And
Random Signal Pr ................................................................. 56
Perry : Vhdl Programming By Example, 4th Edition ................. 9
Pethebridge : Electrical Wiring Practice
Volume-1 7th Edition .........................................................101
Petruzella : Electric Motors And Control Systems ................... 34
Petruzella : Programmable Logic
Controllers, 3rd Edition ........................................................ 25
Petruzella : Programmable Logic
Controllers 4th Edition ......................................................... 25
Pillai : Space Based Radar ......................................................... 84
Poornachandra : Digital Computer Fundamentals .................... 7
Poornachandra : Digital Signal
Processing 3rd Edition ......................................................... 61
Powers : An Introduction To Fiber Optics
Systems, 2nd Editi ................................................................ 71
Predko : Digital Electronics Demystified:
A Self-teaching G ................................................................... 8
Predko : Programming & Customizing The
8051 Microcontroller ............................................................ 92
Predko : Programming And Customizing The
Pic Microcontrolle ................................................................ 92
Pressman : Switching Power Supply
Design, 3rd Edition .............................................................. 31
Price : Fundamentals Of Wireless Networking ......................... 76
Proakis : Digital Communications 5th Edition ......................... 68
Puri : Digital Electronics:Circuits And Systems ......................... 8
R
Ram : Advanced Microprocessors And Interfacing ................... 90
Ram : Power System Protection And
Switchgear 2nd Edition ........................................................ 29
Rao : Digital / Numerical Relays ............................................... 31
Rao : Digital Communication .................................................... 67
Rao : Global Satellite Navigation Systems ................................ 72
Rao : Power System Protection Static
Relays With Micro .............................................................. 102
Rao : Signals And Systems ......................................................... 57
Rao : System-on-package (Sop)
Miniaturization Of The Ent .................................................. 55
Rao : Taub’s Principles Of Analog
Communication 1st Edition ................................................. 64
Ray : Advanced Microprocessors &
Peripherals 2nd Edition ........................................................ 88
Razavi : Design Of Analog Cmos Integrated Circuits .............. 54
Razavi : Design Of Integrated Circuits For
Optical Communic ............................................................... 71
Rensselaer : Communication Systemms 5th Edition ............... 66
Rich : Artificial Intelligence 3rd Edition ................................... 36
Richards : Fundamentals Of Radar Signal Processing ............. 83
Rizzoni : Fundamentals Of Electrical Engineering ................... 13
Rizzoni : Principles And Applications Of
Electrical Engineer ............................................................... 13
Rizzoni : Principles And Applications
Of Electrical Engineer .......................................................... 10
Roberts : Fundamentals Of Signals
And Systems, 2nd Edition .................................................... 58
Rorabaugh : Dsp Primer ............................................................ 62
S
Saha : Introduction To Robotics ................................................. 38
Salivahanan : Digital Signal Processing 2nd Edition .............. 61
Salivahanan : Electronic Devices And
Circuits 2nd Edition ............................................................. 46
Salivahanan : Linear Integrated Circuits .................................. 53
Sandhu : Running Small Motors With Pic
Microcontrollers ................................................................. 100
Sasikala : Signals & Systems 3rd Edition ................................. 59
Sayre : Complete Wireless Design 2nd Edition ........................ 74
Schilling : Electronic Circuits: Discrete &
Integrated 3rd Edi ................................................................. 49
Schuler : Digital Signal Processing ........................................... 62
Schuler : Electronics: Principles And
Applications, 7th Edit ............................................................ 2
Schultz : Grob’s Basic Electronics
10th Edition (Special Ind ....................................................... 1
Schultz : Grob’s Basic Electronics 11th Edition ......................... 1
Sen : Power Electronics .............................................................. 33
AUTHOR INDEX
110 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Sharma : Basic Radio And Television 2nd Edition .................. 77
Sheldon : Encyclopedia Of Networking And
Telecommunications ............................................................. 97
Shen : Modern Processor Design: Fundamentals
Of Superscal .......................................................................... 91
Shepard : Optical Networking Crash Course ............................ 76
Shevgaonkar : Electromagnetic Waves ..................................... 80
Shibu : Introduction To Embedded Systems ............................. 93
Shina : Green Electronics Design And Manufacturing ........... 100
Shoemaker : Lineman And Cableman’s Handbook .................. 32
Shrader : Electronic Communication 6th Edition .................... 67
Shukla : Electrical Engineering Materials ................................. 15
Sicard : Basics Of Cmos Cell Design ........................................ 53
Singal : Analog And Digital Communication ............................ 63
Singal : Wireless Communications ............................................ 73
Singh : Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering ................. 12
Singal : Communication Systems 3rd Edition .......................... 64
Singal : Electrical Networks ....................................................... 17
Singal : Industrial Instrumentation And
Control, 3rd Edition ............................................................. 41
Singal : Power Electronics 2nd Edition ..................................... 32
Sivanandam : Introduction To Neural
Networks Using Matlab 6.0 ................................................. 37
Skolnik : Introduction To Radar Systems
2nd Edition (Special ............................................................. 83
Skolnik : Introduction To Radar
Systems 3rd Edition ............................................................. 83
Skolnik : Radar Handbook 3rd Edition ..................................... 84
Smity : Professional Book 3g Wireless Networks
2nd Edition ........................................................................... 75
Srivastava : Control Systems ..................................................... 23
Stevenson : Elements Of Power System
Analysis, 4th Edition ............................................................ 28
Subrahmanyam : Thyristor Control Of Electric Drives ........... 34
Sudhakar : Circuits And Networks: Analysis
And Synthesis 4th ................................................................. 16
Sung-mo : Cmos Digital Integrated Circuits
Analysis And Desi ................................................................ 54
Symes : Video Compression
Demystified ........................................................................... 77
Sze : Vlsi Technology 2nd Edition ............................................. 54
T
Tagare : Reactive Power Management .................................... 102
Taub : Digital Integrated Electronics ......................................... 54
Taub : Taub’s Principles Of Communication
Systems, 3rd Ed .................................................................... 64
Temes : Theory And Problems Of
Electronic Communication 2nd Edition .............................. 65
Tittel : Computer Networking (Special Indian Edition) ........... 96
Tokheim : Digital Electronics Principles And
Applications ............................................................................ 8
Tokheim : Digital Electronics: Principles
And Applications, ................................................................... 8
Tront : Pspice For Basic Circuit
Analysis, 2nd Edition ........................................................... 19
Tront : Pspice For Basic Microelectronics ................................ 52
U
Udayashankara : 8051 Microcontrollers .................................. 91
V
Varmah : Control Systems: Problems And Solutions ............... 23
Veerarajan : Probability, Statistics And
Random Processes 3rd Edition ............................................ 56
Venkatramani : Digital Signal Processors
2nd Edition ........................................................................... 63
Venugopal : Digital Circuits & Systems ..................................... 4
Vithayathil : Power Electronics: Principles
And Applications .................................................................. 32
Volakis : Small Antennas: Modern Miniaturization
Techniques ............................................................................ 82
W
Weng : Vliw Microprocessor Hardware Design ........................ 90
Y
Yeo : Low Voltage, Low Power Vlsi Subsystems ....................... 56
AUTHOR INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 111
Z
Zacker : Networking:The Complete Reference ......................... 97
Zbar : Basic Electricity A Text- Lab
Manual, 7th Edition .............................................................. 14
Zbar : Electricity/ Electronics
Fundamentals: A Text-lab ..................................................... 15
AUTHOR INDEX
112 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
INDEX
2000 Solved Problems In Digital
Electronics (Sigma Series) : Bali ................................. 8
8051 Microcontrollers : Udayashankara ......................... 91
8085 Microprocessors And Its Applications, 3rd Edition :
Kani .............................................................................. 89
8086 Microprocessors Programming And
Interfacing 2nd Edition : Kani ..................................... 89
A
A Concise Introduction To Matlab : Palm Iii .................... 69
Advanced Computer Architecture
2nd Edition (Specia : Hwang ...................................... 87
Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals 2nd Edition :
Ray ............................................................................... 88
Advanced Microprocessors And Interfacing : Ram......... 90
Aided Navigation: Gps With High Rate Sensors : Farrell
100
An Introduction To Fiber Optics Systems, 2nd Editi :
Powers ........................................................................ 71
Analog & Digital Communication (Special Indian Edi : Hsu
67
Analog And Digital Communication : Singal ................... 63
Antennas And Wave Propagations 4th Edition (Specia :
Kraus ........................................................................... 81
Antennas For Base Stations In Wireless Communicati :
Chen ............................................................................ 82
Artificial Intelligence 3rd Edition : Rich ............................ 36
Audio Video Systems: Principles, Maintenance & Tro :
Gupta ........................................................................... 77
Basic Circuit Theory : Desoer .......................................... 18
Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering : Singh ........ 12
Basic Electrical And Electronics
Engineering : Muthusubramanian ............................ 11
Basic Electrical Engineering : Chakrabarti ..................... 11
Basic Electrical Engineering : Fitzgerald ........................ 10
Basic Electrical Engineering 2nd Edition : Mittle ............ 12
Basic Electrical Engineering 5th Edtion : Fitzgerald ...... 10
Basic Electrical Engineering Revised
First Edition : Kulshreshtha ....................................... 11
Basic Electrical Engineering, 3rd Edition : Kothari ........ 10
Basic Electrical Engineering, 3rd Edition (Schaum’ :
Cathey ......................................................................... 12
Basic Electrical Engineering, Vol. 2 : Dhogal ................. 13
Basic Electrical Engineering, Vol.-1 : Dhogal ................. 13
Basic Electricity A Text- Lab Manual, 7th Edition : Zbar . 14
Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits : Bhargava ................ 2
Basic Electronics For Scientists, 5th Edition : Brophy..... 2
Basic Radio And Television 2nd Edition : Sharma ......... 77
Basics Of Cmos Cell Design : Sicard ............................. 53
C
Carrier Grade Voice Over Ip 2nd Edition : Collins ......... 75
Chalcogenide Glasses For Infrared Optics : Hilton ..... 100
Circuits And Networks: Analysis And Synthesis 4th :
Sudhakar ..................................................................... 16
Cmos Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis
And Desi : Sung-mo ................................................... 54
Colour Television - Theory And Practice : Bali ................ 77
Communication Electronics 3rd Editon : Frenzel ........... 68
Communication Network 2nd Edition : Garcia ................ 66
Communication Networks 2nd Edition : Garcia .............. 96
Communication Networks: Principles And Practice :
Kasera ......................................................................... 97
Communication Systemms 5th Edition : Rensselaer .... 66
Communication Systems 3rd Edition : Singal ................ 64
Complete Digital Design : Balch........................................ 9
Complete Wireless Design 2nd Edition : Sayre .............. 74
Computer Architecture 2nd Edition (Special Indian : Carter
86
Computer Architecture And Logic Design : Bartee ......... 86
Computer Architecture And
Organization 2nd Edition : Govindarajulu................. 87
Computer Architecture And Organization 3rd Edition :
Hayes ........................................................................... 86
Computer Architecture And Parallel Processing : Hwang88
TITLE INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 113
Computer Networking
(Special Indian Edition) : Tittel ................................... 96
Computer Networks: A Top Down
Approach First Edition : Forouzan ............................. 93
Computer Organization
(For Doeacc ‘A’ Level) : Isrd Group ........................... 86
Computer Organization And Embedded
Systems 6th Edition : Hamacher ............................... 85
Computer System Organization 1st Edition : Jotwani ... 85
Computers Systems Architecture, Networks
And Commu : Coope .................................................. 87
Control Systems : Srivastava .......................................... 23
Control Systems (Sigma Series) : Kumar ....................... 24
Control Systems 3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition : Joseph ................................ 25
Control Systems Engineering 2nd Edition : Palani ........ 24
Control Systems: Principles And
Design, 4th Edition : Gopal ........................................ 22
Control Systems: Problems And
Solutions : Varmah...................................................... 23
D
Data Communication & Computer Networks
(For Doeacc : Isrd Group ........................................... 96
Data Communication &
Networks 2nd Edition : Godbole ................................ 95
Data Communication And
Networking 2nd Update : Forouzan ........................... 95
Data Communications And
Networking 4th Edition (SIE) : Forouzan ................... 94
Design For Electrical And Computer
Engineers : Ford ......................................................... 98
Design Of Analog Cmos Integrated
Circuits : Razavi .......................................................... 54
Design Of Integrated Circuits For
Optical Communic : Razavi ........................................ 71
Design Of Transformers : Dasgupta ............................... 22
Design With Operational Amplifiers
And Analog Inte : Franco ............................................ 53
Digital / Numerical Relays : Rao ...................................... 31
Digital Analysis Of Remotely
Sensed Imagery : Gao ................................................ 36
Digital Circuits & Systems : Venugopal ............................ 4
Digital Communication : Bhatacharya ............................ 68
Digital Communication : Rao ........................................... 67
Digital Communications 5th Edition : Proakis ................ 68
Digital Computer Electronics: An
Introduction To M : Malvino .......................................... 7
Digital Computer Fundamentals : Poornachandra .......... 7
Digital Computer Fundamentals,
6th Edition : Bartee ....................................................... 8
Digital Control And State Variable
Methods, 4th Edition : Gopal ...................................... 24
Digital Electronics Demystified: A
Self-teaching G : Predko .............................................. 8
Digital Electronics Principles And
Applications : Mandal ................................................... 3
Digital Electronics Principles And
Applications : Tokheim ................................................. 8
Digital Electronics, Microprocessors
Problems & So : Jain .................................................... 8
Digital Electronics: Principles
And Applications, : Tokheim ......................................... 8
Digital Electronics:Circuits And Systems : Puri ................ 8
Digital Image Processing
(With Cd-rom) : Jayaraman ........................................ 36
Digital Image Processing Using
Matlab® : Gonzalez .................................................... 35
Digital Instrumentation : Bouwens .................................. 40
Digital Integrated Analysis And Design
Of Digital : Hodges ..................................................... 54
Digital Integrated Electronics : Taub ............................... 54
Digital Principles And Applications
(Sie), 7th Edition : Leach .............................................. 3
Digital Principles And Applications
(Sie), 7th Edition : Jain ................................................. 3
Digital Satellite Communication
(Special Indian Edition) : Ha ....................................... 72
Digital Signal Processing : Antoniou .............................. 62
Digital Signal Processing : Schuler ................................. 62
Digital Signal Processing 2nd Edition : Salivahanan ..... 61
Digital Signal Processing 2nd Edition
(Special Ind : Hayes .................................................... 61
TITLE INDEX
114 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Digital Signal Processing
3rd Edition : Poornachandra ..................................... 61
Digital Signal Processing, 2nd Edition : Kani ................. 60
Digital Signal Processing,
3rd Edition (Sie) : Mitra ............................................... 60
Digital Signal Processing,
W/Cd 4th Edition : Mitra ............................................. 60
Digital Signal Processors
2nd Edition : Venkatramani ....................................... 63
Dsp Primer : Rorabaugh ................................................. 62
E
Electric Circuits 5th Edition
(Schaum’s Outline Se : Nahvi .................................... 17
Electric Energy Systems Theory,
2nd Edition : Elgerd .................................................... 22
Electric Machinery And Power
Systems Fundamentals : Chapman .......................... 22
Electric Machinery Fundamentals
5th Edition : Chapman ................................................ 21
Electric Machinery Fundamentals,
4th Edition : Chapman ................................................ 21
Electric Machinery, 6th Edition : Fitzgerald .................... 21
Electric Machines, 4th Edition : Kothari ......................... 20
Electric Motors And Control
Systems : Petruzella .................................................. 34
Electric Power Distribution,
6th Edition : Pabla ....................................................... 30
Electric Power Systems,
2nd Edition (SIE) : Nasar ............................................ 27
Electrical Engineering Materials : Madras ...................... 15
Electrical Engineering Materials : Shukla ....................... 15
Electrical Machines (Sigma Series) : Kothari ................. 20
Electrical Machines
3rd Edition : Bhattacharya ......................................... 20
Electrical Networks : Singal ............................................. 17
Electrical Power Distribution
Systems : Kamaraju ................................................... 30
Electrical Power Supply Quality : Dugan ........................ 29
Electrical Power System Design : Deshpande ............... 28
Electrical Safety Of Low-voltage
Systems : Mitolo ....................................................... 102
Electrical Wiring Practice
Volume-1 7th Edition : Pethebridge ........................ 101
Electricity/ Electronics Fundamentals:
A Text-lab : Zbar .......................................................... 15
Electricity: Principles And
Applications, 7th Edition : Fowler .............................. 14
Electromagnetic Field Theory : Ghosh ........................... 78
Electromagnetic Waves : Shevgaonkar ......................... 80
Electromagnetics 3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition) : Edminister ......................... 79
Electromagnetics 5th Edition : Kraus .............................. 80
Electronic Circuits: Analysis And
Design 3rd Edition : Neamen ..................................... 47
Electronic Circuits: Discrete &
Integrated 3rd Edition : Schilling ............................... 49
Electronic Communication
6th Edition : Shrader ................................................... 67
Electronic Devices And Circuits : Deshpande ................ 50
Electronic Devices And Circuits
2nd Edition : Salivahanan .......................................... 46
Electronic Instrumentation 3rd Edition : Kalsi ................ 40
Electronic Materials And Devices,
(Sie) : Kasap ............................................................... 45
Electronic Measurements And
Instrumentation : Oliver .............................................. 44
Electronic Principles 7th Edition
[With Cd] (Speci : Malvino ........................................... 1
Electronics Demystified: A
Self-teaching Guide : Gibilisco .................................. 50
Electronics: Principles And
Applications, 7th Edition : Schuler ............................... 2
Elements Of Electronic Navigation
2nd Edition : Nagaraja ................................................ 84
Elements Of Power System Analysis,
4th Edition : Stevenson .............................................. 28
Embedded Core Design With Fpga : Navabi .................. 55
Embedded Realtime Systems
Programming : Iyer ..................................................... 93
Embedded Systems: Architecture,
Programming And De : Kamal.................................... 92
TITLE INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 115
Encyclopedia Of Networking And
Telecommunications : Sheldon .................................. 97
Engineering Circuit Analysis,
7th Edition (Special : Hayt .......................................... 16
Engineering Electromagnetics
7th Edition (Special : Hayt .......................................... 78
Engineering Electromagnetics,
8th Edition : Hayt ......................................................... 80
Experimental Methods For
Engineers 7th Edition (SIE) : Holman........................ 42
F
Fabless Semiconductor
Implementation : Kumar ........................................... 103
Fundamentals Of Communications
Systems : Fitz ............................................................. 69
Fundamentals Of Computer
Architecture : Kumar ................................................... 86
Fundamentals Of Digital Logic
Design With Vhdl, 2nd Edition : Brown ....................... 6
Fundamentals Of Digital Logic
With Verilog Design, : Brown ....................................... 6
Fundamentals Of Digital Logic
With Vhdl Design, 3r : Brown....................................... 6
Fundamentals Of Electric
Circuits, (Sie) 3rd Editi : Charles ............................... 18
Fundamentals Of Electric Circuits,
4th Edition : Charles ................................................... 18
Fundamentals Of Electrical
Engineering : Rizzoni ................................................. 13
Fundamentals Of Mobile And
Pervasive Computing : Adelstein .............................. 75
Fundamentals Of Radar
Signal Processing : Richards..................................... 83
Fundamentals Of Semiconductor
Devices : Achuthan .................................................... 46
Fundamentals Of Semiconductor
Devices : Anderson .................................................... 48
Fundamentals Of Signals And
Systems, 2nd Edition : Roberts ................................. 58
Fundamentals Of Wireless
Networking : Price ....................................................... 76
G
Global Satellite Navigation Systems : Rao ..................... 72
Green Electronics Design And
Manufacturing : Shina ............................................... 100
Grob’s Basic Electronics
10th Edition (Special Ind : Schultz ............................... 1
Grob’s Basic Electronics
11th Edition : Schultz .................................................... 1
H
Handbook Of Analytical : Khandpur ............................... 44
Handbook Of Analytical
Instruments, 2nd Edition : Khandpur......................... 44
Handbook Of Biomedical
Instrumentation, 2nd Editio : Khandpur .................... 44
High Performance Flip Chip
Process Technologies : Baldwin ................................ 55
High Voltage Engineering
4th Edition : Naidu ...................................................... 35
Hvdc Transmission,
1st Edition : Kamakshaiah ......................................... 30
I
Industrial Electricity And Motor
Controls : Miller ........................................................... 34
Industrial Electronics & Control : Bhattacharya ............... 3
Industrial Instrumentation And
Control, 3rd Editio : Singal ......................................... 41
Industrial Robotics: Technology,
Programming And A : Groover ................................... 39
Information Coding Techniques,
2nd Edition : Avudaiammal ........................................ 69
Information Theory, Coding And
Cryptography 2nd Ed : Bose ...................................... 69
Instrumentation Devices And
Systems, 2nd Edition : Bangalore ............................. 40
Instrumentation, Measurements
And Analysis 3rd Edition ............................................... 1
Introduction To Electrical
Engineering : Naidu .................................................... 14
TITLE INDEX
116 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Introduction To Electromagnetic
Fields, 4th Edition : Paul............................................ 81
Introduction To Embedded Systems : Shibu .................. 93
Introduction To Logic And Computer
Design (SIE) : Marcovitz .............................................. 5
Introduction To Logic Design,
3rd Edition : Marcovitz ................................................. 5
Introduction To Matlab 7 For
Engineers, 2nd Editio : Palm ...................................... 70
Introduction To Mechatronics And
Measurement Syste : Alciatore .................................. 43
Introduction To Microprocessors
3rd Edition : Mathur .................................................... 90
Introduction To Neural Networks
Using Matlab 6.0 : Sivanandam ................................ 37
Introduction To Probability And
Statistics: Princi : Milton ............................................. 57
Introduction To Radar Systems
2nd Edition (Special : Skolnik .................................... 83
Introduction To Radar Systems
3rd Edition : Skolnik ................................................... 83
Introduction To Robotics : Saha ....................................... 38
Introduction To Signals And
Systems : Lindner ...................................................... 59
K
Kennedy’s Electronic Communication
Systems 5th Edition : Kennedy .................................. 65
L
Labview Digital Signal Processing And
Digital Comm : Clark ................................................... 62
Lee’s Essentials Of Wireless
Communications : Lee ................................................ 75
Linear Integrated Circuits : Bali ....................................... 53
Linear Integrated Circuits : Salivahanan ........................ 53
Lineman And Cableman’s
Handbook : Shoemaker ............................................. 32
Local Area Networks With Cd-rom
2nd Edition : Keiser .................................................... 98
Low Voltage, Low Power Vlsi
Subsystems : Yeo ....................................................... 56
TITLE INDEX
M
Machine Learning : Mitchell ............................................ 37
Machine Vision : Jain ....................................................... 39
Measurement Systems: Application And
Design 6th Edition : Doebelin .................................... 40
Metrology And Measurements : Bewoor ......................... 43
Microcontrollers : Hintz .................................................... 92
Microcontrollers:Theory And
Applications : Deshmukh ........................................... 91
Microelectronic Circuit Design
4th Edition : Jaeger ..................................................... 51
Microelectronics 2nd Edition : Millman ........................... 52
Microelectronics Circuit Analysis And
Design, 4th Edition : Neamen..................................... 52
Microelectronics: Analysis And Design : Natarajan ........ 51
Microprocessors And Interfacing,
(Revised 2nd Edit : Hall .............................................. 88
Microprocessors And Microcontrollers
2nd Edition : Kani ........................................................ 89
Microprocessors And Microcontrollers
Architectur : Malvino .................................................. 90
Microprocessors Principles And
Applications 2nd Edition : Gilmore ............................ 91
Microwave Engineering 2nd Edition : Das ....................... 84
Microwave Transmission Networks
2nd Edition : Lehpamer .............................................. 84
Millman’s Electronic Devices And
Circuits, 3rd Edi : Millman .......................................... 45
Millman’s Integrated
Electronics, 2nd Edition : Millman ............................. 50
Mobile Cellular Telecommunications Analog
And Digi : Lee .............................................................. 75
Mobile Communication Engineering 2nd Edition (Spec :
Lee ............................................................................... 73
Modern Power System
Analysis 4th Edition : Kothari ..................................... 27
Modern Processor Design:
Fundamentals Of Superscal : Shen ........................... 91
N
Nanoscale Cmos Vlsi Circuits: Design
For Manufactu : Kundu ............................................... 55
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 117
Network Analysis And Synthesis
1st Edition : Ghosh ..................................................... 16
Networking: A Beginner’s
Guide 4th Edition : Hallberg ....................................... 97
Networking:The Complete Reference : Zacker .............. 97
Neural Network Fundamentals With
Graphs, Algorithm : Bose ........................................... 38
Neural Networks In Computer
Intelligence : Fu ........................................................... 38
Neural Networks: A Classroom
Approach : Kumar ....................................................... 37
O
Optical Communication Essentials
(Special Indian Edition) : Keiser ................................. 70
Optical Fiber Communications,
4th Edition : Keiser ..................................................... 70
Optical Networking Crash
Course : Shepard ........................................................ 76
Optical System Design : Fischer ..................................... 71
P
Photonics Essentials 2nd Edition : Pearsall ................... 99
Power Electronics : Hart .................................................. 33
Power Electronics : Sen ................................................... 33
Power Electronics 2nd Edition : Singal ........................... 32
Power Electronics 3rd Edition : Lander .......................... 33
Power Electronics: Principles And
Applications : Vithayathil ........................................... 32
Power System Analysis : Grainger ................................. 27
Power System Engineering
2nd Edition : Kothari ................................................... 26
Power System Protection &
Switchgear : Oza ......................................................... 28
Power System Protection And
Switchgear 2nd Edition : Ram .................................... 29
Power System Protection Static
Relays With Micro : Rao ........................................... 102
Power System Stability And
Control : Kundur ......................................................... 29
Practical Control Engineering:
Guide For Engineers : Koenig ................................... 26
Principles And Applications Of
Electrical Engineer : Rizzoni ...................................... 13
Principles And Applications Of
Electrical Engineer : Rizzoni ...................................... 10
Principles And Applications Of
Optical Communicati : Liu .......................................... 70
Principles Of Electromagnetics : Mahapatra .................. 78
Principles Of Electronic Communication
Systems 3rd Edition : Frenzel .................................... 66
Principles Of Industrial Instrumentation,
3rd Edition : Patranabis ............................................. 41
Principles Of Voice And Data
Communications : Bates ............................................ 97
Printed Circuit Boards: Design,
Fabrication, Assem : Khandpur ................................. 99
Probability, Random Variables And
Random Signal Pr : Peebles ...................................... 56
Probability, Random Variables
And Stochastic Proce : Papoulis ............................... 56
Probability, Statistics And Random
Processes 3rd Edition : Veerarajan ........................... 56
Problems And Solutions In
Basic Electronics : Malvino .......................................... 2
Problems And Solutions In
Circuit Analysis (Sie) : Hayt ........................................ 17
Problems And Solutions In
Electromagnetics : Hayt .............................................. 79
Professional Book 3g Wireless
Networks 2nd Edition : Smity ..................................... 75
Programmable Logic Controllers
4th Edition : Petruzella ............................................... 25
Programmable Logic Controllers,
3rd Edition : Petruzella ............................................... 25
Programming & Customizing The
8051 Microcontroller : Predko .................................... 92
Programming And Customizing The
Avr Microcontrolle : Gadre .......................................... 92
Programming And Customizing The
Multicore Propelle : Parallax .................................... 100
Programming And Customizing The
Pic Microcontrolle : Predko ........................................ 92
TITLE INDEX
118 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Pspice For Basic Circuit Analysis,
2nd Edition : Tront ...................................................... 19
Pspice For Basic Microelectronics : Tront ...................... 52
Pulse And Digital Circuits : Mothiki ................................. 49
Pulse, Digital And Switching Waveforms
3rd Edition : Millman .................................................. 49
R
Radar Handbook 3rd Edition : Skolnik ........................... 84
Reactive Power Management : Tagare ......................... 102
Robotics And Control : Mittal ........................................... 38
Robotics Technology And Flexible
Automation
2nd Edition : Deb ......................................................... 38
Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision,
And Intelligen : Fu ....................................................... 38
Running Small Motors With Pic
Microcontrollers : Sandhu ........................................ 100
S
Satellite Antennas System Architecture,
Technology : Dybdal ................................................... 83
Schaum ’s Outline Of Introduction
To Digital Syste : Palmer .............................................. 7
Schaum’s Outline Of Basic
Circuit Analysis 2nd Rev : Malley ............................... 19
Schaum’s Outline Of Basic Electricity,
2nd Edition : Gussow ................................................. 14
Schaum’s Outline Of Electric Machines
And Electrom : Nasar .................................................. 22
Schaum’s Solved Problems In
Electric Circuits, Boo : Nasar ..................................... 19
Secrets Of Rf Circuit Design
3rd Edition : Joseph.................................................... 81
Semiconductor Device Modeling With
Spice 2nd Editi : Massobrio ....................................... 48
Semiconductor Physics And Devices
(Sie), 4th Edition : Neamen ........................................ 47
Signal Processing For Wireless
Communications : Bocuzzi ........................................ 62
Signals & Systems 1st Edition : Kani .............................. 57
Signals & Systems 3rd Edition : Sasikala ...................... 59
Signals & Systems, 2nd Edition : Nagrath ...................... 58
Signals And Systems : Rao.............................................. 57
Signals And Systems 2nd Edition
(Schaum’s Outline : Hsu ............................................. 59
Small Antennas: Modern Miniaturization
Techniques : Volakis ................................................... 82
Space Based Radar : Pillai .............................................. 84
Switching Power Supply Design,
3rd Edition : Pressman ............................................... 31
Switch-mode Power Supplies Spice
Simulations And P : Basso ......................................... 33
System-on-package (Sop)
Miniaturization Of The Ent : Rao ................................ 55
T
Taub’s Principles Of Analog
Communication : Rao ................................................. 64
Taub’s Principles Of Communication
Systems, 3rd Edition : Taub ....................................... 64
Tcp/Ip Protocol Suite
4th Edition : Forouzan ................................................ 97
Telemetry Principles : Patranabis ................................... 44
Television & Video Engineering,
2nd Edition : Dhake..................................................... 76
Theory And Problems Of Electronic
Communication 2n : Temes ........................................ 65
Thyristor Control Of Electric
Drives : Subrahmanyam ............................................ 34
Transformers, 2nd Edition : B.h.e.l .................................. 22
Transients In Electrical Systems
Analysis, Recog : Das ................................................. 31
Transmission Lines And Waveguides,
2nd Edition : Ganesan ................................................ 81
Troubleshooting Electronic Equipment:
Includes Rep : Khandpur ......................................... 101
Tv Engineering And Video Systems
2nd Edition : Gupta ..................................................... 76
V
Verilog Digital System Design,
2nd Edition (Specia : Navabi ........................................ 7
TITLE INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 119
Vhdl Programming By Example,
4th Edition : Perry ......................................................... 9
Vhdl: Modular Design And
Synthesis Of Cores And Sy : Navabi ........................... 9
Vhdl-a Design Oriented Approach : Limaye ..................... 9
Video Compression Demystified : Symes ....................... 77
Video Over Ip Networks And
Systems 10th Edition : Mallya ..................................... 1
Virtual Instrumentation Using
Labview: Principles : Gupta ........................................ 44
Vliw Microprocessor
Hardware Design : Weng ............................................ 90
Vlsi Technology 2nd Edition : Sze .................................... 54
Voice And Data Communications Handbook
5th Edition : Bates ....................................................... 97
W
Web Technologies: Tcp/Ip, Architecture,
And Java : Godbole ................................................... 98
Wire Bonding In Microelectronics,
3rd Edition : Harman ................................................... 99
Wireless And Cellular Communications
3rd Edition : Lee .......................................................... 74
Wireless Communication & Networks:
3g & Beyond : Misra ................................................... 73
Wireless Communications : Singal ................................. 73
Wireless Security Models, Threats,
And Solutions : Nichols .............................................. 75
TITLE INDEX
120 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
ELECTRONICS......................................................................................................................................................................... 1
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS ................................................................................................................................................. 3
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN ............................................................................................................ 3
VHDL / VERILOG ..................................................................................................................................................................... 9
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING .................................................................................................................................. 10
ELECTRICITY ......................................................................................................................................................................... 14
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS .......................................................................................................................... 15
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS ............................................................................................................................................................ 16
ELECTRICAL MACHINES ..................................................................................................................................................... 20
CONTROL SYSTEMS ............................................................................................................................................................ 22
POWER SYSTEMS ................................................................................................................................................................ 26
POWER ELECTRONICS ....................................................................................................................................................... 32
ELECTRIC DRIVES ................................................................................................................................................................ 33
HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING .......................................................................................................................................... 35
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING ............................................................................................................................................ 35
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE ................................................................................................................................................. 36
NEURAL NETWORKS / FUZZY LOGIC ............................................................................................................................... 37
ROBOTICS.............................................................................................................................................................................. 38
MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION ...................................................................................................................... 40
ELECTRONIC MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................................... 45
ELECTRONIC DEVICES / CIRCUITS ................................................................................................................................... 45
MICROELECTRONICS .......................................................................................................................................................... 50
ANALOG / DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS ...................................................................................................................... 53
PROBABILITY AND RANDOM PROCESSES ....................................................................................................................... 56
SIGNALS & SYSTEMS .......................................................................................................................................................... 57
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING .......................................................................................................................................... 59
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS......................................................................................................................................... 63
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS .............................................................................................................................................. 63
INFORMATION THEORY ....................................................................................................................................................... 69
MATLAB .................................................................................................................................................................................. 69
OPTICAL / SATELLITE COMMUNICATION .......................................................................................................................... 70
GLOBAL SATELLITE NAVIGATION SYSTEMS.................................................................................................................... 72
MOBILE / WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ............................................................................................................................ 73
TELEVISION ENGINEERING ................................................................................................................................................ 76
ELECTROMAGNETICS ......................................................................................................................................................... 78
WAVES AND WAVE GUIDES ................................................................................................................................................ 81
ANTENNAS / RADAR ............................................................................................................................................................. 81
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING ............................................................................................................................................... 84
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION ............................................................................................................................................... 85
ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE .......................................................................................................................... 87
MICROPROCESSORS........................................................................................................................................................... 87
MICROCONTROLLERS......................................................................................................................................................... 91
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS ......................................................................................................................................................... 92
DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING ......................................................................................................................... 93
TCP / IP ................................................................................................................................................................................... 97
LAN.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 98
GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................... 98
PROFESSIONAL REFERENCES.......................................................................................................................................... 99
SUBJECT INDEX
Tata McGraw-Hill Education is bringing 21st century custom publishing solution to India with
McGraw-Hill Create (www.mcgrawhillcreate.in), an innovative platform that gives instructors
unprecedented control over and customization of higher education classroom content.
Increasingly, instructors are looking for low-cost solutions that offer the ability to integrate
content from multiple disciplines, allow them to seamlessly incorporate their own material,
contain enhanced search functions and promise faster delivery times. Instructors are
demanding content solutions that are tailored to the way they teach. It is with these needs in
mind that Create has been developed.
The create platform enables professors to design custom classroom content from a library of
nearly 50,000 sources. At Create's core is a Google-like search engine functionality that enables
professors to immediately pull from a wide range of quality content, including 4,000 McGraw-
Hill textbooks, 5,500 articles, 11,000 literature, philosophy and humanities readings, and 25,000
business case studies from prominent business schools across the world. This powerful search
tool allows professors to view content across the library, or limit their search by category, such
as discipline or copyright year.
CREATE, which is now being used by higher education institutions worldwide, is currently
available across all 75 disciplines for which McGraw-Hill supplies content.
To know more, please contact
Marketing Manager
Higher Education
vijay_sarathi@mcgraw-hill.com
Tel : + 91-120-4383400/ 3486
Vijay Sarathi
The Next- Generation
Custom Publishing
Platform
press
Tata McGraw-Hill, India’s leading publisher of text and reference books now offers
Express-a library of selet e-books in Engineering, Computing, Technology and
Management areas.
Express is available in India on the Mylibrary platform. MyLibrary is an industry-leading
e-content aggregation platform for public, academic and professional libraries areound
the world. I
The easy-to-navigate user interface allows for fast access to electronic information,
making Express an indispensable tool for Engineering , Computing, Science &
Technology library users. This is supported by flexible authentication, comprehensive
search and retrieval capabilities and the ability for individual users to annotate and store
searches and notes for access at a later date.
Express features 500 key works spread across Civil Engineering, Computing, Electrical
Engineering, Electronics Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Business Management,
Science and Mathematics. These carefully selected best-sellers include works of authors
such as APJ Abdul Kalam, Ajoy Ghatak, Gerd Keiser, D P Kothari, P K Nag, A K Ray, Jacob
Millman, Dennis Roddy, Elaine Rich among others.
Express is certain to be a very valuable addition to your digital library.
To know more, please contact.
Marketing Manager
Higher Education
vijay_sarathi@mcgraw-hill.com
Tel : + 91-120-4383400/ 3486
Vijay Sarathi